SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D. C. 20549
FORM 10-K
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996
OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from _____________________ to_______________________
Commission File No. 1-4982
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Ohio 34-0451060
(State of Incorporation) (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
17325 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, Ohio 44112
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code (216) 531-3000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Name of Each Exchange on
Title of Each Class which Registered
Common Shares, $.50 par value New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all
reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes X . No .
<PAGE>
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will
not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive
proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of
this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K [ ].
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-
affiliates of the Registrant as of August 22, 1996, excluding, for
purposes of this computation, only stock holdings of the Registrant's
Directors and Officers. $2,809,472,777.
The number of Common Shares outstanding on August 22, 1996 was 74,296,222.
Portions of the following documents are incorporated by reference:
(1) Annual Report to Shareholders of the Company for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1996. Incorporated by reference into Parts I, II
and IV hereof.
(2) Definitive Proxy Statement for the Company's 1996 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders. Incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.
<PAGE>
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
FORM 10-K
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1996
PART I
------
ITEM 1. Business. Parker-Hannifin Corporation is a leading
worldwide full-line manufacturer of motion control products, including
fluid power systems, electromechanical controls and related components.
Fluid power involves the transfer and control of power through the medium
of liquid, gas or air, in both hydraulic and pneumatic applications. Fluid
power systems move and position materials, control machines, vehicles and
equipment and improve industrial efficiency and productivity. Components of
a simple fluid power system include a pump which generates pressure, valves
which control the fluid's flow, an actuator which translates the pressure in
the fluid into mechanical energy, a filter to remove contaminants and numerous
hoses, couplings, fittings and seals. Electromechanical control involves the
use of electronic components and systems to control motion and precisely locate
or vary speed in automation applications. In addition to motion control
products, the Company also is a leading worldwide producer of fluid
purification, air conditioning, refrigeration, and electromagnetic shielding
and thermal management products.
The Company was incorporated in Ohio in 1938. Its principal executive
offices are located at 17325 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, Ohio 44112, telephone
(216) 531-3000. As used in this Report, unless the context otherwise requires,
the term "Company" or "Parker" refers to Parker-Hannifin Corporation and its
subsidiaries.
The Company's manufacturing, service, distribution and administrative
facilities are located in 35 states, Puerto Rico and worldwide in 30 foreign
countries. Its motion control technology is used in the products of its two
business Segments: Industrial and Aerospace. The products are sold as original
and replacement equipment through product and distribution centers worldwide.
The Company markets its products through its direct-sales employees and more
than 7,000 independent distributors. Parker products are supplied to over
300,000 customers in virtually every major manufacturing, transportation and
processing industry. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996, net sales were
$3,586,448,000; Industrial Segment products accounted for 83% of net sales and
Aerospace Segment products for 17%.
Markets
- - -------
Motion control systems are used throughout industry in applications
which include moving of materials, controlling machines, vehicles and equipment
and positioning materials during the manufacturing process. Motion control
systems contribute to the efficient use of energy and improve industrial
productivity.
The more than 300,000 customers which carry the Company's parts are
found throughout virtually every significant manufacturing, transportation and
processing industry. No customer accounted for more than 3% of the Company's
total net sales for the fiscal year.
<PAGE>
- 3 -
The major markets for products of the Fluid Connector, Motion &
Control, Seal and Filtration Groups of the Industrial Segment are agricultural
machinery, construction equipment, electronic equipment, fabricated metals,
food production, industrial machinery, instrumentation, lumber and paper,
machine tools, marine, medical equipment, mining, mobile equipment, chemicals,
petrochemicals, robotics, semi-conductor equipment, textiles, transportation
and every other major production and processing industry. Products
manufactured by the Industrial Segment's Climate and Industrial Controls
Group are utilized principally in automotive and mobile air conditioning
systems, industrial refrigeration systems and home and commercial air
conditioning equipment. Sales of Industrial Segment products are made to
original equipment manufacturers and their replacement markets.
Aerospace Segment sales are made primarily to the commercial, military
and general aviation markets and are made to original equipment
manufacturers and to end users for maintenance, repair and overhaul.
Principal Products, Methods of Distribution and Competitive Conditions
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Industrial Segment. The product lines of the Company's Industrial
Segment cover most of the components of motion control systems. The Fluid
Connectors Group manufactures connectors, including tube fittings and hose
fittings, valves, hoses and couplers which control, transmit and contain fluid.
The Motion & Control Group manufactures components and systems used to provide
motion, control and conditioning through the medium of pressurized fluids and
electricity. Products include hydraulic, pneumatic and precision metering
pumps, power units, control valves, general purpose valves, accumulators,
cylinders, servo actuators, rotary actuators and motors, pneumatic control
valves, pressure regulators, lubricators, hydrostatic steering components,
electronic controls and systems and automation devices. The Climate and
Industrial Controls Group manufactures components for use in industrial,
residential and automotive air conditioning and refrigeration systems and
other automotive applications, including pressure regulators, solenoid valves,
expansion valves, filter-dryers, gerotors and hose assemblies. The Seal Group
manufactures sealing devices, including o-rings and o-seals, gaskets and
packings which insure leak proof connections and electromagnetic interference
shielding and thermal management products. The Filtration Group manufactures
filters to remove contaminants from fuel, air, oil, water and other fluids in
industrial, process, mobile, marine and environmental applications.
Industrial Segment products include both standard items which are
produced in large quantities and custom units which are engineered and produced
to original equipment manufacturers' specifications for application to a
particular end product. Both standard and custom products are also used in the
replacement of original motion control system components. Industrial Segment
products are marketed primarily through field sales employees and more than
7,000 independent distributors.
Aerospace Segment. The principal products of the Company's Aerospace
Segment are hydraulic, fuel and pneumatic systems and components that are
used on virtually every commercial and military airframe and engine program
in production in the Western world today.
<PAGE>
- 4 -
The Aerospace Segment offers complete hydraulic systems, as well as
components that include hydraulic and electrohydraulic systems used for precise
control of aircraft rudders, elevators, ailerons and other aerodynamic control
surfaces and utility hydraulic components such as reservoirs, accumulators,
selector valves, electrohydraulic servovalves, thrust-reverser actuators,
engine-driven pumps, nosewheel steering systems, electromechanical actuators,
engine controls and electronic controllers. The Aerospace Segment also designs
and manufactures aircraft wheels and brakes for the general aviation and
military markets.
The Aerospace fuel product line includes complete fuel systems as well
as components such as fuel transfer and pressurization controls, in-flight
refueling systems, fuel pumps and valves, fuel measurement and management
systems and center of gravity controls, engine fuel injection atomization
nozzles and augmentor controls, fuel tank ducting and hose assemblies, and
electronic monitoring computers.
Pneumatic components include bleed air control systems, pressure
regulators, low-pressure pneumatic controls, heat transfer systems, engine
start systems, engine bleed control and anti-ice systems, and electronic
control and monitoring computers.
Aerospace Segment products are marketed by the Company's regional
sales organization and are sold directly to manufacturers and end users.
Competition. All aspects of the Company's business are highly
competitive. No single manufacturer competes with respect to all products
manufactured and sold by the Company and the degree of competition varies with
different products. In the Industrial Segment, the Company competes on the
basis of product quality and innovation, customer service, its manufacturing
and distribution capability, and price. The Company believes that, in most of
its major product markets, it is one of the principal suppliers of motion
control systems and components.
In the Aerospace Segment, the Company has developed partnerships with
key customers based on Parker's advanced technological capability, superior
performance in quality, delivery, and service, and price competitiveness,
which has enabled Parker to obtain significant original equipment business on
new aircraft programs for its fluid control systems and components and,
thereby, to obtain the follow-on repair and replacement business for these
programs. The Company believes that it is one of the primary suppliers in the
aerospace marketplace.
Research and Product Development
- - --------------------------------
The Company continually researches the feasibility of new products
through its development laboratories and testing facilities in many of its
worldwide manufacturing locations. Its research and product development
staff includes chemists, mechanical, electronic and electrical engineers and
physicists.
Research and development costs relating to the development of new
products or services and the improvement of existing products or services
amounted to $91,706,000 in fiscal 1996, $74,129,000 in fiscal 1995, and
$64,518,000 in fiscal 1994.
<PAGE>
- 5 -
Reimbursements of customer-sponsored research included in the total cost
for each of the respective years were $33,018,000, $21,202,000 and $22,640,000.
Patents, Trademarks, Licenses
- - -----------------------------
The Company owns a number of patents, trademarks and licenses related
to its products and has exclusive and non-exclusive rights under patents
owned by others. In addition, patent applications on certain products are now
pending, although there can be no assurance that patents will be issued. The
Company is not dependent to any material extent on any single patent or group
of patents.
Backlog and Seasonal Nature of Business
- - ---------------------------------------
The Company's backlog at June 30, 1996 was approximately $1,330,970,000
and at June 30, 1995 was approximately $1,025,669,000. Approximately 75% of
the Company's backlog at June 30, 1996 is scheduled for delivery in the
succeeding twelve months. The Company's business generally is not seasonal in
nature.
Environmental Regulation
- - ------------------------
The Company is subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations
designed to protect the environment and to regulate the discharge of materials
into the environment. Among other environmental laws, the Company is subject
to the federal "Superfund" law, under which the Company has been designated as
a "potentially responsible party" and may be liable for clean up costs
associated with various waste sites, some of which are on the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency Superfund priority list. The Company believes
that its policies, practices and procedures are properly designed to prevent
unreasonable risk of environmental damage and the consequent financial
liability to the Company. Compliance with environmental laws and regulations
requires continuing management effort and expenditures by the Company.
Compliance with environmental laws and regulations has not had in the past,
and, the Company believes, will not have in the future, material effects on
the capital expenditures, earnings, or competitive position of the Company.
The information set forth in Footnote 13 to the Financial Statements contained
on page 41 of the Company's Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1996 ("Annual Report") as specifically excerpted on pages
13-30 of Exhibit 13 hereto is incorporated herein by reference.
Energy Matters and Sources and Availability of Raw Materials
- - ------------------------------------------------------------
The Company's primary energy source for each of its business segments
is electric power. While the Company cannot predict future costs of such
electric power, the primary source for production of the required electric
power will be coal from substantial, proven reserves available to electric
utilities. The Company is subject to governmental regulations in regard to
energy supplies both in the United States and elsewhere. To date the Company
has not experienced any significant disruptions of its operations due to
energy curtailments.
Steel, brass, aluminum and elastomeric materials are the principal raw
materials used by the Company. These materials are available from numerous
sources in quantities sufficient to meet the requirements of the Company.
<PAGE>
- 6 -
Employees
- - ---------
The Company employed approximately 33,289 persons as of June 30, 1996,
of whom approximately 11,163 were employed by foreign subsidiaries.
Business Segment Information
- - ----------------------------
The net sales, income from operations before corporate general and
administrative expenses and identifiable assets by business segment and by
geographic area for the past three fiscal years, as set forth on page 33 of
the Annual Report and specifically excerpted on pages 13-16 and
13-17 of Exhibit 13 hereto is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 1A. Executive Officers of the Company
- - -------------------------------------------
The Company's Executive Officers are as follows:
Officer
Name Position Since(1) Age
- - ---- -------- -------- ---
Duane E. Collins President, Chief Executive Officer 1983 60
and Director
Dennis W. Sullivan Executive Vice President - Industrial 1978 57
and Director
Paul L. Carson Vice President - Information 1993 60
Services
Daniel T. Garey Vice President - Human Resources 1995 53
Stephen L. Hayes Vice President and President, 1993 55
Aerospace
Michael J. Hiemstra Vice President - Finance and 1987 49
Administration and Chief
Financial Officer
Lawrence J. Hopcraft Vice President and President, 1990 53
Climate and Industrial Controls
(formerly Automotive and Refrigeration)
Nickolas W. Vande Steeg Vice President and President, Seal 1995 53
Joseph D. Whiteman Vice President, General Counsel 1977 63
and Secretary
William D. Wilkerson Vice President - Technical Director 1987 60
<PAGE>
- 7 -
Lawrence M. Zeno Vice President and President, 1993 54
Motion and Control
Donald A. Zito Vice President and President, 1988 56
Fluid Connectors
Harold C. Gueritey, Jr. Controller 1980 57
Timothy K. Pistell Treasurer 1993 49
(1) Officers of Parker-Hannifin serve for a term of office from the date of
election to the next organizational meeting of the Board of Directors and
until their respective successors are elected, except in the case of
death, resignation or removal. Messrs. Sullivan, Hiemstra, Hopcraft,
Whiteman, Wilkerson, Zito and Gueritey, have served in the executive
capacities indicated above during the past five years.
Mr. Collins was elected as President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company effective July, 1993. He was elected as Vice Chairman of the Board in
July, 1992 and Executive Vice President in July, 1988. He was President of the
International Sector from January, 1987 until June, 1992.
Mr. Carson was elected a Vice President in October, 1993. He was Vice
President of Management Information Systems from July 1, 1983 to October, 1993.
Mr. Garey was elected Vice President effective in January, 1995. He
was Group Vice President Human Resources of the Motion and Control Group
(formerly the Fluidpower Group) from July, 1982 to December, 1994.
Mr. Hayes was elected as Vice President and named President of the
Aerospace Group in April, 1993. He was a Group Vice President of the Aerospace
Group from February, 1985 to April, 1993.
Mr. Vande Steeg was elected as Vice President effective in September,
1995. He has been President of the Seal Group since May, 1986.
Mr. Zeno was elected a Vice President in October, 1993. He has been
President of the Motion and Control Group since January, 1994 and was Vice
President-Operations of the Motion and Control Group (formerly the Fluidpower
Group) from July, 1988 to December, 1993.
Mr. Pistell was elected as Treasurer of the Company in July, 1993.
He was Director of Business Planning from January, 1993 to July, 1993; and
Vice President-Finance/Controller of the International Sector from October,
1988 to December, 1992.
<PAGE>
- 8 -
ITEM 2. Properties. The following table sets forth the principal
plants and other materially important properties of the Company and its
subsidiaries. The leased properties are indicated with an asterisk. A "(1)"
indicates that the property is occupied by the Company's industrial segment
and a "(2)" indicates properties occupied by the aerospace segment.
UNITED STATES
-------------
State City
----- ----
Alabama Boaz(1)
Decatur(1)
Huntsville(1)
Jacksonville(1)
Arizona Glendale(2)
Tolleson(2)
Tucson*(1)
Arkansas Siloam Springs(1)
Trumann(1)
California Irvine(1)(2)
Modesto(1)
Newbury Park*(1)
Rohnert Park(1)
San Diego(1)
Connecticut Enfield(1)
Florida Longwood(1)
Miami*(1)
Georgia Dublin(2)
Idaho Boise*(1)
Illinois Broadview(1)
Des Plaines(1)
Hampshire(1)
Niles*(1)
Rockford(1)
Indiana Albion(1)
Ashley(1)
Ft. Wayne(1)
Lebanon(1)
Tell City(1)
Iowa Red Oak(1)
Kansas Manhattan(1)
Kentucky Berea(1)
Lexington(1)
Louisiana Harvey*(1)
Maine Portland(1)
Massachusetts Waltham(2)
Woburn(1)
<PAGE>
- 9 -
State City
----- ----
Michigan Kalamazoo(2)
Lakeview(1)
Otsego(1)
Oxford(1)
Richland(1)
Troy*(1)
Minnesota Golden Valley(1)
Mississippi Batesville(1)
Booneville(1)
Madison(1)
Missouri Kennett(1)
Nebraska Lincoln(1)
New Hampshire Portsmouth*(1)
Hollis*(1)
Hudson(1)
New Jersey Fairfield*(1)
New York Clyde(2)
Lyons(1)
Smithtown(2)
North Carolina Forest City(1)
Hillsborough(1)
Mooresville(1)
Sanford(1)
Wake Forest*(1)
Ohio Akron(1)
Andover(2)
Avon(2)
Brookville(1)
Cleveland(1)(2)
Columbus(1)
Cuyahoga Falls*(1)
Eaton(1)
Elyria(1)(2)
Forest(2)
Green Camp(1)
Kent(1)
Lewisburg(1)
Metamora(1)
Ravenna(1)
St. Marys(1)
Wadsworth(1)
Wickliffe(1)
Oklahoma Henryetta*(1)
Oregon Eugene(1)
Pennsylvania Canton(1)
Harrison City(1)
Reading(1)
<PAGE>
- 10 -
State City
----- ----
South Carolina Beaufort(2)
Inman(1)
Spartanburg(1)
Tennessee Greenfield(1)
Greenville(1)
Memphis*(1)
Texas Cleburne(1)
Ft. Worth(1)
Mansfield(1)
Utah Ogden(2)
Salt Lake City(1)
Washington Seattle*(1)
Wisconsin Grantsburg(1)
Mauston(1)
Territory City
--------- ----
Puerto Rico Ponce*(2)
FOREIGN COUNTRIES
-----------------
Country City
------- ----
Argentina Buenos Aires(1)
Australia Castle Hill(1)
Wodonga(1)
Austria Wiener Neustadt(1)
Belgium Brussels*(1)
Brazil Jacarei(1)
Sao Paulo(1)
Canada Grimsby(1)
Owen Sound(1)
Czech Republic Prague*(1)
Denmark Copenhagen*(1)
Helsingor(1)
England Barnstaple(1)
Cannock(1)
Derby(1)
Hemel Hempstead(1)
Littlehampton(1)
Marlow*(1)
Morley(1)
Poole*(1)
Rotherham(1)
Stratford-upon-Avon*(1)
Watford(1)
<PAGE>
- 11 -
FOREIGN COUNTRIES
-----------------
Country City
------- ----
Finland Helsinki*(1)
Hyrynsalmi(1)
Urjala(1)
France Annemasse(1)
Contamine(1)
Evreux(1)
Pontarlier(1)
Wissembourg(1)
Germany Berlin*(1)
Bielefeld(1)
Bietigheim-Bissingen(1)
Cologne(1)
Erfurt(1)
Hamburg*(2)
Hochmossingen(1)
Huttenfeld(1)
Kaarst(1)
Mainz-Kastel(2)
Mucke(1)
Offenburg*(1)
Pleidelsheim(1)
Queckborn(1)
Velbert(1)
Viernheim(1)
Hong Kong Hong Kong(1)
Hungary Budapest*(1)
India Bombay*(1)
Italy Adro(1)
Arsago Seprio(1)
Gessate(1)
Milan(1)
Japan Yokohama(1)(2)
Mexico Matamoros(1)
Monterrey(1)
Naucalpan*(1)
Tijuana(1)
Toluca(1)
Netherlands Hoogezand(1)
0ldenzaal(1)
New Zealand Mt. Wellington(1)
Norway Langhus(1)
Peoples Republic of China Beijing*(1)(2)
Shanghai*(1)
Poland Warsaw*(1)
Wroclaw*(1)
Singapore Singapore*(1)(2)
South Africa Johannesburg*(1)
<PAGE>
- 12 -
FOREIGN COUNTRIES
-----------------
Country City
------- ----
South Korea Seoul*(1)
Spain Madrid*(1)
Sweden Boras(1)
Falkoping(1)
Stockholm(1)
Trollhatten(1)
Ulricehamn(1)
Taiwan Taipei*(1)
Venezuela Caracas*(1)
Puerto Ordaz*(1)
The Company believes that its properties have been adequately
maintained, are in good condition generally and are suitable and adequate
for its business as presently conducted. The extent of utilization of the
Company's properties varies among its plants and from time to time.
Additional capacity acquired through business combinations, offset by
restructuring efforts in prior years, has adjusted the Company's capacity
to proper levels for anticipated needs. The Company's material manufacturing
facilities remain capable of handling additional volume increases.
ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings. None.
ITEM 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
Not applicable.
PART II
-------
ITEM 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related
Stockholder Matters. As of August 29, 1996, the approximate number of
shareholders of record of the Company was 3,694 and the approximate number
of beneficial owners was 35,403. The Company's common shares are traded on
the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"). Set forth below is a quarterly summary
of the high and low sales prices on the NYSE for the Company's common shares
and dividends declared for the two most recent fiscal years (adjusted to
reflect the 3-shares-for-2 stock split paid on June 2, 1995):
Fiscal Year 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Full Year
- - ----------- --- --- --- --- ---------
1996 High $ 41-1/2 $ 38-3/8 $ 39-3/4 $ 44-1/8 $ 44-1/8
Low 35-3/8 30-7/8 31-7/8 37 30-7/8
Dividends .18 .18 .18 .18 .72
1995 High $ 30-1/8 $ 31-3/8 $ 32-7/8 $ 39-1/2 $ 39-1/2
Low 25 25-1/2 27-5/8 29-1/8 25
Dividends .167 .167 .167 .180 .667
<PAGE>
- 13 -
ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data. The information set forth on pages
42 and 43 of the Annual Report as specifically excerpted on page 13-33 of
Exhibit 13 hereto is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations. The information set forth on pages 25, 26, 28, 30
and 32 of the Annual Report as specifically excerpted on pages 13-1 through
13-9 of Exhibit 13 hereto is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. The
information set forth on pages 24, 27, 29, 31 and 33 through 41 of the Annual
Report as specifically excerpted on pages 13-10 to 13-32 of Exhibit 13
hereto is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting
and Financial Disclosure. Not applicable.
PART III
--------
ITEM 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.
Information required as to the Directors of the Company is contained on pages
1 to 3 of the Company's definitive Proxy Statement dated September 23, 1996
(the "Proxy Statement") under the caption "Election of Directors."
Information required with respect to compliance with Section 16(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is contained in the first paragraph on page 14
of the Proxy Statement under the Caption "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership
Reporting Compliance." The foregoing information is incorporated herein by
reference. Information as to the executive officers of the Company is
included in Part I hereof.
ITEM 11. Executive Compensation. The information set forth under
the caption "Compensation of Directors" on page 4 of the Proxy Statement,
under the caption "Executive Compensation" on pages 8 to 12 of the Proxy
Statement and under the caption "Common Share Price Performance Graph" on
page 12 of the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management. The information set forth under the caption ""Change in Control"
Severance Agreements with Officers" on pages 11 and 12 of the Proxy
Statement and under the caption "Principal Shareholders of the Corporation"
on page 13 of the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.
Not applicable.
<PAGE>
- 14 -
PART IV
-------
ITEM 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.
a. The following are filed as part of this report:
1. Financial Statements and Schedules
The financial statements and schedule listed in the
accompanying Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and
Schedules are filed or incorporated by reference as part of
this Report.
2. The exhibits listed in the accompanying Exhibit Index and
required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K (numbered in
accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K) are filed or
incorporated by reference as part of this Report.
b. The Registrant filed a Current Report on Form 8-K on June 19,
1996 for the purpose of filing certain exhibits to its
Registration Statement on Form S-3 which was declared effective
on May 2, 1996.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
Michael J. Hiemstra
Michael J. Hiemstra
Vice President - Finance and
Administration
September 30, 1996
<PAGE>
- 15 -
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons in the
capacities and on the date indicated.
Signature and Title
-------------------
PATRICK S. PARKER, Chairman of the Board of Directors;
DUANE E. COLLINS, President, Chief Executive Officer and
Director; HAROLD C. GUERITEY, JR., Controller and
Principal Accounting Officer; JOHN G. BREEN, Director;
PAUL C. ELY, JR., Director; ALLEN H. FORD, Director;
FRANK A. LePAGE, Director; PETER W. LIKINS, Director;
ALLAN L. RAYFIELD, Director; PAUL G. SCHLOEMER,
Director; WOLFGANG R. SCHMITT, Director; STEPHANIE A.
STREETER, Director; DENNIS W. SULLIVAN, Director; and
MICHAEL A. TRESCHOW, Director.
Date: September 30, 1996
Michael J. Hiemstra
Michael J. Hiemstra, Vice President - Finance and
Administration, Principal Financial Officer and
Attorney-in-Fact
<PAGE>
- 16 -
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES
Reference
---------
Excerpt from Annual
Form 10-K Report as set forth
Annual Report in Exhibit 13
(Page) (Page)
------------- -------------------
Data incorporated by reference from the
Annual Report as specifically excerpted
in Exhibit 13 hereto:
Report of Independent Accountants --- 13-32
Consolidated Statement of Income for the
years ended June 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994 --- 13-10
Consolidated Balance Sheet at June 30, 1996
and 1995 --- 13-12 and 13-13
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for
the years ended June 30, 1996,
1995 and 1994 --- 13-14 and 13-15
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements --- 13-18 to 13-30
Consent and Report of Independent
Accountants F-2 ---
Schedule:
II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts F-3 ---
Individual financial statements and related applicable schedules
for the Registrant (separately) have been omitted because the Registrant
is primarily an operating company and its subsidiaries are considered to
be totally-held.
Schedules other than those listed above have been omitted from this
Annual Report because they are not required, are not applicable, or the
required information is included in the consolidated financial
statements or the notes thereto.
F-1
<PAGE>
COOPERS Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
& LYBRAND
a professional services firm
CONSENT AND REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
Parker Hannifin Corporation
Our report on the consolidated financial statements of Parker Hannifin
Corporation has been incorporated by reference from page 24 of the 1996
Annual Report to Shareholders of Parker Hannifin Corporation, as specifically
excerpted on page 13-32 of Exhibit 13 to this Form 10-K. In connection with
our audits of such financial statements, we have also audited the related
financial statement schedule listed in the index on page F-1 of this Form 10-K.
In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly, in all material respects, the information required to be
included therein.
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement of
Parker Hannifin Corporation on Form S-3 (File No. 333-2761) and Forms S-8
(File Nos. 33-53193, 33-43938 and 2-66732) of our report dated August 1, 1996
on our audits of the consolidated financial statements and financial statement
schedule of Parker Hannifin Corporation as of June 30, 1996 and 1995, and for
the years ended June 30, 1996, 1995, and 1994, which report is included in
Exhibit 13 of this Form 10-K.
Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
Cleveland, Ohio
September 30, 1996
F-2(
Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. is a member of Coopers & Lybrand International,
a limited liability association incorporated in Switzerland.
<PAGE>
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996
(Dollars in Thousands)
Column A Column B Column C Column D Column E
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Additions
Balance at Charged to Other Balance
Beginning Costs and (Deductions)/ At End
Description Of Period Expenses Additions (A) Of Period
----------- --------- ---------- ------------- ---------
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
- - --------------------------------
Year ended June 30,1994 $ 4,146 $ 2,597 $ (2,012) $ 4,731
Year ended June 30,1995 4,731 2,411 (529) 6,613
Year ended June 30,1996 6,613 2,158 (2,326) 6,445
(A) Net balance of deductions due to uncollectible accounts charged off
and additions due to acquisitions or recoveries.
F-3
<PAGE>
Exhibit Index
-------------
Exhibit No. Description of Exhibit
- - ----------- ----------------------
(3) Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws
------ -------------------------------------
(3)(a) Amended Articles of Incorporation.
(3)(b) Code of Regulations, as amended (A).
(4) Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders:
------ ------------------------------------------------
(4)(a) Rights Agreement, dated February 10, 1987, between the
Registrant and Society National Bank (as successor to
Ameritrust Company National Association) (A).
The Registrant is a party to other instruments, copies of
which will be furnished to the Commission upon request,
defining the rights of holders of its long-term debt
identified in Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements appearing on page 37 in the Annual Report as
specifically excerpted on pages 13-23 and 13-24 of
Exhibit 13 hereto, which Note is incorporated herein by
reference.
(10) Material Contracts:
------- -------------------
(10)(a) Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement entered into
by the Registrant and certain executive officers, dated as
of August 15, 1996.*
(10)(b) Parker-Hannifin Corporation Change in Control Severance
Plan, as amended as of August 15, 1996.*
(10)(c) Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by the
Registrant and its directors and certain executive
officers (B).
(10)(d) Executive Liability and Indemnification Insurance
Policy (C).
(10)(e) Parker-Hannifin Corporation Supplemental Executive
Retirement Benefits Program (August 15, 1996 Restatement).*
(10)(f) Parker-Hannifin Corporation 1987 Employees Stock Option
Plan, as amended as of August 15, 1996.*
(10)(g) Parker-Hannifin Corporation 1990 Employees Stock Option
Plan, as amended as of October 28, 1993 and
August 15, 1996.*
(10)(h) Parker-Hannifin Corporation 1993 Stock Incentive Program,
as amended as of August 15, 1996.*
(10)(i) Parker-Hannifin Corporation 1996 Target Incentive Bonus
Plan Description (D).*
<PAGE>
Exhibit No. Description of Exhibit
- - ----------- ----------------------
(10)(j) Parker-Hannifin Corporation 1997 Target Incentive Bonus
Plan Description.*
(10)(k) Parker-Hannifin Corporation 1994-95-96 Long Term Incentive
Plan Description, as amended as of August 17, 1995 (E).*
(10)(l) Parker-Hannifin Corporation 1995-96-97 Long Term Incentive
Plan Description, as amended as of August 17, 1995 and
August 15, 1996.*
(10)(m) Parker-Hannifin Corporation 1996-97-98 Long Term Incentive
Plan Description, as amended as of August 15, 1996.*
(10)(n) Parker-Hannifin Corporation 1997-98-99 Long Term Incentive
Plan Description.*
(10)(o) Parker-Hannifin Corporation Savings Restoration Plan, as
amended as of August 17, 1995 and August 15, 1996.*
(10)(p) Parker-Hannifin Corporation Pension Restoration Plan, as
amended as of August 17, 1995 and August 15, 1996.*
(10)(q) Parker-Hannifin Corporation Executive Deferral Plan, as
amended as of August 17, 1995 and August 15, 1996.*
(10)(r) Parker-Hannifin Corporation Volume Incentive Plan.*
(10)(s) Parker-Hannifin Corporation Non-Employee Directors'
Stock Plan, as amended as of August 17, 1995 and
August 15, 1996.*
(10)(t) Parker-Hannifin Corporation Non-Employee Directors Stock
Option Plan.*
(10)(u) Parker-Hannifin Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for
Directors, as amended as of August 15, 1996.*
(11) Computation of Common Shares Outstanding and Earnings Per
Share.
(13) Excerpts from Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 1996 which are incorporated herein by
reference thereto.
(21) List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
(24) Consents of Experts (contained in Consent and Report of
Independent Accountants appearing on Page F-2 of this
Form 10-K).
<PAGE>
Exhibit No. Description of Exhibit
- - ----------- ----------------------
(25) Power of Attorney
(27) Financial Data Schedule
*Management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.
- - ------------
(A) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits to the Registrant's
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 33-53193) filed
with the Commission on April 20, 1994.
(B) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f) to the
Registrant's Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1994.
(C) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to the
Registrant's Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1994.
(D) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(l) to the
Registrant's Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1995.
(E) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n) to the
Registrant's Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1995.
Shareholders may request a copy of any of the exhibits to this Annual Report
on Form 10-K by writing to the Secretary, Parker-Hannifin Corporation, 17325
Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, Ohio 44112.
Exhibit (3)(a)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Amended Articles of Incorporation.
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
<PAGE>
AMENDED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
FIRST. The name of this Corporation is Parker-Hannifin Corporation.
SECOND. The place in the State of Ohio where its principal office is
located is the City of Cleveland, in Cuyahoga County.
THIRD. The purpose or purposes for which it is formed are:
1. To buy or otherwise acquire, produce, manufacture, assemble, repair,
or otherwise process, and to sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of, and
generally to deal in machinery, equipment, pipe fittings, valves,
mechanical appliances, and parts therefor of every kind and description.
2. To manufacture, compound, refine, fabricate, prepare, process,
convert, or otherwise turn substances of every kind and description into
compounds, combinations, forms, and products of any kind which can be
developed or made therefrom.
3. To undertake, conduct, assist, promote, and participate in every kind
of chemical, industrial, manufacturing, mercantile, or mining
enterprise, business, undertaking, venture, or operation in any state,
territory, dependency, or colony of the United States, or its insular
possessions, or in the District of Columbia, or in any foreign country.
4. To acquire by purchase or otherwise and to own, hold, improve,
develop, maintain, use, lease, sell, convey, transfer, mortgage,
guarantee, pledge, exchange, or otherwise deal in or dispose of real and
personal property, tangible or intangible, including minerals of all
kinds, of any character whatsoever, including, but not by way of
limitation, letters patent, patent rights, copyrights, licenses, and
franchises, and any or all interests of rights therein.
5. To purchase, apply for, register, obtain, or otherwise acquire, and
to hold, own, use, operate, develop, and introduce, and to sell, lease,
assign, pledge, or in any manner dispose of, and in any manner to deal
with and contract with reference to applications for letters patent,
patents, patent rights, patented processes, designs, and similar rights,
copyrights, trademarks, trade names, and similar rights granted by the
United States or any other government or country, or any interest
therein, or any inventions, and to acquire, own, use, or in any manner
dispose of any and all inventions, improvements, and processes, labels,
designs, marks, brands, or other rights, and to work, operate, or
develop the same.
6. To acquire by purchase, subscription, or otherwise, and to own, hold,
invest in, sell, negotiate, assign, exchange, dispose of, transfer,
pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, guarantee, deal in, lend, or borrow money
upon all forms and kinds of securities, shares of stock, scrip, bonds,
coupons, debentures, mortgages, notes, commercial paper, trust
certificates, land trust certificates, certificates of interest,
certificates of deposit, certificates of indebtedness, bills receivable,
accounts receivable, contracts, obligations, investments, warrants,
- 1 -
<PAGE>
and interim receipts and certificates issued or created by, or claims
against, any person, firm, corporation, joint stock company, trust, or
association, public or private, wherever or however organized or
created, or any nation, state, municipality, or political subdivision
thereof, and to issue in exchange therefor, in any manner permitted by
law, shares of the capital stock, bonds, or other obligations of this
Corporation; and, while the holder or owner of any such securities or
property, to possess and exercise in respect thereof any and all rights,
powers, and privileges of ownership, including all voting, consenting,
or other rights in or in respect thereof.
7. To promote, carry on, or participate with others in the organization,
merger, consolidation, financing, liquidation, realization, or
reorganization of corporations, partnerships, or associations engaged in
any lawful business enterprise; to become interested in or participate
with others in any subscription, underwriting, or syndicate; and to
enter into contracts, whether alone or with others, for the purchase,
issuance, and sale of any securities, property, or rights.
8. To make, enter into, perform and carry out any arrangements,
contracts, and/or agreements of every kind, for any lawful purpose,
without limit as to amount or otherwise, with any corporation,
association, partnership, firm, trustee, syndicate, individual, and/or
any political or governmental division or subdivision, domestic or
foreign; to obtain therefrom or otherwise to acquire by purchase, lease,
assignment, or otherwise any powers, rights, privileges, immunities,
franchises, guaranties, grants, and concessions; to hold, own, exercise,
exploit, dispose of, and realize upon the same; and to undertake,
conduct, operate, or participate in any business dependent thereon.
9. To borrow or acquire, in any manner permitted by law, money for any
of the purposes of this Corporation, with or without security, and to
mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber in any manner, and/or place in
the hands of trustees, as security for the payment of money borrowed or
in fulfillment of any obligation of this Corporation, any or all
property and assets which this Corporation may own or acquire; to draw,
make, accept, endorse, discount and have discounted, execute, issue, and
deal in every lawful manner in promissory notes, bills of exchange,
debentures, bonds, warrants, scrip, drafts, and other negotiable or non-
negotiable instruments and evidences of indebtedness, and to secure the
payment of any thereof, together with interest thereon, by pledge,
mortgage, conveyance, or assignment of the whole or any part of the
property and assets of this Corporation, whether at the time owned or
thereafter acquired.
10. To lend money on time or call and with or without collateral
security, and to give credit to individuals, firms, corporations,
associations, or co-partnerships, and to municipalities, states, nations
or any political subdivisions thereof, and to realize upon any property
taken by the Corporation as collateral security for any loans.
11. To cause or allow the legal title and/or estate, right, or interest
in any property, whether real, personal, or mixed, owned, acquired,
- 2 -
<PAGE>
controlled, or operated by the Corporation, to remain or to be vested or
registered in the name of or operated by any person, firm, association,
or corporation, domestic or foreign, formed or to be formed, either upon
trust for or as agents or nominees of this Corporation or upon any other
proper terms or conditions which the Board of Directors may consider for
the benefit of the Corporation.
12. To purchase its own shares in accordance with the provisions of the
Ohio General Corporation Law, by action of its Board of Directors, and
without action by its shareholders, such purchases to be made either in
the open market or at public or private sale, in such manner and
amounts, from such holder or holders of outstanding shares of the
Corporation, and at such prices as the Board of Directors shall from
time to time determine.
13. To have one or more offices or plants, to carry on and conduct all
or any part of its operations and business, without restriction or
limitation as to amount, both within and without the State of Ohio; and
this Corporation may qualify under the laws of, be domiciled in, and
conduct any or all of its business in any city, state, commonwealth,
district, territory, or colony of the United States, and in any or all
foreign countries.
14. To do any one or more of the acts and things expressed in this
Article THIRD either as principal or as agent or representative for any
other person, firm, association, corporation, municipality, county,
state, body politic, government, or dependency thereof.
15. In general to do any and all things herein set forth and, in
addition, such other acts and things as are incident or conducive to the
attainment of the purposes of this Corporation, or any of them, to the
same extent that natural persons lawfully might or could do in any part
of the world, insofar as such acts and things are not inconsistent with
the provisions of the laws of the State of Ohio.
The objects and purposes specified in the foregoing clauses of this
Article THIRD shall be construed both as objects and powers, and shall,
except where otherwise expressed, be in no wise limited or restricted by
reference to, or inference from, the terms of any other clause in this
Article THIRD or elsewhere in these Amended Articles of Incorporation,
but the objects and purposes specified in each of the foregoing clauses
of this Article THIRD shall be regarded as independent objects and
purposes and shall not be held to limit or restrict in any way the
general powers of the Corporation to do any act permitted by the laws of
the State of Ohio.
FOURTH. The authorized number of shares of the Corporation is
303,000,000 consisting of 3,000,000 shares of Serial Preferred Stock of
the par value of $.50 per share (hereinafter called "Serial Preferred
Stock") and 300,000,000 Common Shares of the par value of $.50 per share
(hereinafter called "Common Shares").
- 3 -
<PAGE>
The shares of each class shall have the following express terms:
DIVISION A
EXPRESS TERMS OF THE SERIAL PREFERRED STOCK
1. The Serial Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in series.
All shares of Serial Preferred Stock of any one series shall be
identical with each other in all respects, except as to the date from
which dividends thereon shall be cumulative. All shares of Serial
Preferred Stock shall rank equally and shall be identical, except in
respect of the matters that may be fixed by the Board of Directors as
hereinafter provided. Subject to the provisions of sections 2 to 8, both
inclusive, of this Division A, which provisions shall apply to all
shares of Serial Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors is hereby
authorized to cause such shares of Serial Preferred Stock to be issued
in one or more series and with respect to each such series prior to the
issuance thereof to fix:
(a) The designation of the series, which may be by distinguishing
number, letter or title.
(b) The number of shares of the series, which number the Board of
Directors may increase or decrease, except where otherwise provided in
the creation of the series.
(c) The dividend rate of the series.
(d) The dates at which dividends, if declared, shall be payable, and the
dates from which dividends shall be cumulative.
(e) The liquidation price of the series.
(f) The redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the
series.
(g) The terms and amount of any sinking fund provided for the purchase
or redemption of shares of the series.
(h) Whether the shares of the series shall be convertible into Common
Shares, and, if so, the conversion price or prices and the adjustments
thereof, if any, and all other terms and conditions upon which such
conversion may be made.
(i) Restrictions (in addition to those set forth in sections 6 (b) and
6 (c) of this Division A) on the issuance of shares of the same series
or of any other class or series.
The Board of Directors is authorized to adopt from time to time
amendments to the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation fixing,
with respect to each such series, the matters specified in clauses
(a) to (i) both inclusive of this section 1.
- 4 -
<PAGE>
2. The holders of Serial Preferred Stock of each series, in preference
to the holders of Common Shares and any other class of shares ranking
junior to the Serial Preferred Stock, shall be entitled to receive out
of any funds legally available and when and as declared by the Board of
Directors cash dividends at the rate (and no more) for such series fixed
in accordance with the provisions of section 1 of this Division A,
payable quarterly on the dates fixed for such series. Such dividends
shall be cumulative, in the case of shares of each particular series,
from and after the date or dates fixed with respect to such series. No
dividends may be paid upon or declared and set apart for any of the
Serial Preferred Stock for any quarterly dividend period unless at the
same time a like proportionate dividend for the same quarterly dividend
period, ratably in proportion to the respective annual dividend rates
fixed therefor, shall be paid upon or declared or set apart for all
Serial Preferred Stock of all series then outstanding and entitled to
receive such dividend.
3. So long as any Serial Preferred Stock is outstanding, no dividend,
except a dividend payable in Common Shares or any other shares of the
Corporation ranking junior to the Serial Preferred Stock, shall be paid
or declared or any distribution be made except as aforesaid on the
Common Shares or any other shares of the Corporation ranking junior to
the Serial Preferred Stock, nor shall any Common Shares or any other
shares of the Corporation ranking junior to the Serial Preferred Stock
be purchased, retired or otherwise acquired by the Corporation (except
out of the proceeds of the sale of Common Shares or any other shares of
the Corporation ranking junior to the Serial Preferred Stock received by
the Corporation subsequent to June 30, 1967):
(a) Unless all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Serial Preferred
Stock, including the full dividends for the current quarterly dividend
period, shall have been declared and paid or a sum sufficient for
payment thereof set apart; and
(b) Unless there shall be no default with respect to the redemption of
Serial Preferred Stock of any series from, and no default with respect
to any required payment into, any sinking fund provided for shares of
such series in accordance with the provisions of section 1 of this
Division A.
4. (a) Subject to the express terms of each series and to the provisions
of section 6(b) (iii) of this Division A, the Corporation (i) may from
time to time redeem all or any part of the Serial Preferred Stock of any
series at the time outstanding at the option of the Board of Directors
at the applicable redemption price for such series fixed in accordance
with the provisions of section 1 of this Division A, or (ii) shall from
time to time make such redemptions of the Serial Preferred Stock as may
be required to fulfill the requirements of any sinking fund
provided for shares of such series at the applicable sinking fund
redemption price fixed in accordance with the provisions of section 1 of
this Division A, together in each case with accrued and unpaid dividends
- 5 -
<PAGE>
to the redemption date.
(b) Notice of every such redemption shall be mailed, by first class
mail, postage prepaid, to the holders of record of the Serial Preferred
Stock to be redeemed at their respective addresses then appearing on the
books of the Corporation, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior
to the date fixed for such redemption. At any time before or after
notice has been given as above provided, the Corporation may deposit the
aggregate redemption price of the shares of Serial Preferred Stock to be
redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid dividends thereon to the
redemption date, with any bank or trust company in Cleveland, Ohio, or
New York, New York, having capital and surplus of more than $5,000,000,
named in such notice, directed to be paid to the respective holders of
the shares of Serial Preferred Stock so to be redeemed, in amounts equal
to the redemption price of all shares of Serial Preferred Stock so to be
redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid dividends thereon to the
redemption date, on surrender of the stock certificate or certificates
held by such holders, and upon the giving of such notice and the making
of such deposit such holders shall cease to be shareholders with respect
to such shares, and after such notice shall have been given and such
deposit shall have been made such holders shall have no interest in or
claim against the Corporation with respect to such shares except only to
receive such money from such bank or trust company without interest or
the right to exercise, before the redemption date, any unexpired rights
of conversion. In case less than all of the outstanding shares of Serial
Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, the Corporation shall select by
lot the shares so to be redeemed in such manner as shall be prescribed
by its Board of Directors.
If the holders of shares of Serial Preferred Stock which shall have been
called for redemption shall not, within six years after such deposit,
claim the amount deposited for the redemption thereof, any such bank or
trust company shall, upon demand, pay over to the Corporation such
unclaimed amounts and thereupon such bank or trust company and the
Corporation shall be relieved of all responsibility in respect thereof
and to such holders.
(c) Any shares of Serial Preferred Stock which are redeemed by the
Corporation pursuant to the provisions of this section 4 of this
Division A and any shares of Serial Preferred Stock which are purchased
and delivered in satisfaction of any sinking fund requirements provided
for shares of such series and any shares of Serial Preferred Stock which
are converted in accordance with their express terms shall be cancelled
and not reissued. Any shares of Serial Preferred Stock otherwise
acquired by the Corporation shall be restored to the status of
authorized and unissued shares of Serial Preferred Stock without serial
designation.
5. (a) The holders of Serial Preferred Stock of any series shall, in
case of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, be
entitled to receive in full out of the assets of the Corporation,
- 6 -
<PAGE>
including its capital, before any amount shall be paid or distributed
among the holders of Common Shares or any other shares ranking junior
to the Serial Preferred Stock, the amounts fixed with respect to shares
of such series in accordance with Section 1 of this Division A, plus in
any such event an amount equal to all dividends accrued and unpaid
thereon to the date of payment of the amount due pursuant to such
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation. In case
the net assets of the Corporation legally available therefor are
insufficient to permit the payment upon all outstanding shares of Serial
Preferred Stock of the full preferential amount to which they are
respectively entitled, then such net assets shall be distributed ratably
upon outstanding shares of Serial Preferred Stock in proportion to the
full preferential amount to which each such share is entitled.
After payment to holders of Serial Preferred Stock of the full
preferential amounts as aforesaid, holders of Serial Preferred Stock as
such shall have no right or claim to any of the remaining assets of the
Corporation.
(b) The merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with any
other corporation, or the merger of any other corporation into it, or
the sale, lease, or conveyance of all or substantially all of the
property or business of the Corporation, shall not be deemed to be a
dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation for the
purposes of this Section 5 of this Division A.
6. (a) The holders of Serial Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one
vote for each share of such stock upon all matters presented to
shareholders; and, except as otherwise provided herein or required by
law, the holders of Serial Preferred Stock and the holders of Common
Shares shall vote together as one class on all matters.
If, and so often as, the Corporation shall be in default in the payment
of the equivalent of six quarterly dividends (whether or not
consecutive) on any series of Serial Preferred Stock at the time
outstanding, whether or not earned or declared, the holders of Serial
Preferred Stock of all series voting separately as a class and in
addition to all other rights to vote for Directors shall be entitled to
elect, as herein provided, two members of the Board of Directors of the
Corporation; provided, however, that the holders of shares of Serial
Preferred Stock shall not have or exercise such special class voting
rights except at meetings of the shareholders for the election of
Directors at which the holders of not less than a majority of the
outstanding shares of Serial Preferred Stock of all series are present
in person or by proxy; and provided further that the special class
voting rights provided for herein when the same shall have become vested
shall remain so vested until all accrued and unpaid dividends on
the Serial Preferred Stock of all series then outstanding shall have
been paid, whereupon the holders of Serial Preferred Stock shall be
divested of their special class voting rights in respect of subsequent
elections of Directors, subject to the revesting of such special class
voting rights in the event herein above specified in this section 6 (a).
In the event of default entitling the holders of Serial Preferred Stock
- 7 -
<PAGE>
to elect two Directors as above specified, a special meeting of the
shareholders for the purpose of electing such Directors shall be called
by the Secretary of the Corporation upon written request of, or may be
called by, the holders of record of at least 10% of the shares of Serial
Preferred Stock of all series at the time outstanding, and notice
thereof shall be given in the same manner as that required for the
annual meeting of shareholders; provided, however, that the Corporation
shall not be required to call such special meeting if the annual meeting
of shareholders shall be held within 90 days after the date of receipt
of the foregoing written request from the holders of Serial Preferred
Stock. At any meeting at which the holders of Serial Preferred Stock
shall be entitled to elect Directors, the holders of not less than a
majority of the outstanding shares of Serial Preferred Stock of all
series, present in person or by proxy, shall be sufficient to constitute
a quorum, and the vote of the holders of a majority of such shares so
present at any such meeting at which there shall be a quorum shall be
sufficient to elect the members of the Board of Directors which the
holders of Serial Preferred Stock are entitled to elect as herein before
provided.
The two Directors who may be elected by the holders of Serial Preferred
Stock pursuant to the foregoing provision shall be in addition to any
other Directors then in office or proposed to be elected otherwise than
pursuant to such provisions, and nothing in such provisions shall
prevent any change otherwise permitted in the total number of Directors
of the Corporation or require the resignation of any Director elected
otherwise than pursuant to such provisions.
(b) The vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of the
then outstanding shares of Serial Preferred Stock, given in person or by
proxy, either in writing or at a meeting called for the purpose at which
the holders of Serial Preferred Stock shall vote separately as a class,
shall be necessary to effect any one or more of the following (but so
far as the holders of Serial Preferred Stock are concerned, such action
may be effected with such vote or consent):
(i) Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any of the provisions of the
Articles of Incorporation or of the Code of Regulations of the
Corporation which affects adversely the voting powers, rights or
preferences of the holders of Serial Preferred Stock; provided, however,
that for the purpose of this clause (i) only, neither the amendment of
the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation to authorize, or to
increase the authorized or outstanding number of shares of, Serial
Preferred Stock or of any shares of any class ranking on a parity
with or junior to the Serial Preferred Stock, nor the increase by the
shareholders pursuant to the Code of Regulations of the number of
Directors of the Corporation shall be deemed to affect adversely the
voting powers, rights or preferences of the holders of Serial Preferred
Stock; and provided further, that if such amendment, alteration or
repeal affects adversely the rights or preferences of one or more but
not all then outstanding series of Serial Preferred Stock, only the vote
or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of the number of the
then outstanding shares of the series so affected shall be required;
- 8 -
<PAGE>
(ii) The authorization of, or the increase in the authorized number of,
any shares of any class ranking prior to the Serial Preferred Stock; or
(iii) The purchase or redemption (whether for sinking fund purposes or
otherwise) of less than all the then outstanding shares of Serial
Preferred Stock except in accordance with a purchase offer made to all
holders of record of Serial Preferred Stock, unless all dividends on all
Serial Preferred Stock then outstanding for all previous quarterly
dividend periods shall have been declared and paid or funds therefor
set apart and all accrued sinking fund obligations applicable to all
Serial Preferred Stock shall have been complied with.
(c) The vote or consent of the holders of at least a majority of the
then outstanding shares of Serial Preferred Stock, given in person or by
proxy, either in writing or at a meeting called for the purpose at which
the holders of Serial Preferred Stock shall vote separately as a class,
shall be necessary (but so far as the holders of Serial Preferred Stock
are concerned such action may be effected with such vote or consent) to
authorize any shares ranking on a parity with the Serial Preferred Stock
or an increase in the authorized number of shares of Serial Preferred
Stock.
7. No holder of Serial Preferred Stock of any series shall be entitled
as such as a matter of right to subscribe for or purchase any part of
any issue of shares of the Corporation, of any class whatsoever, or any
part of any issue of securities convertible into shares of the
Corporation, of any class whatsoever, and whether issued for cash,
property, services, or otherwise.
8. For the purposes of this Division A:
(a) Whenever reference is made to shares "ranking prior to the Serial
Preferred Stock", such reference shall mean and include all shares of
the Corporation in respect of which the rights of the holders thereof as
to the payment of dividends or as to distributions in the event of a
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation are given preference over the rights of the holders of
Serial Preferred Stock.
(b) Whenever reference is made to shares "on a parity with the Serial
Preferred Stock", such reference shall mean and include all shares of
the Corporation in respect of which the rights of the holders thereof as
to the payment of dividends or as to distributions in the event of a
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation on an equality with the rights of the holders of Serial
Preferred Stock.
(c) Whenever reference is made to shares "ranking junior to the Serial
Preferred Stock", such reference shall mean and include all shares of
the Corporation in respect of which the rights of the holders thereof as
to the payment of dividends and as to distributions in the event of a
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
- 9 -
<PAGE>
Corporation are junior or subordinate to the rights of the holders of
Serial Preferred Stock.
DIVISION B
EXPRESS TERMS OF COMMON SHARES
1. The Common Shares shall be subject to the express terms of the Serial
Preferred Stock and any series thereof. Each Common Share shall be
equal to every other Common Share. The holders of Common Shares shall
be entitled to one vote for each share held by them upon all matters
presented to the shareholders.
2. No holder of Common Shares shall be entitled as such as a matter of
right to subscribe for or purchase any part of any issue of shares of
the Corporation, of any class whatsoever, or any part of any issue of
securities convertible into shares of the Corporation, of any class
whatsoever, and whether issued for cash, property, services or
otherwise.
FIFTH.
A. A Business Combination (as hereinafter defined) shall be authorized
and approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than
eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding shares of the Corporation
entitled to vote generally in elections of Directors; provided, however,
that the eighty percent (80%) voting requirement shall not be applicable
if:
1. The Board of Directors of the Corporation by affirmative vote, which
shall include not less than a majority of the entire number of
Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined), (a) has approved in
advance the acquisition of those outstanding shares of the Corporation
which caused the Interested Party (as hereinafter defined) to become
an Interested Party or (b) has approved the Business Combination; or
2. The Business Combination is a merger or consolidation and the cash or
Fair Market Value of other consideration to be received per share by
holders of the Common Shares and, if outstanding, the Serial Preferred
Stock of the Corporation in said merger or consolidation is not less
than an amount equal to (a) the highest of (i) the highest per share
price, including commissions, paid by the Interested Party for any
shares of the same class or series during the two-year period ending on
the date of the most recent purchase by the Interested Party of any such
shares, (ii) the highest sales price reported for shares of the same class or
series traded on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-
counter market during the two-year period preceding the first public
announcement of the proposed Business Combination, or (iii) in the case
of the Serial Preferred Stock, the amount of the per share liquidation
preference, plus (b) interest compounded annually from the date on which
the Interested Party became an Interested Party through the date of the
Business Combination (the "Interest Period") at the average discount
interest rate on six-month U.S. Treasury Bills, as published each week,
less (c) the aggregate amount of any cash dividends paid on the shares
of the same class or series during the Interest Period, in an amount up
- 10 -
<PAGE>
to but not exceeding the amount of interest so payable per share under
clause (b) hereof.
B. For purposes of this Article Fifth:
1. The term "Business Combination" shall mean (a) any merger or
consolidation of the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation with
or into an Interested Party, (b) any merger or consolidation of an
Interested Party with or into the Corporation or a subsidiary, (c) any
sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition
(in one transaction or a series of transactions) in which an Interested
Party is involved, of any of the assets either of the Corporation
(including without limitation any voting securities of a subsidiary) or
of a subsidiary having a Fair Market Value in excess of $20,000,000,
(d) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or
dissolution of the Corporation proposed by or on behalf of any
Interested Party, (e) the issuance or transfer (in one transaction or a
series of transactions) by the Corporation or a subsidiary of the
Corporation to an Interested Party of any securities of the Corporation
or such subsidiary, which securities have a Fair Market Value of
$20,000,000 or more, or (f) any recapitalization, reclassification,
merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary of the
Corporation that would have the effect of increasing, directly or
indirectly, the Interested Party's voting power in the Corporation or
such subsidiary.
2. The term "Interested Party" shall mean and include (a) any
individual, corporation, partnership, trust or other person or entity
which, together with its "affiliates" and "associates" (as those terms
are defined in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on September 24, 1984)
is or, with respect to a Business Combination, was within two years
prior thereto a beneficial owner of shares aggregating twenty percent
(20%) or more of the aggregate voting power of any class of capital
stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of
Directors, and (b) any affiliate or associate of any such individual,
corporation, partnership, trust or other person or entity. For the
purposes of determining whether a person is an Interested Party, the
number of shares deemed to be outstanding shall include shares which the
Interested Party or any of its affiliates or associates has the right to
acquire (whether immediately or only after the passage of time)
pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon
exercise of conversion rights, warrants, or options, or otherwise, but
shall not include any other shares which may be issuable to any other
person.
3. The term "Continuing Director" shall mean a director who is not an
affiliate of an Interested Party and who was a member of the Board of
Directors of the Corporation immediately prior to the time that the
Interested Party involved in a Business Combination became an Interested
Party, and any successor to a Continuing Director who is not such an
affiliate and who is nominated to succeed a Continuing Director by a
majority of the Continuing Directors in office at the time of such
nomination.
- 11 -
<PAGE>
4. "Fair Market Value" shall mean the fair market value of the property
in question as determined by a majority of the Continuing Directors in
good faith.
C. The provisions of this Article Fifth shall be construed liberally to
the end that the consideration paid to holders whose shares are acquired
by an Interested Party in connection with a merger or consolidation
shall not be less favorable than that paid to holders of such shares
prior to such merger or consolidation. Nothing contained in this
Article Fifth shall be construed to relieve any Interested Party from
any fiduciary duties or obligations imposed by law.
D. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Amended Articles of
Incorporation or the Regulations of the Corporation and notwithstanding
the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Amended
Articles or the Regulations of the Corporation, the affirmative vote of
the holders of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the then
outstanding shares shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal,
or adopt any provisions inconsistent with, this Article Fifth; provided,
however, that this paragraph D shall not apply to, and the eighty
percent (80%) vote shall not be required for, any amendment, alteration,
change or repeal recommended to the shareholders by the Board of
Directors of the Corporation if the recommendation has been approved by
at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors.
SIXTH. These Amended Articles of Incorporation supersede the existing Articles
of Incorporation of the Corporation
- 12 -
Exhibit (10)(a)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement
entered into by the Registrant and
certain executive officers, dated
as of August 15, 1996
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
<PAGE>
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 15th day
of August, 1996, by and between Parker-Hannifin Corporation
(the "Company") and _____ (the "Executive").
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, the Company considers the establishment
and maintenance of a sound and vital management to be
essential to protecting and enhancing the best interests of
the Company and its stockholders; and
WHEREAS, the Company recognizes that, as is the
case with many publicly held corporations, the possibility
of a change in control may arise and that such possibility
may result in the departure or distraction of management
personnel to the detriment of the Company and its
stockholders; and
WHEREAS, the Board (as defined in Section 1) has
determined that it is in the best interests of the Company
and its stockholders to secure the Executive's continued
services and to ensure the Executive's continued and
undivided dedication to his duties in the event of any
threat or occurrence of a change in control of the Company;
and
WHEREAS, the Board has authorized the Company to
enter into this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the
premises and the mutual covenants and agreements herein
contained, the Company and the Executive hereby agree as
follows:
<PAGE>
1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the
following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth
below:
(a) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the
Company.
(b) "Bonus" means the annual bonuses payable
pursuant to the RONA Plan and the Target Incentive Program.
(c) "Cause" means (i) a material breach by the
Executive of the duties and responsibilities of the
Executive (other than as a result of incapacity due to
physical or mental illness) which is demonstrably willful
and deliberate on the Executive's part, which is committed
in bad faith or without reasonable belief that such breach
is in the best interests of the Company and which is not
remedied in a reasonable period of time after receipt of
written notice from the Company specifying such breach or
(ii) the commission by the Executive of a felony involving
moral turpitude. The determination of Cause shall be made
by the Board. Cause shall not exist unless and until the
Company has delivered to the Executive a copy of a
resolution duly adopted by three-quarters (3/4) of the Board
at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose
(after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity
for the Executive, together with the Executive's counsel, to
be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith
opinion of the Board the Executive was guilty of the conduct
set forth in this Section 1(c) and specifying the
particulars thereof in detail. The Company must notify the
Executive that it believes Cause has occurred within ninety
(90) days of its knowledge of the event or condition
constituting Cause or such event shall not constitute Cause
under this Agreement. For purposes of clause (i) above, any
act, or failure to act, by the Executive based upon
- 2 -
<PAGE>
authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the
Board or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company
shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be
done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best
interests of the Company.
(d) "Change in Control" means the occurrence of
one of the following events:
(i) any "person" (as such term is defined in
Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(the "Exchange Act") and as used in Sections 13(d)(3)
and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a
"beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of
the Company representing 20% or more of the combined
voting power of the Company's then outstanding securi-
ties eligible to vote for the election of the Board
(the "Company Voting Securities"); provided, however,
that the event described in this paragraph shall not be
deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of any of
the following situations: (A) an acquisition by the
Company or any Subsidiary; (B) an acquisition by any
employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the
Company or any Subsidiary; (C) an acquisition by any
underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to
an offering of such securities; (D) a Non-Control
Transaction (as defined in paragraph (iii)); (E) any
acquisition by the Executive or any group of persons
(within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2)
of the Exchange Act) including the Executive (or any
entity in which the Executive or a group of persons
including the Executive, directly or indirectly, holds
a majority of the voting power of such entity's
outstanding voting interests); or (F) the acquisition
- 3 -
<PAGE>
of Company Voting Securities from the Company, if a
majority of the Board approves a resolution providing
expressly that the acquisition pursuant to this
clause (F) does not constitute a Change in Control
under this paragraph (i);
(ii) individuals who, at the beginning of
any period of twenty-four (24) consecutive months,
constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for
any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof;
provided, that any person becoming a director
subsequent to the beginning of such twenty-four
(24) month period, whose election, or nomination for
election, by the Company's shareholders was approved by
a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors
comprising the Incumbent Board who are then on the
Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the
proxy statement of the Company in which such person is
named as a nominee for director, without objection to
such nomination) shall be, for purposes of this
paragraph (ii), considered as though such person were a
member of the Incumbent Board; provided, however, that
no individual initially elected or nominated as a
director of the Company as a result of an actual or
threatened election contest with respect to directors
or any other actual or threatened solicitation of
proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other
than the Board shall be deemed to be a member of the
Incumbent Board;
(iii) the consummation of a merger,
consolidation, share exchange or similar form of
corporate reorganization of the Company or any
Subsidiary that requires the approval of the Company's
stockholders, whether for such transaction or the
- 4 -
<PAGE>
issuance of securities in connection with the
transaction or otherwise (a "Business Combination"),
unless (A) immediately following such Business
Combination: (1) more than 50% of the total voting
power of the corporation resulting from such Business
Combination (the "Surviving Corporation") or, if
applicable, the ultimate parent corporation which
directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100%
of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of
the Surviving Corporation (the "Parent Corporation"),
is represented by Company Voting Securities that were
outstanding immediately prior to the Business
Combination (or, if applicable, shares into which such
Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to
such Business Combination), and such voting power among
the holders thereof is in substantially the same
proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting
Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior
to the Business Combination, (2) no person (other than
any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by
the Surviving Corporation or Parent Corporation) is or
becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly,
of 20% or more of the total voting power of the
outstanding voting securities eligible to elect
directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no
Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation), and
(3) at least a majority of the members of the board of
directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no
Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation),
following the Business Combination, were members of the
Incumbent Board at the time of the Board's approval of
the execution of the initial agreement providing for
such Business Combination (a "Non-Control Transaction")
or (B) the Business Combination is effected by means of
- 5 -
<PAGE>
the acquisition of Company Voting Securities from the
Company, and a majority of the Board approves a
resolution providing expressly that such Business
Combination does not constitute a Change in Control
under this paragraph (iii); or
(iv) the stockholders of the Company approve
a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the
Company or the sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company and its
Subsidiaries.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control
shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person
acquires beneficial ownership of more than 20% of the
Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of
Company Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing
the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding,
increases the percentage of shares beneficially owned by
such person; provided, that if a Change in Control would
occur as a result of such an acquisition by the Company (if
not for the operation of this sentence), and after the
Company's acquisition such person becomes the beneficial
owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases
the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities
beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control shall
then occur.
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the
contrary, if the Executive's employment is terminated prior
to a Change in Control, and the Executive reasonably
demonstrates that such termination was at the request of a
third party who has indicated an intention or taken steps
reasonably calculated to effect a Change in Control (a
"Third Party"), then for all purposes of this Agreement, the
date immediately prior to the date of such termination of
- 6 -
<PAGE>
employment shall be deemed to be the date of a Change in
Control.
(e) "Company" means Parker-Hannifin Corporation,
an Ohio corporation.
(f) "Date of Termination" means the date on which
the Executive's employment by the Company terminates.
(g) "Good Reason" means, without the Executive's
express written consent, the occurrence of any of the
following events after a Change in Control:
(i) the assignment to the Executive of any
duties (including a diminution of duties) inconsistent
in any adverse respect with the Executive's
position(s), duties, responsibilities or status with
the Company immediately prior to such Change in
Control; (ii) an adverse change in the Executive's
reporting responsibilities, titles or offices with the
Company as in effect immediately prior to such Change
in Control; (iii) any removal or involuntary
termination of the Executive from the Company otherwise
than as expressly permitted by this Agreement or any
failure to re-elect the Executive to any position with
the Company held by the Executive immediately prior to
such Change in Control; (iv) a reduction by the Company
in the Executive's rate of annual base salary as in
effect immediately prior to such Change in Control or
as the same may be increased from time to time
thereafter; (v) any requirement of the Company that the
Executive (A) be based anywhere more than twenty-five
(25) miles from the facility where the Executive is
located at the time of the Change in Control or
(B) travel on Company business to an extent
substantially more burdensome than the travel
obligations of the Executive immediately prior to such
- 7 -
<PAGE>
Change in Control; (vi) the failure of the Company to
(A) continue in effect any employee benefit plan or
compensation plan in which the Executive is
participating immediately prior to such Change in
Control, or the taking of any action by the Company
which would adversely affect the Executive's
participation in or reduce the Executive's benefits
under any such plan (including the failure to provide
the Executive with a level of discretionary incentive
award grants consistent with the past practice of the
Company in granting such awards to the Executive during
the three-Year period immediately preceding the Change
in Control), (B) provide the Executive and the Executi-
ve's dependents with welfare benefits (including,
without limitation, medical, prescription, dental,
disability, salary continuance, employee life, group
life, accidental death and travel accident insurance
plans and programs) in accordance with the most
favorable plans, practices, programs and policies of
the Company and its affiliated companies in effect for
the Executive immediately prior to such Change in
Control, (C) provide fringe benefits in accordance with
the most favorable plans, practices, programs and
policies of the Company and its affiliated companies in
effect for the Executive immediately prior to such
Change in Control, or (D) provide the Executive with
paid vacation in accordance with the most favorable
plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company
and its affiliated companies as in effect for the
Executive immediately prior to such Change in Control,
unless in the case of any violation of (A), (B) or (C)
above, the Executive is permitted to participate in
other plans, programs or arrangements which provide the
Executive (and, if applicable, the Executive's
- 8 -
<PAGE>
dependents) with no less favorable benefits at no
greater cost to the Executive; or (vii) the failure of
the Company to obtain the assumption agreement from any
successor as contemplated in Section 9(b).
Any event or condition described in
Sections 1(g)(i) through (vi) which occurs prior to a Change
in Control, but was at the request of a Third Party, shall
constitute Good Reason following a Change in Control for
purposes of this Agreement (as if a Change in Control had
occurred immediately prior to the occurrence of such event
or condition) notwithstanding that it occurred prior to the
Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, any good
faith determination of Good Reason made by the Executive
shall be conclusive; provided, however, that an isolated,
insubstantial and inadvertent action taken in good faith and
which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of
notice thereof given by an Executive shall not constitute
Good Reason. The Executive's right to terminate employment
for Good Reason shall not be affected by the Executive's
incapacitation due to mental or physical illness and the
Executive's continued employment shall not constitute
consent to or a waiver of rights with respect to any event
or condition constituting Good Reason. The Executive must
provide notice of termination within ninety (90) days of his
knowledge of an event or condition constituting Good Reason
hereunder or such event shall not constitute Good Reason
hereunder. A transaction which results in the Company no
longer being a publicly traded entity shall not in and of
itself be treated as Good Reason unless and until one of the
events or conditions set forth in Sections 1(g)(i) through
(vii) occurs.
- 9 -
<PAGE>
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 1(g) to
the contrary, if during the 180-day period commencing upon
the 91st day immediately following a Change in Control, the
Executive's employment terminates for any or no reason
(other than for Cause) such termination shall be treated as
a termination for Good Reason hereunder.
(h) "Nonqualifying Termination" means a
termination of the Executive's employment (i) by the Company
for Cause, (ii) by the Executive for any reason other than
Good Reason, (iii) as a result of the Executive's death,
(iv) by the Company due to the Executive's absence from his
duties with the Company on a full-time basis for at least
one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days as a result of the
Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness or
(v) as a result of the Executive's Retirement.
(i) "Projected Bonus Amount" means, with respect
to any Year, the greater of (i) the Executive's Target Bonus
Amount for such Year; or (ii) to the extent calculable after
at least one calendar quarter of the Year, the Bonus the
Executive would have earned in the Year in which the
Executive's Date of Termination occurs had the Company's
financial performance through the end of the fiscal quarter
immediately preceding the Date of Termination continued
throughout said Year (the "Earned Bonus Amount").
(j) "Retirement" means the Executive's mandatory
retirement (not including any mandatory early retirement) in
accordance with the Company's retirement policy generally
applicable to its salaried employees, as in effect
immediately prior to the Change in Control, or in accordance
with any retirement arrangement established with respect to
the Executive with the Executive's written consent.
(k) "RONA Plan" means the Company's Return on Net
Assets Plan, or any successor thereto.
- 10 -
<PAGE>
(l) "Subsidiary" means any corporation or other
entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect
ownership interest of 50% or more of the total combined
voting power of the then outstanding securities of such
corporation or other entity.
(m) "Target Bonus Amount" means, with respect to
any Year, the Participant's target Bonus for such Year based
upon the Company's forecasted Operational Plan.
(n) "Target Incentive Program" means the
Company's Target Incentive Program, or any successor
thereto.
(o) "Termination Period" means the period of time
beginning with a Change in Control and ending three (3)
years following such Change in Control.
(p) "Year" means the fiscal year of the Company.
2. Payments Upon Termination of Employment.
(a) If during the Termination Period the
employment of the Executive shall terminate, other than by
reason of a Nonqualifying Termination, then the Company
shall pay to the Executive (or the Executive's beneficiary
or estate), within five (5) days following the Date of
Termination, as compensation for services rendered to the
Company:
(i) a lump-sum cash amount equal to the sum of
(A) the Executive's base salary from the Company and
its Subsidiaries through the Date of Termination and
any outstanding Bonus or long-term bonus awards for
which payment is due and owing at such time, (B) any
compensation previously deferred by the Executive other
than pursuant to a tax-qualified plan (together with
any interest and earnings thereon) (the "Deferred
Amount"), plus an additional adjustment payment
- 11 -
<PAGE>
calculated in accordance with the formula set forth in
Exhibit A hereto, (C) any accrued vacation pay, and
(D) to the extent not provided under the Company's
Bonus plans, a pro-rata portion of the Executive's
Projected Bonus Amount for the Year in which the
Executive's Date of Termination occurs, in each case to
the extent not theretofore paid; plus
(ii) a lump-sum cash amount equal to the product
of (A) the lesser of (1) three (3) and (2) the quotient
resulting from dividing the number of full and partial
months from the Executive's Date of Termination until
the Executive would be subject to Retirement, by
twelve (12) and (B) the sum of (1) the Executive's
highest annual rate of base salary during the 12-month
period immediately preceding the Date of Termination
and (2) the highest of (x) the Executive's average
Bonus (annualized for any partial Years of employment)
earned during the 3-Year period immediately preceding
the Year in which the Date of Termination occurs (or
shorter annualized period if the Executive had not been
employed for the full three-Year period), (y) the
Executive's Target Bonus Amount for the Year in which
the Change in Control occurs and (z) the Executive's
Target Bonus Amount for the Year in which the Date of
Termination occurs; provided, that any amount paid
pursuant to this Section 2(a)(ii) shall offset an equal
amount of any severance relating to salary or bonus
continuation to be received by the Executive upon
termination of employment of the Executive under any
severance plan, policy, or arrangement of the Company.
(b) If during the Termination Period, the
employment of the Executive shall terminate, other than by
reason of a Nonqualifying Termination, for a period of three
- 12 -
<PAGE>
(3) years (or, if lesser, the period ending on the date on
which the Executive would be subject to Retirement)
commencing on the Date of Termination, the Company shall
continue to keep in full force and effect (or otherwise
provide) all policies of medical, accident, disability and
life insurance with respect to the Executive and his
dependents with the same level of coverage, upon the same
terms and otherwise to the same extent (and on the same
after-tax basis), as such policies shall have been in effect
immediately prior to the Date of Termination (or, if more
favorable to the Executive, immediately prior to the Change
in Control), and the Company and the Executive shall share
the costs of the continuation of such insurance coverage in
the same proportion as such costs were shared immediately
prior to the Date of Termination.
(c) If during the Termination Period the
employment of the Executive shall terminate, other than by
reason of a Nonqualifying Termination, then the Executive
shall be credited with three (3) years additional age and
service credit for purposes of qualifying for any retiree
medical benefits programs of the Company, although receipt
of such retiree medical benefits shall not commence until
the Executive is otherwise eligible under the terms of the
retiree medical plan. If the Executive is terminated
pursuant to a Nonqualifying Termination and would have been
eligible to retire under the terms and conditions of the
Company's retiree medical program as of immediately prior to
the Executive's Date of Termination (or, if more favorable
to the Executive, as of immediately prior to the Change in
Control), the Executive's termination of employment shall be
treated as a retirement under the Company's retiree medical
program. The retiree medical benefits (and cost) to be
provided to the Executive (and the Executive's eligible
dependents) by the Company shall be no less favorable than
- 13 -
<PAGE>
the benefits (and cost) under the retiree medical program of
the Company as of immediately prior to the Executive's Date
of Termination (or, if more favorable to the Executive, as
of immediately prior to the Change in Control), and shall be
provided notwithstanding any amendment to, or termination
of, the Company's retiree medical program.
(d) If during the Termination Period the
employment of the Executive shall terminate by reason of a
Nonqualifying Termination, then the Company shall pay to the
Executive within thirty (30) days following the Date of
Termination, a cash amount equal to the sum of (i) the
Executive's base salary from the Company and its
Subsidiaries through the Date of Termination and any
outstanding Bonus or long-term bonus awards for which
payment is due and owing at such time, (ii) any compensation
previously deferred by the Executive other than pursuant to
a tax-qualified plan (together with any interest and
earnings thereon), (iii) any accrued vacation pay, and (iv)
if the Nonqualifying Termination is other than for Cause, to
the extent not provided under the Company's Bonus plans, a
pro-rata portion of the Executive's Earned Bonus Amount for
the Year in which the Executive's Date of Termination
occurs, in each case to the extent not theretofore paid.
(e) If subsequent to a Change in Control and the
end of the Termination Period, the employment of the
Executive shall be terminated by the Company (other than by
reason of a Nonqualifying Termination), the Company shall
pay the Executive within five (5) days following his Date of
Termination a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of
(i) the Executive's highest annual rate of base salary
during the 12-month period immediately preceding the Date of
Termination and (ii) the higher of (A) the Executive's
average Bonus (annualized for any partial years of
- 14 -
<PAGE>
employment) earned during the 3-year period immediately
preceding the year in which the Date of Termination occurs
and (B) the Executive's Target Bonus Amount for the year in
which the Date of Termination occurs; provided, that any
amount paid pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this
Section 2(e) shall offset an equal amount of any severance
relating to salary or bonus continuation to be received by
the Executive upon termination of employment of the
Executive under any severance plan, policy or arrangement of
the Company.
(f) If subsequent to a Change in Control and the
end of the Termination Period, the employment of the
Executive shall be terminated by the Company, the Company
shall pay the Executive within five (5) days following his
Date of Termination a lump sum cash payment equal to (i) the
Executive's base salary from the Company and its
Subsidiaries through the Date of Termination and any
outstanding Bonus or long-term bonus awards for which
payment is due and owing at such time, (ii) any accrued
vacation pay, and (iii) if the termination is other than for
Cause, to the extent not provided under the Company's Bonus
plans, a pro-rata portion of the Executive's Earned Bonus
Amount for the year in which the Executive's Date of
Termination occurs, in each case to the extent not
theretofore paid.
3. Gross-Up Payment.
(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary
notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that
any payment, distribution or acceleration of vesting of any
award or benefit by the Company or its Subsidiaries to or
for the benefit of the Executive (whether paid or payable,
distributed or distributable or accelerated or subject to
acceleration pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or
- 15 -
<PAGE>
otherwise) (a "Payment") would be subject to the excise tax
imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any interest or
penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such
excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest
and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as
the "Excise Tax"), then the Executive shall be entitled to
receive an additional payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") in an
amount such that after payment by the Executive of all taxes
(including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to
such taxes) imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive
retains an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Excise Tax
imposed upon the Payments and (ii) the product of any
deductions disallowed because of the inclusion of the
Gross-Up Payment in the Executive's adjusted gross income
for federal income tax purposes and the highest applicable
marginal rate of federal income taxation for the calendar
year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made. For
purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up Payment,
the Executive shall be deemed to (1) pay applicable federal
income taxes at the highest applicable marginal rates of
federal income taxation for the calendar year in which the
Gross-Up Payment is to be made, (2) pay applicable state and
local income taxes at the highest applicable marginal rate
of taxation for the calendar year in which the Gross-Up
Payment is to be made, net of the maximum reduction in
federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction
of such state and local taxes and (3) have otherwise
allowable deductions for federal income tax purposes at
least equal to those which could be disallowed because of
the inclusion of the Gross-Up Payment in the Executive's
adjusted gross income. The payment of a Gross-Up Payment
under this Section 3(a) shall in no event be conditioned
upon the Executive's termination of employment or the
receipt of severance benefits under this Agreement.
- 16 -
<PAGE>
(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 3(a),
all determinations required to be made under this Section 3,
including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required
and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions
to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be
made by Mullin Consulting Inc. (the "Accounting Firm") which
shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the
Company and the Executive within fifteen (15) business days
of the receipt of notice from the Company or the Executive
that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is
requested by the Company (collectively, the
"Determination"). In the event that the Accounting Firm is
serving as a consultant for the individual, entity or group
effecting the Change in Control, the Executive may appoint a
nationally recognized public accounting firm to make the
determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm
shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder).
All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne
solely by the Company and the Company shall enter into any
agreement requested by the Accounting Firm in connection
with the performance of the services hereunder. The Gross-
Up Payment under this Section 3 with respect to any Payments
shall be made no later than thirty (30) days following the
date of such Payment. If the Accounting Firm determines
that no Excise Tax is payable by the Executive, it shall
furnish the Executive with a written opinion to such effect,
and to the effect that failure to report the Excise Tax, if
any, on the Executive's applicable federal income tax return
will not result in the imposition of a negligence or similar
penalty. The Determination by the Accounting Firm shall be
binding upon the Company and the Executive. As a result of
the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the
Code at the time of the Determination, it is possible that
Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the
- 17 -
<PAGE>
Company should have been made ("Underpayment") or Gross-Up
Payments are made by the Company which should not have been
made ("Overpayment"), consistent with the calculations
required to be made hereunder. In the event that the
Executive thereafter is required to make payment of any
additional Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine
the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any
such Underpayment (together with interest at the rate
provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code) shall be
promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the
Executive. In the event the amount of the Gross-Up Payment
exceeds the amount necessary to reimburse the Executive for
his Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the
amount of the Overpayment that has been made and any such
Overpayment (together with interest at the rate provided in
Section 1274(b)(2) of the Code) shall be promptly paid by
the Executive to or for the benefit of the Company. The
Executive shall cooperate, to the extent his expenses are
reimbursed by the Company, with any reasonable requests by
the Company in connection with any contests or disputes with
the Internal Revenue Service in connection with the Excise
Tax.
(c) Notwithstanding Section 6 hereof, this
Section 3 shall survive the termination of this Agreement
unless the Executive's employment was terminated by the
Company for Cause.
4. Withholding Taxes. The Company may withhold
from all payments due to the Executive (or his beneficiary
or estate) hereunder all taxes which, by applicable federal,
state, local or other law, the Company is required to
withhold therefrom.
- 18 -
<PAGE>
5. Reimbursement of Expenses. If any contest or
dispute shall arise under this Agreement involving
termination of the Executive's employment with the Company
or involving the failure or refusal of the Company to
perform fully in accordance with the terms hereof, the
Company shall reimburse the Executive, on a current basis,
for all legal fees and expenses, if any, incurred by the
Executive in connection with such contest or dispute
(regardless of the result thereof), together with interest
in an amount equal to the prime rate of Key Bank from time
to time in effect, but in no event higher than the maximum
legal rate permissible under applicable law, such interest
to accrue from the date the Company receives the Executive's
statement for such fees and expenses through the date of
payment thereof.
6. Termination of Agreement. This Agreement
shall be effective on the date hereof and shall continue
until the first to occur of (i) the termination of the
Executive's employment with the Company prior to a Change in
Control (except as otherwise provided hereunder), (ii) a
Nonqualifying Termination, or (iii) the Executive's
termination of employment following the Termination Period.
7. Scope of Agreement. Nothing in this
Agreement shall be deemed to entitle the Executive to
continued employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries,
and if the Executive's employment with the Company shall
terminate prior to a Change in Control, the Executive shall
have no further rights under this Agreement (except as
otherwise provided hereunder); provided, however, that
notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any term-
ination of the Executive's employment following a Change in
- 19 -
<PAGE>
Control shall be subject to all of the benefit and payment
provisions of this Agreement.
8. Obligations of the Executive.
The Executive agrees that if a Change in Control
shall occur, the Executive shall not voluntarily leave the
employ of the Company without Good Reason during the 90-day
period immediately following a Change in Control.
9. Successors' Binding Obligation.
(a) This Agreement shall not be terminated by any
Business Combination or transfer of assets. In the event of
any Business Combination or transfer or assets, the
provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon the
surviving or resulting corporation or any person or entity
to which the assets of the Company are transferred.
(b) The Company agrees that concurrently with any
Business Combination or transfer of assets, it will cause
any successor or transferee unconditionally to assume by
written instrument delivered to the Executive (or his
beneficiary or estate) all of the obligations of the Company
hereunder. Failure of the Company to obtain such assumption
prior to the effectiveness of any such Business Combination
or transfer of assets that results in a Change in Control
shall constitute Good Reason hereunder and shall entitle the
Executive to compensation and other benefits from the
Company in the same amount and on the same terms as the
Executive would be entitled hereunder if the Executive's
employment were terminated following a Change in Control
other than by reason of a Nonqualifying Termination. For
purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which
any such Business Combination or transfer of assets becomes
effective shall be deemed the date Good Reason occurs, and
- 20 -
<PAGE>
the Executive may terminate employment for Good Reason on or
following such date.
(c) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of
and be enforceable by the Executive's personal or legal
representatives, executors, administrators, successors,
heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the
Executive shall die while any amounts would be payable to
the Executive hereunder had the Executive continued to live,
all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be
paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to such
person or persons appointed in writing by the Executive to
receive such amounts or, if no person is so appointed, to
the Executive's estate.
10. Notice. (a) For purposes of this Agreement,
all notices and other communications required or permitted
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have
been duly given when delivered or five (5) days after
deposit in the United States mail, certified and return
receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
If to the Executive:
If to the Company:
Parker-Hannifin Corporation
17325 Euclid Avenue
Cleveland, Ohio 44122
Attention: Secretary
or to such other address as either party may have furnished
to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that
notices of change of address shall be effective only upon
receipt. Alternatively, notice may be deemed to have been
delivered when sent by facsimile or telex to a location
provided by the other party hereto.
- 21 -
<PAGE>
(b) A written notice of the Executive's Date of
Termination by the Company or the Executive, as the case may
be, to the other, shall (i) indicate the specific
termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to
the extent applicable, set forth in reasonable detail the
facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for
termination of Executive's employment under the provision so
indicated and (iii) specify the termination date (which date
shall not be less than fifteen (15) nor more than sixty
(60) days after the giving of such notice). The failure by
the Executive or the Company to set forth in such notice any
fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good
Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Executive
or the Company hereunder or preclude the Executive or the
Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in
enforcing the Executive's or the Company's rights hereunder.
11. Full Settlement; No Mitigation. The
Company's obligation to make any payments provided for by
this Agreement to the Executive and otherwise to perform its
obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off,
counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or
action which the Company may have against the Executive or
others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to
seek other employment or take other action by way of
mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under any
of the provisions of this Agreement and such amounts shall
not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other
employment.
12. Employment with Subsidiaries. Employment
with the Company for purposes of this Agreement shall
include employment with any Subsidiary.
- 22 -
<PAGE>
13. Governing Law; Validity. The interpretation,
construction and performance of this Agreement shall be
governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with
the internal laws of the State of Ohio without regard to the
principle of conflicts of laws. The invalidity or
unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall
not affect the validity or enforceability of any other
provision of this Agreement, which other provisions shall
remain in full force and effect.
14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed
in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an
original and all of which together shall constitute one and
the same instrument.
15. Miscellaneous. No provision of this
Agreement may be modified or waived unless such modification
or waiver is agreed to in writing and signed by the
Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company.
No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach
by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any
condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by
such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or
dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any
prior or subsequent time. Failure by the Executive or the
Company to insist upon strict compliance with any provision
of this Agreement or to assert any right the Executive or
the Company may have hereunder, including without
limitation, the right of the Executive to terminate
employment for Good Reason, shall not be deemed to be a
waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or
right of this Agreement. Except as otherwise specifically
provided herein, the rights of, and benefits payable to, the
Executive, his estate or his beneficiaries pursuant to this
- 23 -
<PAGE>
Agreement are in addition to any rights of, or benefits
payable to, the Executive, his estate or his beneficiaries
under any other employee benefit plan or compensation
program of the Company.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this
Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer of the
Company and the Executive has executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
By:_________________________
_________________________
[EXECUTIVE]
- 24 -
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
The purpose of the adjustment payment to be added to the Deferred
Amount pursuant to Section 2(a)(i)(3) (the "Make Whole Amount") is
to offset the Executive's inability to defer until retirement or
later the payment of taxes on both the Deferred Amount and the
earnings and interest that would have otherwise accrued between the
Date of Termination and the date on which the Executive elected to
commence receipt of the Deferred Amount (the "Commencement Date")
under the Company's Executive Deferral Plan (the "Plan").
The Make Whole Amount shall be calculated as follows:
1. The Executive's Deferred Amount under the Plan as of the Date
of Termination (the "EDP Amount") will be projected
forward to the Commencement Date at an assumed tax-deferred
annual earnings rate equal to the Moody's Seasoned Baa
Corporate Bond Yield Average for the last twelve full calendar
months prior to the Date of Termination (the "Moody's Rate")
(such projected amount shall be known as the "Projected
Balance"). The Projected Balance will then be converted into
annual installment benefit payments based upon the Executive's
elected form of retirement payments under the Plan, assuming
continued tax-deferred earnings on the undistributed balance
at the Moody's Rate (the "Projected Annual Payouts"). The
Projected Annual Payouts will then be reduced for assumed
income taxes at the highest applicable federal, state and
local marginal rates of taxation in effect in the Executive's
taxing jurisdiction(s) for the calendar year in which the Make
Whole Amount is paid (the "Tax Rate"). The after-tax Projected
Annual Payouts will be known as the "After-Tax Projected
Benefits".
2. The term "Made Whole Amount", as used herein, shall mean the
EDP Amount plus the Make Whole Amount. The Make Whole Amount
is the amount which, when added to the EDP Amount, will yield
After-Tax Annuity Benefits (as hereinafter defined) equal to
the After-Tax Projected Benefits, based on the following
assumptions:
a. The Made Whole Amount will be taxed at the Tax Rate upon
receipt by the Executive.
b. The after-tax Made Whole Amount will be deemed to be invested
by the Executive in a tax-deferred annuity that is structured
to make payments beginning on the Commencement Date in the
same form as elected by the Executive under the Plan (the
"Annuity").
c. The Annuity will accrue interest at the Moody's Rate,
less 80 basis points (i.e., 0.80%).
d. Annual Annuity payments will be taxed at the Tax Rate
(after taking into account the annuity exclusion ratio),
yielding "After-Tax Annuity Benefits".
Exhibit (10)(b)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Parker-Hannifin Corporation Change in Control Severance Plan,
as amended as of August 15, 1996
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
<PAGE>
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE PLAN
The Board of Directors of Parker-Hannifin
Corporation (the "Company") has determined that it is in the
best interests of the Company and its stockholders to secure
the continued services and dedication and objectivity of its
management employees in the event of any threat or occurrence
of, or negotiation or other action that could lead to,
or create the possibility of, a Change in Control (as
defined in Section 1(d)) of the Company, without concern as
to whether such employees might be hindered or distracted by
personal uncertainties and risks created by any such
possible Change in Control. To encourage the full attention
and dedication to the Company by such employees, the Board
has authorized the Company to adopt the Parker-Hannifin
Corporation Change in Control Severance Plan (the "Plan").
1. Definitions. As used in this Plan, the
following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth
below:
(a) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the
Company.
(b) "Bonus" means the annual bonuses payable
pursuant to the RONA Plan and the Target Incentive Program.
(c) "Cause" means (1) a material breach by a
Participant (as defined in Section 1(j)) of the duties and
responsibilities of the Participant (other than as a result
of incapacity due to physical or mental illness) which is
demonstrably willful and deliberate on the Participant's
part, which is committed in bad faith or without reasonable
belief that such breach is in the best interests of the
Company and which is not remedied in a reasonable period of
time after receipt of written notice from the Company
specifying such breach or (2) the commission by the
Participant of a felony involving moral turpitude. The
determination of Cause shall be made by the Board unless
<PAGE>
expressly delegated in writing by the Board to the
Compensation Committee of the Board (the "Committee").
Cause shall not exist unless and until the Company has
delivered to the Participant a copy of a resolution duly
adopted by three-quarters (3/4) of the Board (or a majority
of the Committee) at a meeting of the Board (or the
Committee) called and held for such purpose (after
reasonable notice to the Participant and an opportunity for
the Participant, together with the Participant's counsel, to
be heard before the Board or the Committee, as the case may
be), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board (or
the Committee) the Participant was guilty of the conduct set
forth in this Section 1(c) and specifying the particulars
thereof in detail. The Company must notify the Participant
that it believes "Cause" has occurred within ninety (90)
days of its knowledge of the event or condition constituting
Cause. For the purposes of clause (1) above, any act, or
failure to act, by the Participant based upon authority
given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or
based upon the advice of counsel for the Company shall be
conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by
the Participant in good faith and in the best interests of
the Company.
(d) "Change in Control" means the occurrence of
one of the following events:
(i) any "person" (as such term is defined in
Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(the "Exchange Act") and as used in Sections 13(d)(3)
and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a
"beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of
the Company representing 20% or more of the combined
voting power of the Company's then outstanding securi-
ties eligible to vote for the election of the Board
(the "Company Voting Securities"); provided, however,
that the event described in this paragraph shall not be
deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of any of
- 2 -
<PAGE>
the following situations: (A) an acquisition by the
Company or any Subsidiary; (B) an acquisition by any
employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the
Company or any Subsidiary; (C) an acquisition by any
underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to
an offering of such securities; (D) a Non-Control
Transaction (as defined in paragraph (iii)); (E) with
respect to a Participant, any acquisition by the
Participant or any group of persons (within the meaning
of Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act)
including the Participant (or any entity in which the
Participant or a group of persons including the
Participant, directly or indirectly, holds a majority
of the voting power of such entity's outstanding voting
interests); or (F) the acquisition of Company Voting
Securities from the Company, if a majority of the Board
approves a resolution providing expressly that the
acquisition pursuant to this clause (F) does not
constitute a Change in Control under this paragraph
(i);
(ii) individuals who, at the beginning of any
period of twenty-four (24) consecutive months,
constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for
any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof,
provided that any person becoming a director subsequent
to the beginning of such twenty-four (24) month period,
whose election, or nomination for election, by the
Company's shareholders was approved by a vote of at
least two-thirds of the directors comprising the
Incumbent Board who are then on the Board (either by a
specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of
the Company in which such person is named as a nominee
for director, without objection to such nomination)
shall be, for purposes of this paragraph (ii),
considered as though such person were a member of the
Incumbent Board; provided, however, that no individual
initially elected or nominated as a director of the
- 3 -
<PAGE>
Company as a result of an actual or threatened election
contest with respect to directors or any other actual
or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or
on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be
deemed to be a member of the Incumbent Board;
(iii) the consummation of a merger,
consolidation, share exchange or similar form of
corporate reorganization of the Company or any
Subsidiary that requires the approval of the Company's
stockholders, whether for such transaction or the
issuance of securities in connection with the
transaction or otherwise (a "Business Combination"),
unless (A) immediately following such Business
Combination: (1) more than 50% of the total voting
power of the corporation resulting from such Business
Combination (the "Surviving Corporation") or, if
applicable, the ultimate parent corporation which
directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100%
of the voting securities) eligible to elect directors
of the Surviving Corporation (the "Parent
Corporation"), is represented by Company Voting
Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to
the Business Combination (or, if applicable, shares
into which such Company Voting Securities were
converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and
such voting power among the holders thereof is in
substantially the same proportion as the voting power
of such Company Voting Securities among the holders
thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination,
(2) no person (other than any employee benefit plan
sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or
Parent Corporation) is or becomes the beneficial owner,
directly or indirectly, of 20% or more of the total
voting power of the outstanding voting securities
eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation
(or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving
Corporation), and (3) at least a majority of the
- 4 -
<PAGE>
members of the board of directors of the Parent
Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the
Surviving Corporation), following the Business
Combination, were members of the Incumbent Board at the
time of the Board's approval of the execution of the
initial agreement providing for such Business
Combination (a "Non-Control Transaction") or (B) the
Business Combination is effected by means of the
acquisition of Company Voting Securities from the
Company, and a majority of the Board approves a
resolution providing expressly that such Business
Combination does not constitute a Change in Control
under this paragraph (iii); or
(iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a
plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the
Company or the sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company and its
Subsidiaries.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control
shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person
acquires beneficial ownership of more than 20% of the
Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of
Company Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing
the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding,
increases the percentage of shares beneficially owned by
such person; provided, that if a Change in Control would
occur as a result of such an acquisition by the Company (if
not for the operation of this sentence), and after the
Company's acquisition such person becomes the beneficial
owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases
the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities
beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control shall
then occur.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the
contrary, if the Participant's employment is terminated
prior to a Change in Control, and the Participant reasonably
- 5 -
<PAGE>
demonstrates that such termination was at the request of a
third party who has indicated an intention or taken steps
reasonably calculated to effect a Change in Control (a
"Third Party"), then for all purposes of this Plan, the date
immediately prior to the date of such termination of
employment shall be deemed to be the date of a Change in
Control for such Participant.
(e) "Company" means Parker-Hannifin Corporation,
an Ohio corporation.
(f) "Date of Termination" means the date on which
a Participant's employment by the Company terminates.
(g) "Effective Date" means March 1, 1996.
(h) "Good Reason" means, without a Participant's
express written consent, the occurrence of any of the
following events after a Change in Control:
(1) the assignment to the Participant of any
duties inconsistent in any adverse respect with the Partici-
pant's position(s), duties, responsibilities or status with
the Company immediately prior to such Change in Control,
(2) an adverse change in the Participant's reporting respon-
sibilities, titles or offices with the Company as in effect
immediately prior to such Change in Control; (3) any removal
or involuntary termination of the Participant from the
Company otherwise than as expressly permitted by this Plan
or any failure to re-elect the Participant to any position
with the Company held by the Participant immediately prior
to such Change in Control; (4) a reduction by the Company in
the Participant's rate of annual base salary as in effect
immediately prior to such Change in Control or as the same
may be increased from time to time thereafter; (5) any
requirement of the Company that the Participant (A) be based
anywhere more than twenty-five (25) miles from the facility
where the Participant is located at the time of the Change
in Control or (B) travel on Company business to an extent
substantially more burdensome than the travel obligations of
- 6 -
<PAGE>
the Participant immediately prior to such Change in Control;
(6) the failure of the Company to (A) continue in effect any
employee benefit plan or compensation plan in which the
Participant is participating immediately prior to such
Change in Control, or the taking of any action by the
Company which would adversely affect the Participant's
participation in or reduce the Participant's benefits under
any such plan (including the failure to provide the
Participant with a level of discretionary incentive award
grants consistent with the Company's grants of such awards
to the Participant during the three-Year period immediately
prior to the Change in Control), (B) provide the Participant
and the Participant's dependents with welfare benefits
(including, without limitation, medical, prescription,
dental, disability, salary continuance, employee life, group
life, accidental death and travel accident insurance plans
and programs) in accordance with the most favorable plans,
practices, programs and policies of the Company and its
affiliated companies in effect for the Participant
immediately prior to such Change in Control, (C) provide
fringe benefits in accordance with the most favorable plans,
practices, programs and policies of the Company and its
affiliated companies in effect for the Participant
immediately prior to such Change in Control, or (D) provide
the Participant with paid vacation in accordance with the
most favorable plans, policies, programs and practices of
the Company and its affiliated companies as in effect for
the Participant immediately prior to such Change in Control,
unless in the case of any violation of (A), (B) or (C)
above, the Participant is permitted to participate in other
plans, programs or arrangements which provide the
Participant (and, if applicable, the Participant's
dependents) with no less favorable benefits at no greater
cost to the Participant; or (7) the failure of the Company
to obtain the assumption agreement from any successor as
contemplated in Section 8(b).
- 7 -
<PAGE>
Any event or condition described in
Sections 1(h)(1) through (6) which occurs prior to a Change
in Control, but was at the request of a Third Party, shall
constitute Good Reason following a Change in Control for
purposes of this Plan (as if a Change in Control had
occurred immediately prior to the occurrence of such event
or condition) notwithstanding that it occurred prior to the
Change in Control. For purposes of this Plan, any good
faith determination of Good Reason made by a Participant
shall be conclusive; provided, however, that an isolated,
insubstantial and inadvertent action taken in good faith and
which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of
notice thereof given by a Participant shall not constitute
Good Reason. The Participant's right to terminate
employment for Good Reason shall not be affected by the
Participant's incapacitation due to mental or physical
illness and the Participant's continued employment shall not
constitute consent to or a waiver of rights with respect to
any event or condition constituting Good Reason. The
Participant must provide notice of termination within ninety
(90) days of his knowledge of an event or condition
constituting Good Reason hereunder. A transaction which
results in the Company no longer being a publicly traded
entity shall not in and of itself be treated as Good Reason
unless and until one of the events or conditions set forth
in Sections 1(h)(1) through (7) occurs.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 1(h) to
the contrary, if during the 90-day period immediately
following a Change in Control, a Participant's employment
terminates for any or no reason (other than for Cause) such
termination shall be treated as a termination for Good
Reason hereunder.
(i) "Nonqualifying Termination" means a
termination of a Participant's employment (1) by the Company
for Cause, (2) by the Participant for any reason other than
a Good Reason, (3) as a result of the Participant's death,
- 8 -
<PAGE>
(4) by the Company due to the Participant's absence from his
duties with the Company on a full-time basis for at least
one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days as a result of the
Participant's incapacity due to physical or mental illness
or (5) as a result of the Participant's Retirement.
(j) "Participant" means any employee of the
Company or any Subsidiary (other than employees who have
entered into Change in Control severance agreements with the
Company) who is employed at or above Grade 15 (or the
equivalent level), not taking into account any reduction of
employment level following a Change in Control which would
constitute Good Reason under this Plan.
(k) "Plan" means the Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Change in Control Severance Plan.
(l) "Projected Bonus Amount" means, with respect
to any Year, the greater of (i) the Participant's Target
Bonus Amount for such Year; or (ii) to the extent calculable
after at least one calendar quarter of the Year, the Bonus
the Participant would have earned in the Year in which the
Executive's Date of Termination occurs had the Company's
financial performance through the end of the fiscal quarter
immediately preceding the Date of Termination continued
throughout said Year (the "Earned Bonus Amount").
(m) "Retirement" means a Participant's mandatory
retirement (not including any mandatory early retirement) in
accordance with the Company's retirement policy generally
applicable to its salaried employees, as in effect
immediately prior to the Change in Control, or in accordance
with any retirement arrangement established with respect to
such Participant with the Participant's written consent.
(n) "RONA Plan" means the Company's Return on Net
Assets Plan, or any successor thereto.
(o) "Subsidiary" means any corporation or other
entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect
ownership interest of 50% or more of the total combined
- 9 -
<PAGE>
voting power of the then outstanding securities of such
corporation or other entity.
(p) "Termination Period" with respect to a
Participant means the period of time beginning with a Change
in Control and ending on the earliest to occur of (1) the
Participant's death, and (2) two (2) years following such
Change in Control.
(q) "Target Bonus Amount" means, with respect to
any Year, the Participant's target Bonus for such Year based
upon the Company's forecasted Operational Plan.
(r) "Target Incentive Program" means the
Company's Target Incentive Program, or any successor
thereto.
(s) "Year" means the fiscal year of the Company.
2. Payments Upon Termination of Employment.
(a) If during the Termination Period the
employment of a Participant shall terminate, other than by
reason of a Nonqualifying Termination, then the Company
shall pay to the Participant (or the Participant's
beneficiary or estate) within five (5) days following the
Date of Termination, as compensation for services rendered
to the Company:
(1) a lump-sum cash amount equal to the sum of
(A) the Participant's base salary from the Company and its
Subsidiaries through the Date of Termination and any
outstanding annual Bonus or long-term bonus awards for which
payment is due and owing at such time, (B) any compensation
previously deferred by the Participant other than pursuant
to a tax-qualified plan (together with any interest and
earnings thereon), (C) any accrued vacation pay, and (D) to
the extent not provided under the Company's Bonus plans, a
pro-rata portion of the Participant's Projected Bonus Amount
for the Year in which the Date of Termination occurs, in
each case to the extent not theretofore paid; plus
- 10 -
<PAGE>
(2) a lump-sum cash amount equal to the product
of (A) the lesser of (1) one (1) and (2) the quotient
resulting from dividing the number of full and partial
months from the Participant's Date of Termination until the
Participant would be subject to Retirement, by twelve (12)
and (B) the sum of (i) the Participant's highest annual rate
of base salary during the 12-month period immediately
preceding the Date of Termination and (ii) the highest of
(x) the Participant's average Bonus (annualized for any
partial Years of employment) earned during the 3-Year period
immediately preceding the Year in which the Date of
Termination occurs (or shorter annualized period if the
Participant had not been employed for the full three-Year
period), (y) the Participant's Target Bonus Amount for the
Year in which the Change in Control occurs and (z) the
Participant's Target Bonus Amount for the Year in which the
Date of Termination occurs; provided, that any amount paid
pursuant to this Section 2(a)(2) shall offset an equal
amount of any severance relating to salary or bonus
continuation to be received by the Participant upon
termination of employment of the Participant under any
severance plan, policy, or arrangement or employment
agreement of the Company.
(3) For a period of one (1) year (or, if lesser,
the period ending on the date on which the Executive would
be subject to Retirement) commencing on the Date of
Termination, the Company shall continue to keep in full
force and effect (or otherwise provide) all policies of
medical, accident, disability and life insurance with
respect to the Participant and his dependents with the same
level of coverage, upon the same terms and otherwise to the
same extent as such policies shall have been in effect
immediately prior to the Date of Termination (or, if more
favorable to the Participant, immediately prior to the
Change in Control), and the Company and the Participant
shall share the costs of the continuation of such insurance
coverage in the same proportion as such costs were shared
- 11 -
<PAGE>
immediately prior to the Date of Termination. Following
such one (1) year period of coverage, the Company shall
offer the Participant continued health coverage under
Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"), for a period of twelve (12) additional
months.
(b) If during the Termination Period the
employment of a Participant shall terminate by reason of a
Nonqualifying Termination, then the Company shall pay to the
Participant within thirty (30) days following the Date of
Termination, a cash amount equal to the sum of (1) the
Participant's base salary from the Company and its
Subsidiaries through the Date of Termination and any
outstanding Bonus or long-term bonus awards for which
payment is due and owing at such time, (2) any compensation
previously deferred by the Participant other than pursuant
to a tax-qualified plan (together with any interest and
earnings thereon), (3) any accrued vacation pay, and (4) if
the Nonqualifying Termination is other than for Cause, to
the extent not provided under the Company's Bonus plans, a
pro-rata portion of the Participant's Earned Bonus Amount
for the Year in which the Date of Termination occurs, in
each case to the extent not theretofore paid.
3. Excise Tax Limitation.
(a) Notwithstanding anything contained in this
Plan or any other agreement or plan to the contrary, the
payments and benefits provided to, or for the benefit of,
any Participant under this Plan or under any other plan or
agreement (the "Payments") shall be reduced (but not below
zero) to the extent necessary so that no payment to be made,
or benefit to be provided, to the Participant or for his
benefit under this Plan or any other plan or agreement shall
be subject to the imposition of excise tax under Section
4999 of the Code (such reduced amount is hereinafter
referred to as the "Limited Payment Amount"). Unless the
Participant shall have given prior written notice specifying
- 12 -
<PAGE>
a different order to the Company, the Company shall reduce
or eliminate the Payments to the Participant reducing first
the payments under Section 2(a)(2). Any notice given by a
Participant pursuant to the preceding sentence shall take
precedence over the provisions of any other plan,
arrangement or agreement governing the Participant's rights
and entitlement to any benefits or compensation.
(b) All determinations required to be made under
this Section 3 shall be made by Mullin Consulting Inc.
accounting firm (the "Accounting Firm"). The Accounting
Firm shall provide its calculations, together with detailed
supporting documentation, both to the Company and
Participant within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of
notice from the Participant that there has been a Payment
(or at such earlier times as is requested by the Company)
and, with respect to the Limited Payment Amount, a
reasonable opinion to the Participant that he is not
required to report any Excise Tax on his federal income tax
return with respect to the Limited Payment Amount
(collectively, the "Determination"). In the event that the
Accounting Firm is serving as a consultant for the
individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control,
the Company shall prior to the Change in Control appoint a
nationally recognized public accounting firm to make the
determination required hereunder (which accounting firm
shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder).
All fees, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to,
the costs of retaining experts) of the Accounting Firm shall
be borne by the Company. The Determination by the
Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the
Participant (except as provided in Subsection (c) below).
(c) If it is established pursuant to a final
determination of a court or an Internal Revenue Service (the
"IRS") proceeding which has been finally and conclusively
resolved, that Payments have been made to, or provided for
the benefit of, a Participant by the Company, which are in
excess of the limitations provided in Section 3 (hereinafter
- 13 -
<PAGE>
referred to as an "Excess Payment"), such Excess Payment
shall be deemed for all purposes to be a loan to the
Participant made on the date the Participant received the
Excess Payment and the Participant shall repay the Excess
Payment to the Company on demand, together with interest on
the Excess Payment at the applicable federal rate (as
defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code) from the date of the
Participant's receipt of such Excess Payment until the date
of such repayment. As a result of the uncertainty in the
application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the
Determination, it is possible that Payments which will not
have been made by the Company should have been made (an
"Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required
to be made under this Section 3. In the event that it is
determined (1) by the Accounting Firm, the Company (which
shall include the position taken by the Company, or together
with its consolidated group, on its federal income tax
return) or the IRS or (2) pursuant to a determination by a
court, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Company shall
pay an amount equal to such Underpayment to the Participant
within ten (10) days of such determination together with
interest on such amount at the applicable federal rate from
the date such amount would have been paid to the Participant
until the date of payment.
4. Withholding Taxes. The Company may withhold
from all payments due to a Participant (or his beneficiary
or estate) hereunder all taxes which, by applicable federal,
state, local or other law, the Company is required to
withhold therefrom.
5. Reimbursement of Expenses. If any contest or
dispute shall arise under this Plan involving termination of
a Participant's employment with the Company or involving the
failure or refusal of the Company to perform fully in
accordance with the terms hereof, the Company shall
reimburse the Participant, on a current basis, for all legal
- 14 -
<PAGE>
fees and expenses, if any, incurred by the Participant in
connection with such contest or dispute (regardless of the
result thereof), together with interest in an amount equal
to the prime rate of Key Bank from time to time in effect,
but in no event higher than the maximum legal rate
permissible under applicable law, such interest to accrue
from the date the Company receives the Participant's
statement for such fees and expenses through the date of
payment thereof.
6. Termination or Amendment of Plan.
(a) This Plan shall be in effect as of the
Effective Date and shall continue until terminated by the
Company as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 6;
provided, however, that a Participant's participation under
this Plan shall terminate in any event upon the first to
occur of (1) the Participant's death and (2) termination of
the Participant's employment with the Company prior to a
Change in Control (except as otherwise provided herein).
(b) The Company shall have the right prior to a
Change in Control, in its sole discretion, pursuant to
action by the Board, to approve the termination or amendment
of this Plan; provided, however, that no such action which
would adversely affect the rights or potential rights of
Participants shall be taken by the Board during any period
of time when the Board has knowledge that any person has
taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change in
Control until, in the opinion of the Board, such person has
abandoned or terminated its efforts to effect a Change in
Control; and provided, further, that in no event shall this
Plan be terminated or amended within the two-year period
following a Change in Control in any manner which would
adversely affect the rights or potential rights of
Participants.
7. Scope of Plan. Nothing in this Plan shall be
deemed to entitle any Participant to continued employment
- 15 -
<PAGE>
with the Company or its Subsidiaries, and if a Participant's
employment with the Company shall terminate prior to a
Change in Control, the Participant shall have no further
rights under this Plan (except as otherwise provided
herein); provided, however, that any termination of a
Participant's employment during the two-year period
following a Change in Control shall be subject to all of the
provisions of this Plan.
8. Successors Binding Obligation.
(a) This Plan shall not be terminated by any
Business Combination or transfer of assets. In the event of
any Business Combination or transfer of assets, the
provisions of this Plan shall be binding upon the surviving
or resulting corporation or the person or entity to which
such assets are transferred.
(b) The Company agrees that concurrently with any
Business Combination or transfer of assets, it will cause
any successor or transferee unconditionally to assume all of
the obligations of the Company hereunder. Failure of the
Company to obtain such assumption prior to the effectiveness
of any such Business Combination or transfer of assets
constituting a Change in Control shall constitute Good
Reason hereunder and shall entitle each Participant to
compensation and other benefits from the Company in the same
amount and on the same terms as each such Participant would
be entitled hereunder if the Participant's employment were
terminated following a Change in Control other than by
reason of a Nonqualifying Termination. For purposes of
implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such
merger, consolidation or transfer becomes effective shall be
deemed the date Good Reason occurs, and the Participant may
terminate employment for Good Reason on or following such
date.
(c) This Plan shall inure to the benefit of and
be enforceable by each Participant's personal or legal
representatives, executors, administrators, successors,
- 16 -
<PAGE>
heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If a
Participant shall die while any amounts would be payable to
the Participant hereunder had the Participant continued to
live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein,
shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Plan to
such person or persons appointed in writing by the
Participant to receive such amounts or, if no person is so
appointed, to the Participant's estate.
9. Full Settlement; Resolution of Disputes. The
Company's obligation to make any payments provided for by
this Plan to a Participant and otherwise to perform its
obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off,
counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or
action which the Company may have against the Participant or
others. In no event shall a Participant be obligated to
seek other employment or take other action by way of
mitigation of the amounts payable to the Participant under
any of the provisions of this Plan and such amounts shall
not be reduced whether or not the Participant obtains other
employment.
10. Employment with Subsidiaries. Employment
with the Company for purposes of this Plan shall include
employment with any Subsidiary.
11. Governing Law; Validity. To the extent not
pre-empted by ERISA, the interpretation, construction and
performance of this Plan shall be governed by and construed
and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the
State of Ohio without regard to the principle of conflicts
of laws. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Plan shall not affect the validity or
enforceability of any other provision of this Plan, which
other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.
12. Notice. For purposes of this Plan, all
notices and other communications required or permitted
- 17 -
<PAGE>
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have
been duly given when delivered or five (5) days after
deposit in the United States mail, certified and return
receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
If to the Participant: Residence address in
Company records
If to the Company:
Parker-Hannifin Corporation
17325 Euclid Avenue
Cleveland, Ohio 44122
Attention: Secretary
or to such other address as either party may have furnished
to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that
notices of change of address shall be effective only upon
receipt. Alternatively, notice may be deemed to have been
delivered when sent by facsimile or telex to a location
provided by the other party hereto.
A written notice of the Participant's Date of
Termination by the Company or the Participant, as the case
may be, to the other, shall (i) indicate the specific
termination provision in this Plan relied upon, (ii) to the
extent applicable, set forth in reasonable detail the facts
and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination
of Participant's employment under the provision so indicated
and (iii) specify the termination date (which date shall not
be less than fifteen (15) nor more than sixty (60) days
after the giving of such notice). The failure by the
Participant or the Company to set forth in such notice any
fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good
Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Participant
or the Company hereunder or preclude the Participant or the
Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in
enforcing the Participant's or the Company's rights
hereunder.
- 18 -
Exhibit (10)(e)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Parker-Hannifin Corporation Supplemental Executive
Retirement Benefits Program (August 15, 1996 Restatement)
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
<PAGE>
Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Supplemental Executive
Retirement Benefits Program
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
Preamble........................................................1
1. Definitions 1
2. Participation.......................................................5
2.01 Participants............................................5
2.02 Designation of Participants.............................5
2.03 Continuation of Participation...........................5
2.04 Effect of Voluntary Termination of Employment..........6
3. Supplemental Retirement Benefits....................................6
3.01 Eligibility at or After Normal Retirement Date..........6
3.02 Eligibility Prior to Normal Retirement Date.............6
3.03 Amount of Normal Retirement Supplemental Benefit........6
3.04 Amount of Early Retirement Supplemental Benefit.........7
3.05 Gross-Up Payment........................................7
4. Payment of Benefits.................................................8
4.01 Commencement of Benefits................................8
4.02 Payments Under Certain Situations.......................8
(a) Optional Methods of Payment.......................8
(b) Payment Upon a Change in Control..................8
(c) Election to Receive a Lump Sum Payment............8
4.03 Determination of the Lump Sum Payment...................8
4.04 Certain Matters Following a Lump Sum Payment............9
5. Death Benefits.....................................................10
5.01 Eligibility............................................10
5.02 Benefit Amount.........................................10
5.03 Benefit Payments.......................................10
6. Non-Competition....................................................10
6.01 Condition of Payment...................................10
6.02 Competition............................................11
7. General Provisions.................................................11
7.01 Denial of Claims.......................................11
7.02 Claims Review Procedure................................11
7.03 ERISA Plan.............................................12
7.04 Trust..................................................12
7.05 Rights of Participants.................................12
7.06 Administration.........................................13
ii
<PAGE>
7.07 Program Non-Contractual................................13
7.08 Non-Alienation of Retirement Rights or Benefits........13
7.09 Payment of Benefits to Others..........................13
7.10 Notices................................................14
7.11 Amendment, Modification, Termination...................14
7.12 Applicable Law.........................................14
7.13 Gender, Singular and Plural............................14
7.14 Headings...............................................14
iii
<PAGE>
Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Supplemental Executive
Retirement Benefits Program
WHEREAS, by instrument effective as of January 1, 1980, a supplemental
executive retirement benefits program was established for the benefit of
certain employees of Parker-Hannifin Corporation and their beneficiaries; and
WHEREAS, said Program was amended and restated from time to time; and
WHEREAS, it is desired to restate the terms, provisions, and
conditions of said Program;
NOW, THEREFORE, effective as of August 15, 1996, said Program is
hereby amended and restated in its entirety to provide as hereinafter set
forth.
1. Definitions
Except as otherwise required by the context, the terms used in this
Program shall have the meaning hereinafter set forth.
(a) Actuarial Equivalent or Actuarially Equivalent: An amount
that is the actuarial equivalent of a value using the actuarial assumptions
specified for such purpose under the Retirement Plan.
(b) Board: The Board of Directors of the Company
(c) Change in Control: Any one or more of the following
occurrences:
(i) any "person" (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and as used in Sections
13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a "beneficial owner"
(as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the combined voting
power of the Company's then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the
election of the Board (the "Company Voting Securities"); provided, however,
that the event described in this paragraph shall not be deemed to be a Change
in Control by virtue of any of the following situations: (A) an acquisition
by the Company or any Subsidiary; (B) an acquisition by any employee benefit
plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary; (C) an
acquisition by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an
offering of such securities; (D) a Non-Control transaction (as defined in
paragraph (iii)); (E) as pertains to a Participant, any acquisition by the
Participant or any group of persons (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3)
and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) including the Participant (or any entity in
which the Participant or a group of persons including the Participant,
directly or indirectly, holds a majority of the voting power of such entity's
outstanding voting interests); or (F) the acquisition of Company Voting
Securities from the Company, if a majority of the Board approves a
<PAGE>
resolution providing expressly that the acquisition pursuant to this clause
(F) does not constitute a Change in Control under this paragraph (i);
(ii) individuals who, at the beginning of any period of twenty-four
(24) consecutive months, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease
for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof; provided, that (A)
any person becoming a director subsequent to the beginning of such twenty-four
(24) month period, whose election, or nomination for election, by the
Company's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the
directors comprising the Incumbent Board who are then on the Board (either by
a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which
such person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such
nomination) shall be, for purposes of this paragraph (ii), considered as
though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board; provided, however,
that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company
as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to
directors or any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or
consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to
be a member of the Incumbent Board;
(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, share exchange
or similar form of corporate reorganization of the Company or any Subsidiary
that requires the approval of the Company's stockholders, whether for such
transaction or the issuance of securities in connection with the transaction
or otherwise (a "Business Combination"), unless (A) immediately following such
Business Combination: (1) more than 50% of the total voting power of the
corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the "Surviving
Corporation") or, if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation which
directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting
securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the
"Parent Corporation"), is represented by Company Voting Securities that were
outstanding immediately prior to the Business Combination (or, if applicable,
shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to
such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is
in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company
Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business
Combination, (2) no person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or
maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation) is or
becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 20% or more of the
total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect
directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation,
the Surviving Corporation), and (3) at least a majority of the members of the
board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent
Corporation, the Surviving Corporation), following the Business Combination,
were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the Board's approval of the
execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination (a
"Non-Control Transaction") or (B) the Business Combination is effected by
means of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities from the Company, and a
majority of the Board approves a resolution providing expressly that such
Business Combination does not constitute a Change in Control under this
paragraph (iii); or
(iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete
liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the sale or other disposition of
all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
- 2 -
<PAGE>
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed
to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than
20% of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company
Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Company
Voting Securities outstanding, increases the percentage of shares beneficially
owned by such person; provided, that if a Change in Control would occur as a
result of such an acquisition by the Company (if not for the operation of this
sentence), and after the Company's acquisition such person becomes the
beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the
percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such
person, a Change in Control shall then occur.
Notwithstanding anything in this Program to the contrary, if the
Participant's employment is terminated prior to a Change in Control, and the
Participant reasonably demonstrates that such termination was at the request
of a third party who has indicated an intention or taken steps reasonably
calculated to effect a Change in Control (a "Third Party"), then for all
purposes of this Program, the date immediately prior to the date of such
termination of employment shall be deemed to be the date of a Change in
Control for such Participant.
(d) Change in Control Lump Sum Payment: The lump sum payment made
upon a Change in Control as calculated under Section 4.03(a).
(e) Change in Control Severance Agreement: The agreement between
an Eligible Executive and the Company that provides for certain benefits if
the Eligible Executive's employment terminates following a Change in Control;
provided, that in the case of a former Participant who is receiving benefits
under the Program, Change in Control Severance Agreement shall mean the change
in control severance agreement that was in effect between the Participant and
the Company at the time of his retirement.
(f) Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any
successor statute.
(g) Committee: The Compensation and Management Development
Committee of the Board.
(h) Company: Parker-Hannifin Corporation, an Ohio corporation,
its corporate successors, and the surviving corporation resulting from any
merger of Parker-Hannifin Corporation with any other corporation or
corporations.
(i) Contingent Annuitant: The person designated by a Participant
as a contingent annuitant as provided in the Retirement Plan.
(j) Controlled Group: The Company, its Subsidiaries or any entity
that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total combined voting
power of the Company's then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the
election of the Board of Directors of the Company.
(k) Disability: Disability that entitles a Participant to
benefits under the Company's long-term disability program.
- 3 -
<PAGE>
(l) Highest Average Three-Year Compensation: One-third of the
aggregate amount of compensation paid to a Participant from the Controlled
Group during the three calendar years of the Participant's employment which
were the three highest years of annual compensation, including base salary,
bonuses payable under the Company's Return on Net Assets Plan (RONA) and
Target Incentive Program, any amounts which would otherwise be paid as
compensation during a calendar year but which are deferred by a Participant
pursuant to any qualified or nonqualified deferred compensation program
sponsored by the Controlled Group, and any amounts that would otherwise be
paid as compensation during a calendar year but which are deferred under
Section 125 of the Code, but excluding: (i) any deferred compensation
received during any such year but credited under the Program to the
Participant for a prior year; (ii) any income realized due to the exercise of
stock options or stock appreciation rights; (iii) any payments, in cash,
deferred or otherwise, payable to the Participant under the Company's Long-
Term Incentive Plan, under any extraordinary bonus arrangements, under any
severance agreement (other than as may be required under Section 4.03(a)), or
as an executive perquisite; and (iv) such items as fringe benefits includible
in income as compensation for federal tax purposes, moving and educational
reimbursement expenses, overseas allowances received by the Participant from
the Controlled Group, and any other irregular payments.
(m) Life Expectancy: The expected remaining lifetime (to the
nearest integer) based on the Mortality Table and the age at the nearest
birthday of the Participant or Recipient at the date the Lump Sum Payment or
Change in Control Lump Sum Payment is made (unless otherwise specified
herein). If a joint and contingent survivor annuity has been elected, then
Life Expectancy shall reflect the joint Life Expectancy of the Participant or
Recipient and Contingent Annuitant.
(n) Lump Sum Payment: The Lump Sum Payment provided in Section
4.02 of the Program with the amount determined as set forth in Section 4.03.
(o) Mortality Table: Eighty percent (80%) of the 1983 Group
Annuity Mortality factor (male only).
(p) Normal Retirement Date: The definition set forth in the
Retirement Plan.
(q) Participant: An employee of the Company designated to
participate in the Program pursuant to Article 2 of the Program, while so
employed; provided, however, that any employee of the Company who, as of the
date of a Change in Control, has entered into a Change in Control Severance
Agreement with the Company shall automatically be a Participant in the Plan.
(r) Profit Sharing Account Balance: The definition set forth in
the Retirement Plan.
(s) Program: The Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefits
Program set forth herein.
(t) Recipient: A retiree, Contingent Annuitant, term certain
beneficiary, or Surviving Spouse, who is currently receiving benefits or is
entitled to receive benefits under the Program.
- 4 -
<PAGE>
(u) Retirement Plan: The Parker-Hannifin Corporation Retirement
Plan as in effect at the time any payment becomes due under this Program.
(v) Service: Employment as an employee by any member of the
Controlled Group, as well as employment by a corporation, trade or business,
that is now part of the Controlled Group at a time prior to its becoming part
of the Controlled Group, but in such case only if and to the extent that the
Committee shall so direct at any time prior to retirement. For purposes of
determining a Participant's eligibility to receive a benefit hereunder,
Service shall include any additional years credited to a Participant under
Section 4.03(a)(i)).
(w) Specified Rate: The monthly average annual yield of 30-Year
United States Treasury Bonds as published in the Federal Reserve Statistical
Release G.13 (415) "Select Interest Rates" for constant maturities and in
effect on the first day of the month prior to the month in which a payment is
to be made; provided, that for purposes of calculating a Change in Control
Lump Sum Payment, the interest rate for immediate annuities of the Pension
Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) in effect on the date of the Change in
Control as set forth in Appendix B to Part 2619 of 29 Code of Federal
Regulations, or any other successor or similar rate.
(x) Subsidiary: Any corporation or other entity in which the
Company has a direct or indirect ownership interest of 50% or more of the
total combined voting power of the then outstanding securities or interests of
such corporation or other entity.
(y) Surviving Spouse: The person who is the Participant's spouse
at the time of the Participant's death and who has been such spouse for at
least one year immediately prior to the date of the Participant's death.
2. Participation
2.01 Participants. The Participants in the Program shall be: (i)
such officers and other key executives of the Company as shall be designated
as Participants from time to time by the Committee; and (ii) upon a Change in
Control, those individuals who have entered into a Change in Control Severance
Agreement with the Company as of the date of such Change in Control.
2.02 Designation of Participants. An individual may be designated
a Participant by action of the Committee or in a written employment agreement
approved by the Committee. Participation of each individual designated as a
Participant shall be subject to the terms, conditions, and limitations set
forth in the Program and to such other terms, conditions and limitations as
the Committee may, in its discretion, impose upon the participation of any
such individual at the time the individual is designated a Participant in the
Program.
2.03 Continuation of Participation. Subject only to the provisions
of Section 2.04 and Article 6 of the Program, an individual designated as a
Participant shall continue to be a Participant for the purpose of eligibility
to receive the supplemental retirement benefits provided by the Program and
his participation in the Program shall not be terminated; provided, however,
that a Participant who terminates employment at a time when he is not eligible
for a benefit under
- 5 -
<PAGE>
Article 3 shall cease to be a Participant in the Program.
2.04 Effect of Voluntary Termination of Employment. To be eligible
for supplemental retirement benefits under the Program a Participant shall not
voluntarily terminate employment with the Company without the consent of the
Committee for a period, not exceeding 60 calendar months, set by the Committee
at the time he is designated a Participant. If he shall so voluntarily
terminate his employment within such period, his participation in the Program
shall terminate, he shall cease to be a Participant and (subject to Section
3.02) he shall forfeit all benefits under the Program. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, for purposes of this Section 2.04, in no event shall an exercise by
a Participant of his right to terminate his employment for "Good Reason" as
defined under any Change in Control Severance Agreement between the
Participant and the Company be deemed to be a voluntary termination of
employment with the Company.
3. Supplemental Retirement Benefits
3.01 Eligibility at or After Normal Retirement Date. Any provision
of Section 2.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, any Participant with at least
120 calendar months of Service who terminates his employment with the
Controlled Group on or after his Normal Retirement Date shall be eligible for
a monthly supplemental retirement benefit computed as set forth in Section
3.03.
3.02 Eligibility Prior to Normal Retirement Date. Any Participant
with at least 120 calendar months of Service: (i) who terminates his
employment with the Controlled Group with the consent of the Committee after
attainment of age 55; or (ii) who is employed at the time of a Change in
Control of the Company; or (iii) whose employment with the Controlled Group is
terminated by the Company for reasons other than for cause (as determined
solely by the Committee) after attainment of age 55 but prior to the
expiration of the requisite period of employment established by the Committee
with respect to him pursuant to Section 2.04; or (iv) who terminates his
employment with the Controlled Group due to Disability prior to his Normal
Retirement Date; or (v) who terminates his employment with the Controlled
Group after attainment of age 60 (and after completion of the requisite period
of employment established by the Committee with respect to him pursuant to
Section 2.04) but prior to his Normal Retirement Date; shall be eligible for a
monthly supplemental retirement benefit as set forth in Section 3.04.
3.03 Amount of Normal Retirement Supplemental Benefit. The monthly
supplemental retirement benefit payable to an eligible Participant at Normal
Retirement Date shall be an amount equal to 1/12th of 55% of his Highest
Average Three-Year Compensation, reduced by all of the following that are
applicable:
(a) in the case of a Participant who does not have at least 15
years of Service at the time of his retirement, .3055 percent for each
calendar month his Service is less than 15 years;
(b) the monthly single life Actuarial Equivalent of any benefit to
which the Participant is entitled under the Retirement Plan, including the
single life monthly equivalent attributable to the Participant's Profit-
- 6 -
<PAGE>
Sharing Account Balance, determined as if the Profit-Sharing Account Balance
had remained in the Retirement Plan until retirement, whether or not such
Profit-Sharing Account Balance has been transferred to the Savings Plan;
(c) the monthly single life Actuarial Equivalent of any benefit to
which the Participant is entitled under any other tax-qualified defined
benefit plan of the Company and which is attributable to contributions of the
Company, unless benefit service for employment on which such benefit is based
is credited to the Participant under the Retirement Plan;
(d) the monthly single life Actuarial Equivalent of any benefit to
which the Participant is entitled under any non-qualified defined benefit
program of the Company;
(e) 50 percent of the monthly primary social security benefit to
which the Participant is entitled or would be entitled as of the earliest date
following the Participant's termination of employment for which social
security benefits would be payable (whether or not social security benefits
are actually paid to the Participant at such time), with such reduction to
begin at the earliest date after retirement for which social security benefits
would be payable to the Participant; and
(f) the monthly single life Actuarial Equivalent of any benefit
which the Participant is entitled to receive from any previous employer,
provided that a contract between the Participant and the Company grants the
Participant service for service with the previous employer and the contract
states the amount to be offset.
3.04 Amount of Early Retirement Supplemental Benefit. The monthly
supplemental retirement benefit payable to a Participant who is retiring prior
to Normal Retirement Date shall be an amount equal to 1/12th of 55 percent of
the Highest Average Three-Year Compensation, reduced by all of the following
that are applicable:
(a) in the case of a Participant who does not have at least 15
years of Service at the time of his retirement, .3055 percent for each month
that his Service is less than 15 years;
(b) after applying Section 3.04(a) if applicable, .1515 percent
for each of the first 60 months by which commencement of the benefit precedes
Normal Retirement Date, and by .3030 percent for each additional month by
which commencement of the benefit precedes Normal Retirement Age; provided,
however, that if the Participant has at least 30 years of Service, and
entitlement to payment is a result of a Change in Control, the .1515 shall
be reduced to .07575, and the .3030 shall be reduced to .1515; and
(c) any amounts described in Sections 3.03(b)-(f).
3.05 Gross-Up Payment. Anything in this Program notwithstanding,
in the event it shall be determined that any payment, distribution or
acceleration of vesting of any benefit hereunder would be subject to the
excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any interest or penalties
are incurred by the Participant with respect to such excise tax, then the
Participant shall be entitled to receive an additional payment calculated as
set forth in the Change in Control Severance Agreement with respect to such
benefit hereunder; provided, however, that there shall be no duplication of
such additional payment under this Program and the Change in
- 7 -
<PAGE>
Control Severance Agreement.
4. Payment of Benefits
4.01 Commencement of Benefits. Subject to Sections 4.02 (b) and
(c), supplemental retirement benefits shall be payable monthly to an eligible
Participant commencing with the month next following the month in which he
becomes eligible for such benefit and terminating with the month in which the
death of such Participant occurs.
4.02 Payments Under Certain Situations.
(a) Optional Methods of Payment. Subject to Sections 4.02 (b) and
(c), an optional method of payment selected by the Participant for payment of
his retirement benefit under the Retirement Plan shall automatically be
applicable to the payment of the supplemental retirement benefits provided by
the Program. The benefits provided pursuant to any such optional method of
payment shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the monthly amount of benefit to
which the Participant otherwise would be entitled under the Program.
(b) Payment Upon a Change in Control. Within 15 business days of
a Change in Control, in lieu of any other payments due with respect to
benefits earned under the Program to the date of the Change in Control, each
Participant and each Recipient shall receive a Change in Control Lump Sum
Payment, as calculated under Section 4.03(a).
(c) Election to Receive a Lump Sum Payment. A Participant who is
eligible to receive benefits under the Program pursuant to Section 3.01 or
3.02, or a Recipient, may file a written request with the Committee, subject
to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to receive, in lieu of
future payments of any and all then unpaid accrued and vested benefits under
the Program, a Lump Sum Payment determined in accordance with Section 4.03(b).
If the request for a Lump Sum Payment is filed at least 13 months prior to the
Participant's termination of employment and is approved by the Committee, then
100% of such Lump Sum Payment shall be paid on the date on which the first
monthly benefit payment under the Program would otherwise be made. In any
case in which the request for a Lump Sum Payment is not filed at least 13
months prior to the Participant's termination of employment or is denied by
the Committee, then the Participant or Recipient shall receive 90% of the Lump
Sum Payment, and the remaining 10% shall be forfeited to the Company.
4.03 Determination of the Lump Sum Payment.
(a) The Change in Control Lump Sum Payment referred to in
Section 4.02(b) shall be equal to the present value of the monthly payments to
which a Participant or Recipient would be entitled under the Program based on
the following assumptions: (i) the Participant (but not a Recipient) is
treated as having been employed, for purposes of determining age and service
hereunder, for the lesser of (A) the duration of the "Termination Period", if
any, under Participant's Change in Control Severance Agreement or (B) the
period of time remaining until Normal Retirement Date; (ii) Highest Average
Three-Year Compensation shall be the greater of
- 8 -
<PAGE>
(A) the amount that would be taken into account in determining a Participant's
benefit under the Program as of the date of the Change in Control if there
were no Change in Control or (B) the lump sum severance payment under Section
2(a)(ii) of the Participant's (but not the Recipient's) Change in Control
Severance Agreement (as if he had been terminated immediately following the
Change in Control) divided by the multiple used under such section to
determine severance pay; (iii) the discount rate equals the Specified Rate;
(iv) the Participant (or, if applicable, Recipient) lives the number of years
equal to his Life Expectancy (calculated as of the date which includes any
additional Service credited hereunder); and (v) with respect to any benefit to
be deducted as an offset as described in Section 3.03(b) through (f), the
Participant terminated employment with the Company on the date of the Change
in Control and began to receive such benefits at the earliest date thereafter
permitted under the applicable plan, agreement or statute.
(b) The Lump Sum Payment referred to in Section 4.02(c) shall be
equal to the present value of the future monthly payments to which the
participant is entitled under the Program based on the following assumptions:
(i) the discount rate equals the Specified Rate; and (ii) the Participant
lives the number of years equal to his Life Expectancy on the later of (A)
date of his election to receive a Lump Sum Payment, or (B) the date of his
termination of employment.
4.04 Certain Matters Following a Lump Sum Payment.
(a) A Participant who has received a Change in Control Lump Sum
Payment pursuant to Section 4.02(b) shall thereafter: (i) while in the employ
of the Company, continue to accrue benefits under the Program, and (ii) be
eligible for further benefits under Section 4.01 or 4.02(a), (b) or (c). The
amount of such benefit shall be determined by:
(i) calculating the benefit that would be payable to the
Participant if there had been no previous Change in Control Lump Sum
Payment;
(ii) determining the present lump sum value of such benefit,
using the Specified Rate as the discount rate and assuming the
Participant lives the number of years equal to his Life Expectancy on
the date of his retirement or termination of employment;
(iii) determining the present lump sum value of the Change in
Control Lump Sum Payment, assuming the Change in Control Lump Sum
Payment had earned interest at the average Specified Rate in effect
from the time of payment of the Change in Control Lump Sum Payment
until the date of retirement or other termination of employment;
(iv) reducing the amount determined in (ii) by the amount
determined in (iii); and
(v) if applicable, converting the amount determined in (iv)
to an Actuarially Equivalent single life only form of payment.
- 9 -
<PAGE>
5. Death Benefits
5.01 Eligibility. If a Participant dies after completing 120
calendar months of Service (without regard to the requirements of Section
2.04) but prior to the earlier of his retirement or his Normal Retirement
Date, his Surviving Spouse (or, in the event there is no surviving spouse, or
there is a common death, his estate) shall be eligible for a benefit under
this Article 5.
5.02 Benefit Amount.
(a) The monthly amount of a benefit payable under this Article 5
to a deceased Participant's Surviving Spouse who has applied therefor, shall
be equal to the monthly payment the spouse would have received had the
Participant retired on the day before his death after having effectively
elected to receive payment in the form of a Joint and 75% Survivor Annuity
under the Retirement Plan, with his spouse as his Contingent Annuitant under
such option; provided, that in lieu of the offset for the Participant's
primary social security benefit under Section 3.03(e), the benefit to the
Surviving Spouse shall be offset by 50% of the primary or survivor social
security benefit to which the Surviving Spouse is entitled at the earliest
date as of which such payments become payable. If the estate is the death
beneficiary, the estate shall receive a lump sum payment equal to the present
value (using the Specified Rate) of the total monthly payments that would have
been paid to the Participant assuming he had not died but rather that he: (i)
retired on the day before the date of his death (or the first day of the month
following the time he would have reached age 55, if later); (ii) elected the
10-Year Certain Annuity under the Retirement Plan; and (iii) received 120
monthly payments.
(b) If the Participant dies before reaching the age that is ten
years prior to the Participant's Normal Retirement Date, then the monthly
benefit used to determine the death benefit shall be further reduced by .3030
for each month that the Participant was under such age at the time of his
death.
5.03 Benefit Payments. Subject to Section 4.02 (b) and (c), the
benefit under this Article 5 shall be paid to the deceased Participant's
Surviving Spouse commencing with the first day of the month following the
month in which the Participant's death occurs, and shall be payable monthly
thereafter during the life of the Surviving Spouse, the last payment being for
the month in which the death of the Surviving Spouse shall occur. If payment
is made to the estate of the Participant, payment shall be made within 30 days
of the date of the Participant's death.
6. Non-Competition
6.01 Condition of Payment. Payment of supplemental retirement
benefits under the Program shall be subject to the condition that the
Participant or retiree-Recipient shall not have engaged in competition (as
defined in Section 6.02) with the Company at any time prior to the date of
such payment; provided, however, that this Section 6.01 shall not apply to a
Participant following his termination of employment if such termination occurs
after the date of a Change in Control that occurs at the time the Participant
is actively participating in the Program.
- 10 -
<PAGE>
6.02 Competition. Competition for purposes of the Program shall
mean assuming an ownership position or a consulting, management, employee or
director position with a business engaged in the manufacture, processing,
purchase or distribution of products of the type manufactured, processed or
distributed by the Controlled Group; provided, however, that in no event shall
ownership of less than two percent of the outstanding capital stock entitled
to vote for the election of directors of a corporation with a class of equity
securities held of record by more than 500 persons in itself be deemed
Competition; and provided further, that all of the following shall have taken
place:
(a) the Secretary of the Company shall have given written notice
to the Participant or retiree-Recipient that, in the opinion of the Committee,
the Participant or retiree-Recipient is engaged in Competition within the
meaning of the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.02, specifying the
details;
(b) the Participant or retiree-Recipient shall have been given a
reasonable opportunity, upon receipt of such notice, to appear before and to
be heard by the Committee with respect to his views regarding the Committee's
opinion that the Participant or retiree-Recipient engaged in Competition;
(c) following any hearing pursuant to Section 6.02(b), the
Secretary of the Company shall have given written notice to the Participant or
retiree-Recipient that the Committee determined that the Participant or
retiree-Recipient is engaged in Competition; and
(d) the Participant or retiree-Recipient shall neither have ceased
to engage in such Competition within thirty days from his receipt of notice of
such determination nor diligently taken all reasonable steps to that end
during such thirty-day period and thereafter.
7. General Provisions
7.01 Denial of Claims. Whenever the Company denies, in whole or in
part, a claim for benefits filed by any person (hereinafter referred to as the
"Claimant"), the Company shall transmit a written notice setting forth, in a
manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, a statement of the
specific reasons for the denial of the claim, references to the specific
Program provisions on which the denial is based, a description of any
additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim and an
explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and an
explanation of the claims review procedure as set forth in Section 7.02. In
addition, the written notice shall contain the date on which the written
notice was sent and a statement advising the Claimant that, within 60 days of
the date on which such notice was received, he may obtain review of the
decision of the Company.
7.02 Claims Review Procedure. Within 60 days of the date on which
the notice of denial of claim is received by the Claimant, the Claimant, or
his authorized representative, may request that the claim denial be reviewed
by filing with the Company a written request therefor, which request shall
contain the following information:
- 11 -
<PAGE>
(a) The date on which the notice of denial of claim was received
by the Claimant;
(b) The date on which the Claimant's request was filed with the
Company; provided, however, that the date on which the Claimant's request for
review was in fact filed with the Company shall control in the event that the
date of the actual filing is later than the date stated by the Claimant
pursuant to this subsection (b);
(c) The specific portions of the denial of his claim which the
Claimant requests the Company to review;
(d) A statement by the Claimant setting forth the basis upon which
he believes the Company should reverse its previous denial of his claim for
benefits and accept his claim as made; and
(e) Any written material (included as exhibits) which the Claimant
desires the Company to examine in its consideration of his position as stated
pursuant to subsection (d).
Within 60 days of the date determined pursuant to Section 7.02(b), the Company
shall conduct a full and fair review of the decision denying the Claimant's
claim for benefits. Within ten days following the date of such review, the
Company will send to the Claimant its written decision setting forth, in a
manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, a statement of the
specific reasons for its decision, including references to the specific
Program provision relied upon. If the Claimant disputes the Company's
decision, such dispute shall be resolved by arbitration in Cleveland, Ohio
under the rules of the American Arbitration Association.
7.03 ERISA Plan. The Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan
maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for "a select
group of management or highly compensated employees" within the meaning of
Sections 201, 301 and 401 of ERISA and therefore to be exempt from Parts 2, 3
and 4 of Title I of ERISA.
7.04 Trust. The Company shall be responsible for the payment of
all benefits under the Plan. At its discretion, the Company may establish one
or more grantor trusts for the purpose of providing for payment of benefits
under the Plan. Such trust or trusts may be irrevocable, but the assets
thereof shall be subject to the claims of the Company's creditors. Benefits
paid to a Participant from any such trust shall be considered paid by the
Company for purposes of meeting the obligations of the Company under the Plan.
7.05 Rights of Participants. Except as expressly provided in any
grantor trust agreement established by the Company:
(a) no Participant or Recipient shall have any right, title, or
interest whatsoever in or to any investments which the Company may make to aid
it in meeting its obligations under the Program;
- 12 -
<PAGE>
(b) nothing contained in the Program shall create or be construed
to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company
and any Participant, Recipient or any other person;
(c) to the extent that any person acquires a right to receive
payments from the Company under the Program, such right shall be no greater
than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company; and
(d) all payments to be made under the Program shall be paid from
the general funds of the Company and no special or separate fund shall be
established and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of
amounts payable under the Program.
7.06 Administration. The Committee shall be responsible for the
general administration of the Program and for carrying out the provisions
thereof. Any act authorized, permitted or required to be taken by the Company
under the Program may be taken by action of the Committee. Subject to the
provisions of Section 7.01 relating to denial of claims and claims review
procedure, any action taken by the Committee which is authorized, permitted or
required under the Program shall be final and binding upon the Company, all
persons who have or who claim an interest under the Program, and all third
parties dealing with the Company.
7.07 Program Non-Contractual. Nothing herein contained shall be
construed as a commitment or agreement on the part of any person to continue
his employment with the Company, and nothing herein contained shall be
construed as a commitment on the part of the Company to continue the
employment or the rate of compensation of any such person for any period, and
all employees of the Company shall remain subject to discharge to the same
extent as if the Program had never been put into effect.
7.08 Non-Alienation of Retirement Rights or Benefits. No right or
benefit under the Program shall at any time be subject in any manner to
alienation or encumbrances. If any person shall attempt to, or shall, alienate
or in any way encumber his rights or benefits under the Program, or any part
thereof, or if by reason of his bankruptcy or other event happening at any
time any such benefits would otherwise be received by anyone else or would not
be enjoyed by him, his interest in all such benefits shall automatically
terminate and the same, at the discretion of the Company, shall be held or
applied to or for the benefit of such person, his spouse, children, or other
dependents as the Company may select.
7.09 Payment of Benefits to Others. If any person to whom a
retirement benefit is payable is unable to care for his affairs because of
illness or accident, any payment due (unless prior claim therefor shall have
been made by a duly qualified guardian or legal representative) may be paid to
the spouse, parent, brother, or sister, or any other individual deemed by the
Company to be maintaining or responsible for the maintenance of such person.
The monthly payment of a retirement benefit to a person for the month in which
he dies, if not paid to such person prior to his death, shall be paid to his
estate. Any payment made in accordance with the provisions of this Section
7.09 shall be a complete discharge of any liability of the Program with
respect to the retirement benefit so paid.
- 13 -
<PAGE>
7.10 Notices. All notices provided for by the Program shall be in
writing and shall be sufficiently given if and when mailed in the continental
United States by registered or certified mail or personally delivered to the
party entitled thereto at the address stated below or to such changed address
as the addressee may have given by a similar notice:
To the Company: Attention: Secretary
17325 Euclid Avenue
Cleveland, Ohio 44112
To the Participant: address of residence
Any such notice delivered in person shall be deemed to have been received on
the date of delivery.
7.11 Amendment, Modification, Termination. The Program may at any
time be terminated, or at any time or from time to time be amended or
otherwise modified, prospectively, by the Board of Directors of the Company;
provided, however, that no such termination, amendment or modification of the
Program shall operate to:
(a) reduce or terminate the benefit of a Participant participating
in the Program at the time of any such termination, amendment, or
modification;
(b) terminate the participation of a Participant participating in
the Program at the time of any such termination, amendment, or modification;
(c) increase the eligibility requirements applicable to a
Participant participating in the Program at the time of any such termination,
amendment or modification; or
(d) terminate the Program, or reduce or terminate any benefit, or
terminate the participation or any rights or benefits, after the occurrence of
a Change in Control, with respect to a Participant or Recipient who was a
Participant or Recipient, or became a Participant or Recipient, at the time of
the occurrence of the Change in Control.
7.12 Applicable Law. Except to the extent preempted by ERISA, the
laws of the State of Ohio shall govern the Program and any disputes arising
thereunder.
7.13 Gender, Singular and Plural. All pronouns and variations
thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the
identity of the person or persons may require. As the context may require,
the singular may be read as the plural and the plural as the singular.
7.14 Headings. All headings are for convenience only and shall not
be used in interpreting any text to which they relate.
- 14 -
<PAGE>
EXECUTED in Cleveland, Ohio as of the __ day of ____, 1996.
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
By:_______________________________________
- 15 -
Exhibit (10)(f)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Parker-Hannifin Corporation 1987 Employees Stock Option Plan,
as amended as of August 15, 1996
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
<PAGE>
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
1987 EMPLOYEES STOCK OPTION PLAN
Effective: January 29, 1987
Amended: August 15, 1996
1. Purpose. This 1987 Employees Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is
designed to enable the Corporation, by the grant of options, to attract
and retain key employees for the Corporation and its subsidiaries and to
provide additional incentive to these employees through increased stock
ownership. Options granted under the Plan may be (a) incentive stock
options within the meaning of Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code"), or (b) nonqualified stock options.
2. Administration. The Plan shall be administered by a committee
consisting of not less than three directors of the Corporation (the
"Committee"), to be appointed by, and to serve during the pleasure of, the
Board of Directors of the Corporation. No director who has within one
year been eligible to participate in the Plan may be appointed or serve as
a member of the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the
Committee shall have full power and authority to interpret the provisions
and to supervise the administration of the Plan and to define the terms of
and grant options under the Plan. All decisions by the Committee pursuant
to the provisions of the Plan shall be made by a majority of its members
and shall be final.
3. Employees Who May Participate in the Plan. Employees to whom
options are granted shall be designated from time by the Committee. An
option may be granted to any salaried employee of the Corporation or of a
subsidiary with executive, managerial, technical or professional
responsibility, including any officer who is a member of the Board of
Directors. An employee may hold more than one option; however, for
incentive stock options, the aggregate fair market value (determined at
the time the option is granted) of the shares with respect to such
incentive stock options which are exercisable for the first time during
any calendar year (under all plans of the Corporation and its
subsidiaries) shall not exceed $100,000.
4. Shares Subject to the Plan. The shares subject to the Plan shall
be the Corporation's Common Shares, without par value, and may be
authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares. The total number of
shares that may be delivered upon the exercise of all options granted
under the Plan may not exceed l,000,000, subject, however. to adjustment
as provided in Section 12. Stock appreciation rights may be granted with
respect to all or part of the shares subject to an option granted under
the Plan. When all or part of an option is surrendered upon exercise of
- 1 -
<PAGE>
the related stock appreciation rights, the shares subject to the
surrendered part of the option shall be considered exercised in full and shall
not be available for the grant of future options under the Plan, and the number
of shares that may be delivered under the Plan shall be reduced accordingly.
When, however, an option is surrendered or expires for any reason other than
the exercise of the related stock appreciation rights, the shares subject to
the option shall again become available for offering under the Plan.
5. Option Price. The option price shall be determined by the
Committee or by the Board of Directors. In the case of incentive stock
options, the option price may not be less than 100% of the fair market
value of the shares subject to the option on the date the option is
granted, except that, if the optionee owns, at the time the option is
granted, shares possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting
power of all classes of stock of the Corporation or a subsidiary, the
option price may be not less than 110% of the fair market value of the
shares on the date the option is granted. In no event may previously
unissued shares be issued at a price less than that permitted by the Ohio
General Corporation Law. For purposes of this Plan, the "fair market
value" of shares on any date shall be the reported closing price of the
shares as reported for New York Stock Exchange-Composite Transactions on
that date or, if no shares are traced on that date, the next preceding date
on which trading occurred. In the event that the shares cease to be traded
on the New York Stock Exchange, the "fair market value" of the shares shall
be determined in the manner prescribed by the Committee.
6. Exercise of Options. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7,
or as may be permitted pursuant to options granted under Section 13, an
option may be exercised only while the optionee is in the employ of the
Corporation or of a subsidiary. Unless an option is accelerated as
provided in this Section 6, an optionee to whom an option has been granted
must remain in the continuous employ of the Corporation or of a subsidiary
for one year from the date on which the option is granted before he or she
may exercise any part of the option. Thereafter, and during the life of
the option, the option may be exercised at any time as to all of the
Common Shares subject to the option, or from time to time, as to any
portion of such Common Shares or in such installments as the Committee may
determine at the time the option is granted. No fraction of a Common
Share may, however, be purchased upon the exercise of an option. An
option shall be treated as outstanding for this purpose until the option
is exercised in full, is surrendered upon the exercise of related stock
appreciation rights, or expires by reason of the lapse of time.
The Board of Directors may, in its discretion and upon such terms as
it deems appropriate, accelerate the date on which any outstanding option
becomes exercisable in the event of a proposed merger or consolidation of
the Corporation into or with another corporation, a proposed sale of all or
a substantial part of the Corporation's assets, a tender or exchange offer
- 2 -
<PAGE>
for the Corporation's Common Shares, or another transaction or series of
transactions that the Board determines is likely to result in a change in
control of the Corporation. In addition to the foregoing, the Committee may
purchase stock options previously granted to any person who is at the time of
any such transaction a director or officer of the Corporation for a price
equal to the difference between the consideration per share payable
pursuant to the terms of the transaction and the option price.
7. Exercise of Options After Termination of Employment. No option
may be exercised after termination of the optionee's employment except in
the following situations:
(a) If the termination of employment is due to permanent
disability or to retirement under the applicable retirement plan or policy
of the Corporation or a subsidiary, the optionee shall have the right to
exercise the option in whole or in part within the period of two years
after the date of the termination of his employment.
(b) If the termination of employment is due to the death of the
optionee, the optionee's estate, personal representative, or beneficiary
shall have the right to exercise the option in whole or in part within the
period of two years after the date of the optionee's death.
(c) If the termination of employment is due to any other reason
except the optionee's permanent disability or retirement as specified in
(a) above or the optionee's death as specified in (b) above, the optionee
shall have the right to exercise the option in whole or in part within the
period of three months after the date of such termination of employment.
8. Termination of Options. An option granted under this Plan shall
terminate, and the right of the employee to purchase shares upon exercise
of the option shall expire, on the date determined by the Committee at the
time the option is granted. No option, however, may have a life of more
than ten years after the date it is granted, and, in the case of an
employee who owns, at the time the option is granted, stock possessing
more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock
of the Corporation or a subsidiary, no incentive stock option may have a
life of more than five years after the date it is granted. If an option
is accelerated pursuant to Section 6, the Board may prescribe an earlier
termination date.
9. Notice of Grant. When an employee is granted an option under the
Plan, the Committee shall promptly cause the employee to be notified in writing
of the nature of the grant and the terms of the option. The date on which the
Committee approves the grant shall be considered to be the date on which the
option is granted.
- 3 -
<PAGE>
10. Notice of Exercise; Payment for Shares. An option shall be
considered to be exercised when the employee notifies the Corporation in
writing of his intention to do so and tenders payment in full of the
option price. Payment of the option price may be made in cash, by
delivery of Common Shares of the Corporation (taken at their fair market
value on the date of exercise, as defined in Section 5), or partly in cash
and partly in shares, unless otherwise determined by the Committee. The
employee shall have none of the rights of a shareholder with respect to
shares purchased upon exercise of an option until he has paid the option
price in full.
11. Nontransferrability of Options. An option granted under the Plan
may not be transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and
distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an employee may transfer any
nonqualified stock option granted under this Plan to members of his immediate
family (defined as his children, grandchildren and spouse) or to one or more
trusts for the benefit of such family members or partnerships in which such
family members are the only partners if the instrument evidencing such stock
option expressly so provides (or is amended to so provide) and the employee
does not receive any consideration for the transfer; provided that any such
transferred stock option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and
considerations that are applicable to such stock option immediately prior
to its transfer (except that such transferred stock option shall not be
further transferable by the transferee inter vivos). Each employee to whom
an option is granted, by accepting the option, agrees with the Corporation
that, in the event that the Corporation merges into or consolidates with
another corporation, the Corporation sells all or a substantial part of its
assets, or the Corporation's Common Shares are subject to a tender or
exchange offer, he will consent to the transfer or assumption of the option,
or accept a new option in substitution therefor, if the Committee or the
Board of Directors requests him to do so.
12. Adjustments upon Changes in Shares. In the event of any change
in the shares subject to the Plan or to any option right granted under the
Plan by reason of a merger, consolidation, reorganization,
recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, exchange of shares, or
other change in the corporate structure of the Corporation, the aggregate
number of Common Shares as to which options may thereafter be granted
under the Plan, the number of Common Shares subject to each outstanding
option, and the option price for shares subject to each outstanding option
shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee.
13. Substitute Options. The Board of Directors may grant options in
substitution for, or upon the assumption of, options granted by another
corporation that is merged into, consolidated with, or all or a
substantial part of the assets or stock of which is acquired by the
Corporation or a subsidiary. Subject to the limit in Section 4 on the
number of shares that may be delivered upon the exercise of options
- 4 -
<PAGE>
granted under this Plan, the terms and provisions of any options granted
under this Section 13 may vary from the terms and provisions otherwise
specified in this Plan and may, instead, correspond to the terms and
provisions of the options granted by the other corporation.
14. Purchase for Investment. Each employee receiving shares upon
exercise of an option may be required by the Corporation to furnish a
representation that he is acquiring the shares as an investment and not
with a view to distribution if the Corporation, in its sole discretion,
determines that the representation is required to ensure that the resale
or other disposition of the shares would not violate the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, or any applicable state securities laws. The Corporation
reserves the right to place any legend or other symbol on certificates for
shares delivered pursuant to the Plan, and to issue any stop transfer or
similar instructions to the transfer agent, that the Corporation deems
necessary and proper to assure compliance with any such representation.
15. Compliance with Securities Laws. No certificate for shares
shall be delivered upon exercise of an option until the Corporation has
taken any action that is required to comply with the provisions of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, and any applicable state securities laws and with the
requirements of any exchange on which the Corporation's Common Shares may,
at the time, be listed.
16. Duration and Termination of the Plan. The Plan shall remain in
effect until January 28, 1997, and shall then terminate, unless terminated
at an earlier date by action of the Board of Directors. Except as provided
in Section 18, termination of the Plan shall not affect options previously
granted.
17. Amendment of the Plan. The Board of Directors may alter or
amend the Plan from time to time prior to its termination, except that,
without shareholder approval, no amendment may increase the aggregate
number of shares with respect to which options may be granted (except in
accordance with the provisions of Section 12), reduce the option price at
which options may be exercised (except in accordance with the provisions
of Section 12), extend the time within which options may be granted or the
time within which an option may be exercised, or change the requirements
relating to eligibility or to administration of the Plan. Except in
accordance with the provisions of Section 12, the Board of Directors may
not, without the consent of the holder of the option, alter or impair any
outstanding option previously granted under this Plan. The Committee may,
with the agreement of the affected optionee, cancel any stock option
granted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of such cancellation the
Committee may authorize the grant of a new option for the same number of
Common Shares specified in the canceled stock option or for a different
number of Common Shares, at such option price and upon terms and
- 5 -
<PAGE>
conditions which would have been applicable under the Plan had the original
cancelled stock option not been granted.
18. Effective Date. This Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors
and became effective on January 29, 1987, subject to approval by the
Corporation's shareholders on or before October 28, 1987. Options may be
granted prior to approval of the Plan by shareholders, but no such option
may be exercised until after the Plan has been approved by shareholders.
If the shareholders do not approve the Plan on or before October 28, 1987,
all options previously granted under the Plan shall terminate.
Approved by the Shareholders on October 28,1987.
- 6 -
Exhibit (10)(g)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Parker-Hannifin Corporation 1990 Employees Stock Option Plan,
as amended as of October 28, 1993
and August 15, 1996
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
<PAGE>
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
1990 EMPLOYEES STOCK OPTION PLAN
Effective: September 1, 1990
Amended: October 28, 1993
Amended: August 15, 1996
1. Purpose. This 1990 Employees Stock Option Plan (the
"Plan") is designed to enable the Corporation, by the grant of options, to
attract and retain key employees for the Corporation and its subsidiaries
and to provide additional incentive to these employees through increased
stock ownership. Options granted under the Plan may be (a) incentive stock
options within the meaning of Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code"), or (b) nonqualified stock options.
2. Administration. The Plan shall be administered by a
committee consisting of not less than three directors of the Corporation (the
"Committee"), to be appointed by, and to serve during the pleasure of, the
Board of Directors of the Corporation. No director who has within one year
been eligible to participate in the Plan may be appointed or serve as a
member of the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee
shall have full power and authority to interpret the provisions and to
supervise the administration of the Plan and to define the terms of and
grant options under the Plan. All decisions by the Committee pursuant to
the provisions of the Plan shall be made by a majority of its members and
shall be final.
3. Employees Who May Participate in the Plan. Employees to whom
options are granted shall be designated from time to time by the
Committee. An option may be granted to any salaried employee of the
Corporation or of a subsidiary with executive, managerial, technical or
professional responsibility, including any officer who is a member of the
Board of Directors. An employee may hold more than one option; however,
for incentive stock options, the aggregate fair market value (determined at
the time the option is granted) of the shares with respect to such incentive
stock options which are exercisable for the first time during any calendar year
(under all plans of the Corporation and its subsidiaries) shall not exceed
$100,000.
4. Shares Subject to the Plan. The shares subject to the Plan
shall be the Corporation's Common Shares, without par value, and may be
authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares. The total number of
shares that may be delivered upon the exercise of all options granted under
the Plan may not exceed 1,000,000, subject, however, to adjustment as
provided in Section 12. Stock appreciation rights may be granted with
respect to all or part of the shares subject to an option granted under the
Plan. When all or part of an option is surrendered upon exercise of the
related stock appreciation rights, the shares subject to the surrendered
part of the option shall be considered exercised in full and shall not be
available for the grant of future options under the Plan, and the number of
- 1 -
<PAGE>
shares that may be delivered under the Plan shall be reduced accordingly.
When, however, an option is surrendered or expires for any reason other than
the exercise of the related stock appreciation rights, the shares subject to
the option shall again become available for offering under the Plan.
5. Option Price. The option price shall be determined by the
Committee or by the Board of Directors. In the case of incentive stock
options, the option price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value
of the shares subject to the option on the date the option is granted, except
that, if the optionee owns, at the time the option is granted, shares
possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes
of stock of the Corporation or a subsidiary, the option price may be not
less than 110% of the fair market value of the shares on the date the option
is granted. In no event may previously unissued shares be issued at a price
less than that permitted by the Ohio General Corporation Law. For purposes of
this Plan, the "fair market value" of shares on any date shall be the
reported closing price of the shares as reported for New York Stock Exchange-
Composite Transactions on that date, or if no shares are traded on that date,
the next preceding date on which trading occurred. In the event that the
shares cease to be traded on the New York Stock Exchange, the "fair market
value" of the shares shall be determined in the manner prescribed by the
Committee.
6. Exercise of Options. Except as otherwise provided in Section
7, or as may be permitted pursuant to options granted under Section 13, an
option may be exercised only while the optionee is in the employ of the
Corporation or of a subsidiary. Unless an option is accelerated as provided
in this Section 6, an optionee to whom an option has been granted must
remain in the continuous employ of the Corporation or of a subsidiary for
one year from the date on which the option is granted before he or she may
exercise any part of the option. Thereafter, and during the life of the
option, the option may be exercised at any time as to all of the Common
Shares subject to the option, or from time to time, as to any portion of
such Common Shares or in such installments as the Committee may determine at
the time the option is granted. No fraction of a Common Share may, however,
be purchased upon the exercise of an option. An option shall be treated as
outstanding for this purpose until the option is exercised in full, is
surrendered upon the exercise of related stock appreciation rights, or
expires by reason of the lapse of time.
The Board of Directors may, in its discretion and upon such
terms as it deems appropriate, accelerate the date on which any outstanding
option becomes exercisable in the event of a proposed merger or consolidation
of the Corporation into or with another corporation, a proposed sale of all or
a substantial part of the Corporation's assets, a tender or exchange offer for
the Corporation's Common Shares, or another transaction or series of
transactions that the Board determines is likely to result in a change in
control of the Corporation. In addition to the foregoing, the Committee may
purchase stock options previously granted to any person who is at the time of
any such transaction a director or officer of the Corporation for a price equal
to the difference between the consideration per share payable pursuant to the
terms of the transaction and the option price.
- 2 -
<PAGE>
7. Exercise of Options After Termination of Employment. No option
may be exercised after termination of the optionee's employment, except in the
following situations:
(a) If the termination of employment is due to permanent
disability or to retirement under the applicable retirement plan or policy
of the Corporation or a subsidiary, the optionee shall have the right to
exercise the option in whole or in part within the period of two years after
the date of termination of his employment; provided, however, that the
Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board of Directors
may, at its sole discretion, extend the period of time in which a particular
optionee may exercise an option, in whole or in part, but not for a period
exceeding ten years after the date of grant.
(b) If the termination of employment is due to the death of the
optionee, the optionee's estate, personal representative, or beneficiary shall
have the right to exercise the option in whole or in part within the period of
two years after the date of the optionee's death.
(c) If the termination of employment is due to any other reason
except the optionee's permanent disability or retirement as specified in (a)
above or the optionee's death as specified in (b) above, the optionee shall
have the right to exercise the option in whole or in part within the period
of three months after the date of such termination of employment.
8. Termination of Options. An option granted under this Plan shall
terminate, and the right of the employee to purchase shares upon exercise of
the option shall expire, on the date determined by the Committee at the time
the option is granted. No option, however, may have a life of more than ten
years after the date it is granted, and, in the case of an employee who owns,
at the time the option is granted, stock possessing more than 10% of the
total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation or a
subsidiary, no incentive stock option may have a life of more than five years
after the date it is granted. If an option is accelerated pursuant to Section
6, the Board may prescribe an earlier termination date.
9. Notice of Grant. When an employee is granted an option under the
Plan, the Committee shall promptly cause the employee to be notified in writing
of the nature of the grant and the terms of the option. The date on which the
Committee approves the grant shall be considered to be the date on which the
option is granted.
10. Notice of Exercise: Payment for Shares. An option shall be
considered to be exercised when the employee notifies the Corporation in
writing of his intention to do so and tenders payment in full of the option
price. Payment of the option price may be made in cash, by delivery of Common
Shares of the Corporation (taken at their fair market value on the date of
exercise, as defined in Section 5), or partly in cash and partly in shares,
unless otherwise determined by the Committee. The employee shall have none of
the rights of a shareholder with respect to shares purchased upon exercise of
an option until he has paid the option price in full.
11. Nontransferability of Options. An option granted under the Plan
may not be transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and
- 3 -
<PAGE>
distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an employee may transfer any
nonqualified stock option granted under this Plan to members of his immediate
family (defined as his children, grandchildren and spouse) or to one or more
trusts for the benefit of such family members or partnerships in which such
family members are the only partners if the instrument evidencing such stock
option expressly so provides (or is amended to so provide) and the employee
does not receive any consideration for the transfer; provided that any such
transferred stock option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and
considerations that are applicable to such stock option immediately prior
to its transfer (except that such transferred stock option shall not be
further transferable by the transferee inter vivos). Each employee to whom an
option is granted, by accepting the option, agrees with the Corporation that,
in the event that the Corporation merges into or consolidates with another
corporation, the Corporation sells all or a substantial part of its assets, or
the Corporation's Common Shares are subject to a tender or exchange offer, he
will consent to the transfer or assumption of the option, or accept a new
option in substitution therefor, if the Committee or the Board of Directors
requests him to do so.
12. Adjustments Upon Changes in Shares. In the event of any change
in the shares subject to the Plan or to any option right granted under the
Plan by reason of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization,
stock dividend, stock split, exchange of shares, or other change in the
corporate structure of the Corporation, the aggregate number of Common Shares
as to which options may thereafter be granted under the Plan, the number of
Common Shares subject to each outstanding option, and the option price for
shares subject to each outstanding option shall be appropriately adjusted by
the Committee.
13. Substitute Options. The Board of Directors may grant options
in substitution for, or upon the assumption of, options granted by another
corporation that is merged into, consolidated with, or all or a substantial
part of the assets or stock of which is acquired by the Corporation
or a subsidiary. Subject to the limit in Section 4 on the number of shares
that may be delivered upon the exercise of options granted under this Plan,
the terms and provisions of any options granted under this Section 13 may
vary from the terms and provisions otherwise specified in this Plan and may,
instead, correspond to the terms and provisions of the options granted by
the other corporation.
14. Purchase for Investment. Each employee receiving shares upon
exercise of an option may be required by the Corporation to furnish a
representation that he is acquiring the shares as an investment and not with
a view to distribution if the Corporation, in its sole discretion, determines
that the representation is required to ensure that the resale or other
disposition of the shares would not violate the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, or any applicable state securities laws. The Corporation reserves
the right to place any legend or other symbol on certificates for shares
delivered pursuant to the Plan, and to issue any stop transfer or similar
instructions to the transfer agent, that the Corporation deems necessary
and proper to assure compliance with any such representation.
15. Compliance with Securities Law. No certificate for shares
shall be delivered upon exercise of an option until the Corporation has
- 4 -
<PAGE>
taken any action that is required to comply with the provisions of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, and any applicable state securities laws and with the requirements
of any exchange on which the Corporation's Common Shares may, at the time,
be listed.
16. Duration and Termination of the Plan. The Plan shall remain in
effect until August 31, 2000, and shall then terminate, unless terminated at
an earlier date by action of the Board of Directors. Except as provided in
Section 18, termination of the Plan shall not affect options previously
granted.
17. Amendment of the Plan. The Board of Directors may alter or
amend the Plan from time to time prior to its termination, except that,
without shareholder approval, no amendment may increase the aggregate number
of shares with respect to which options may be granted (except in accordance
with the provisions of Section 12), reduce the option price at which options
may be exercised (except in accordance with the provisions of Section 12),
extend the time within which options may be granted or the time within which
an option may be exercised, or change the requirements relating to eligibility
or to administration of the Plan. Except in accordance with the provisions of
Section 12, the Board of Directors may not, without the consent of the holder
of the option, alter or impair any outstanding options previously granted
under this Plan. The Committee, may, with the agreement of the affected
optionee, cancel any stock option granted pursuant to the Plan. In the event
of such cancellation, the Committee may authorize the grant of a new option
for the same number of Common Shares specified in the cancelled stock option
or for a different number of Common Shares, at such option price and upon
terms and conditions which would have been applicable under the Plan had the
original cancelled stock option not been granted.
18. Effective Date. This Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors
and became effective on September 1, 1990, subject to approval by the
Corporation's shareholders on or before October 24, 1990. Options may be
granted prior to approval of the Plan by shareholders, but no such option may
be exercised until after the Plan has been approved by shareholders. If the
shareholders do not approve the Plan on or before October 24, 1990, all
options previously granted under the Plan shall terminate.
- 5 -
Exhibit (10)(h)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Parker-Hannifin Corporation 1993 Stock Incentive Program,
as amended as of August 15, 1996
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
<PAGE>
Parker-Hannifin Corporation 1993 Stock Incentive Program
Effective: April 22, 1993
Amended: August 15, 1996
1. Purpose.
The 1993 Stock Incentive Program is intended to help maintain and develop
strong management through ownership of shares of the Corporation by key
employees of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries and for recognition of
efforts and accomplishments which contribute materially to the success of the
Corporation's business interests.
2. Definitions.
In this Program, except where the context otherwise indicates, the
following definitions apply:
(a) "Award" means a stock option, stock appreciation right ("SAR"),
restricted stock, incentive share, dividend equivalent right ("DER"), or other
award under this Program.
(b) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
(c) "Change in Control" means the occurrence of one of the following
events:
(i) any "person" (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the
Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the
Exchange Act) is or becomes a "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the
Corporation representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the
Corporation's then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the
election of the Board (the "Corporation's Voting Securities"); provided,
however, that the event described in this paragraph shall not be deemed
to be a Change in Control by virtue of any of the following situations:
(A) an acquisition by the Corporation or any Subsidiary; (B) an
acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the
Corporation or any Subsidiary; (C) an acquisition by any underwriter
temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such
securities; (D) a Non-Control Transaction (as defined in paragraph
(iii)); (E) as pertains to an individual Grantee, any acquisition by the
Grantee or any group of persons (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3)
and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) including the Grantee (or any entity in
which the Grantee or a group of persons including the Grantee, directly
or indirectly, holds a majority of the voting power of such entity's
outstanding voting interests); or (F) the acquisition of Corporation
Voting Securities from the Corporation, if a majority of the Board
approves a resolution providing expressly that the acquisition pursuant
to this clause (F) does not constitute a Change in Control under this
paragraph (i);
(ii) individuals who, at the beginning of any period of twenty-
four (24) consecutive months, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent
Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof;
provided, that (A) any person becoming a director subsequent to the
- 1 -
<PAGE>
beginning of such twenty-four (24) month period, whose election, or
nomination for election, by the Corporation's shareholders was approved
by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors comprising the
Incumbent Board who are then on the Board (either by a specific vote or
by approval of the proxy statement of the Corporation in which such person
is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination)
shall be, for purposes of this paragraph (ii), considered as though such
person were a member of the Incumbent Board; provided, however, that no
individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Corporation
as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to
directors or any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or
consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be
deemed to be a member of the Incumbent Board;
(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, share exchange
or similar form of corporate reorganization of the Corporation or any
Subsidiary that requires the approval of the Corporation's stockholders,
whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in connection
with the transaction or otherwise (a "Business Combination"), unless (A)
immediately following such Business Combination: (1) more than 50% of the
total voting power of the corporation resulting from such Business
Combination (the "Surviving Corporation") or, if applicable, the ultimate
parent corporation which directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership
of 100% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the
Surviving Corporation (the "Parent Corporation"), is represented by
Corporation Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to
the Business Combination (or, if applicable, shares into which such
Corporation Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business
Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in
substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Corporation
Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the
Business Combination, (2) no person (other than any employee benefit plan
sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent
Corporation) is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly,
of 20% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting
securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if
there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation), and (3) at
least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent
Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving
Corporation), following the Business Combination, were members of the
Incumbent Board at the time of the Board's approval of the execution of
the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination (a "Non-
Control Transaction") or (B) the Business Combination is effected by means
of the acquisition of Corporation Voting Securities from the Corporation,
and a majority of the Board approves a resolution providing expressly that
such Business Combination does not constitute a Change in Control under
this paragraph (iii); or
(iv) the stockholders of the Corporation approve a plan of
complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or the sale or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Corporation and its Subsidiaries.
- 2 -
<PAGE>
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to
occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 20%
of the Corporation Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of
Corporation Voting Securities by the Corporation which, by reducing the number
of Corporation Voting Securities outstanding, increases the percentage of
shares beneficially owned by such person; provided, that if a Change in
Control would occur as a result of such an acquisition by the Corporation (if
not for the operation of this sentence), and after the Corporation's
acquisition such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Corporation
Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Corporation
Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control shall
then occur.
Notwithstanding anything in this Program to the contrary, if a Grantee's
employment is terminated prior to a Change in Control, and the Grantee
reasonably demonstrates that such termination was at the request of a third
party who has indicated an intention or taken steps reasonably calculated to
effect a Change in Control, (a "Third Party"), then for all purposes of this
Program, the date immediately prior to the date of such termination of
employment shall be deemed to be the date of a Change in Control for such
Grantee.
(d) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code, as in effect from time to
time.
(e) "Compensation and Management Development Committee" or "Committee"
means the committee of the Board so designated. The Committee will be
constituted in a manner that satisfies all applicable legal requirements,
including satisfying the disinterested administration standard set forth in
Rule 16b-3.
(f) "Corporation" means Parker-Hannifin Corporation, an Ohio
corporation, and its Subsidiaries.
(g) "Designated beneficiary" means the person designated by the grantee
of an award hereunder to be entitled, on the death of the grantee, to any
remaining rights arising out of such award. Such designation must be made in
writing and in accordance with such regulations as the Committee may
establish.
(h) "Detrimental activity" means activity that is determined in
individual cases, by the Committee or its express delegate, to be detrimental
to the interests of the Corporation or a Subsidiary, including without
limitation (i) the rendering of services for an organization, or engaging in a
business, that is, in the judgment of the Committee or its express delegate,
in competition with the Corporation; (ii) the disclosure to any one outside of
the Corporation, or the use for any purpose other than the Corporation's
business, of confidential information or material related to the Corporation,
whether acquired by the employee during or after employment with the
Corporation; or (iii) fraud, embezzlement, theft-in-office or other illegal
activity.
(i) "Dividend equivalent right," herein sometimes called a "DER," means
the right of the holder thereof to receive, pursuant to the terms of the DER,
credits based on the cash dividends that would be paid on the shares specified
in the DER if such shares were held by the grantee, as more particularly set
forth in Section 12(a) below.
- 3 -
<PAGE>
(j) "Eligible employee" means an employee who is an officer, or in a
managerial, executive, technical, professional, or other key position as
determined by the Committee.
(k) "Employee" means a regular employee of the Corporation or one of its
Subsidiaries.
(l) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
from time to time.
(m) "Fair market value" in relation to a share as of any specific time
shall mean such value as reported for New York Stock Exchange--Composite
Transactions on such date, or if no shares are traded on that date, the next
preceding date on which trading occurred.
(n) "Grantee" means a recipient of an award under this Program.
(o) "Incentive share" means an award of shares granted pursuant to
Section 11 below.
(p) "Incentive stock option," herein sometimes called an "ISO," means a
stock option meeting the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any
successor provision.
(q) "Insider" means a person subject to the reporting requirements of
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act with respect to equity securities of the
Corporation.
(r) "Restricted stock" means any share issued with the restriction that
the holder may not sell, transfer, pledge, or assign such share and such other
restrictions (which may include, but are not limited to, restrictions on the
right to vote or receive dividends) which may expire separately or in
combination, at one time or in installments, all as specified by the grant.
(s) "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 (or any successor thereto) under the
Exchange Act that exempts from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act transactions
under employee benefit plans, as in effect from time to time with respect to
this Program.
(t) "Share" means a common share, par value $.50, of the Corporation
issued and reacquired by the Corporation or previously authorized but
unissued.
(u) "Shareholder-approved plan" means any of the plans constituting
parts of any of the incentive programs previously or hereafter approved by
shareholders of the Corporation.
(v) "Stock appreciation right," herein sometimes called an "SAR," means
the right of the holder thereof to receive, pursuant to the terms of the SAR,
a number of shares or cash or a combination of shares and cash, based on the
increase in the value of the number of shares specified in the SAR, as more
particularly set forth in Section 9 below.
(w) "Subsidiary" means any corporation, partnership, or other entity in
which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, owns a 50 percent or greater
equity interest.
(x) "Terminate" means cease to be an employee, except by death, but a
change of employment from the Corporation or one Subsidiary to another
Subsidiary or to the Corporation shall not be considered a termination.
(y) "Terminate normally" for an employee participating in this Program
means terminate
(i) as a result of retirement under the applicable
retirement plan or policy of the Corporation or a Subsidiary,
(ii) as a result of that employee becoming eligible for
disability income under the Corporation's long-term disability
- 4 -
<PAGE>
program, or
(iii) with written approval of the Committee given in the
context of recognition that all or a specified portion of the
outstanding awards to that employee will not expire or be
forfeited or annulled because of such termination and, in each
such case, without being terminated for cause.
(z) "Year" means fiscal year.
3. Eligibility.
The selection of eligible employees to receive awards will be within the
discretion of the Committee. More than one award may be granted to the same
eligible employee. Members of the Committee are not eligible for the grant of
awards.
4. Administration.
(a) The Committee shall administer this Program. The Committee will,
subject to the terms of the Program, have the authority to (i) select the
eligible employees who will receive awards; (ii) grant awards; (iii) determine
the number and types of awards to be granted to employees; (iv) determine the
terms, conditions, vesting periods and restrictions applicable to awards;
(v) adopt, alter and repeal administrative rules and practices governing this
Program; (vi) interpret the terms and provisions of this Program and any
awards granted under this Program; (vii) prescribe the forms of any notices of
awards or other instruments relating to awards; and (viii) otherwise supervise
the administration of this Program. All decisions by the Committee will be
made with the approval of not less than a majority of its members.
(b) All determinations and interpretations pursuant to the provisions of
this Program shall be binding and conclusive upon the individual employees
involved and all persons claiming under them.
(c) With respect to Insiders, transactions under this Program are
intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3. To the
extent any provision of this Program or any action by the Committee under this
Program fails to so comply, such provision or action shall, without further
action by any person, be deemed to be automatically amended to the extent
necessary to effect compliance with Rule 16b-3, provided that if such
provision or action cannot be amended to effect such compliance, such
provision or action shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by
law and deemed advisable by the appropriate authority. Each award to an
Insider under this Program shall be deemed issued subject to the foregoing
qualification.
(d) An award under this Program is not transferable except, as provided
in the award, by will, pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, or
pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and is not subject, in whole
or in part, to attachment, execution, or levy of any kind. The designation by
a grantee of a designated beneficiary shall not constitute a transfer.
(e) Any rights with respect to an award granted under this Program
existing after the grantee dies are exercisable by the grantee's designated
beneficiary or, if there is no such designated beneficiary who may, and does,
lawfully do so, by the grantee's personal representative.
(f) Except as otherwise provided herein, a particular form of award may
be granted to an eligible employee either alone or in addition to other awards
hereunder. The provisions of particular forms of award need not be the same
- 5 -
<PAGE>
with respect to each recipient.
(g) The Committee may delegate any of its authority to any other person
or persons that it deems appropriate, provided the delegation does not cause
the Program or any awards granted under this Program to fail to qualify for
the exemption provided by Rule 16b-3.
(h) This Program and all action taken under it shall be governed by the
laws of the State of Ohio without giving effect to the principles of conflict
of laws thereof.
5. Term.
This Program will continue in effect until terminated by the Board.
6. Awards That May Be Granted.
The aggregate number of shares that may be subject to awards granted
under this Program in any fiscal year, subject to adjustment as provided in
Section 7 below, will be equal to the sum of (a) one and one-half percent
(1.5%) of the number of shares outstanding on the last day of the previous
fiscal year; plus (b) the number of shares that were available for the grant
of awards in previous fiscal years; provided, that, in no event will the
number of shares available for the grant of awards in any fiscal year exceed
two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the shares outstanding on the last day of
the previous fiscal year. The aggregate number of shares that may be issued
upon exercise of ISOs is 1,000,000. When an unexercised award lapses, expires,
terminates or is forfeited, the related shares may be available for
distribution in connection with future awards but will continue to be subject
to the 2.5% maximum described above. The assumption of awards granted by an
organization acquired by the Corporation, or the grant of awards under this
Program in substitution for any such awards, will not reduce the number of
shares available in any fiscal year for the grant of awards under this
Program.
7. Adjustments.
In the event that the Committee shall determine that any stock dividend,
extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger,
consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, exchange of shares, warrants
or rights offering to purchase common stock of the Corporation at a price
substantially below fair market value, or other similar corporate event
affects the common stock of the Corporation such that an adjustment is
required in order to preserve the benefits or potential benefits intended to
be made available under this Program, then the Committee shall, in its sole
discretion, and in such manner as the Committee may deem equitable, adjust any
or all of (a) the number and kind of shares which thereafter may be the
subject of Awards under this Program, (b) the number and kind of shares
subject to outstanding Awards, and (c) the exercise price with respect to any
of the foregoing.
8. Stock Options.
One or more stock options can be granted to any eligible employee. Each
stock option so granted shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the
Committee shall impose. The exercise price per share shall be specified by
the grant, but shall in no instance be less than 100 percent of fair market
value at the time of grant. Payment of the exercise price shall be made in
- 6 -
<PAGE>
cash, shares, or other consideration, or any combination thereof, in
accordance with the terms of this Program and any applicable regulations of
the Committee in effect at the time and valued at fair market value on the
date of exercise of the stock option. Stock options granted hereunder may be
designated as ISOs (except to the extent otherwise specified in this Section
8) or nonqualified stock options. To the extent that the aggregate fair
market value of shares with respect to which stock options designated as ISOs
are exercisable for the first time by any grantee during any year (under all
plans of the Corporation and any Subsidiary thereof) exceeds $100,000, such
stock options shall be treated as not being ISOs. ISOs must comply with
requirements of Section 422 of the Code.
9. Stock Appreciation Rights.
(a) An SAR may be granted to an eligible employee as a separate award
hereunder. Any such SAR shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the
Committee shall impose, which shall include provisions that (i) such SAR shall
entitle the holder thereof, upon exercise thereof in accordance with such SAR
and the regulations of the Committee, to receive from the Corporation that
number of shares having an aggregate value equal to the excess of the fair
market value, at the time of exercise of such SAR, of one share over the
exercise price per share specified by the grant of such SAR (which shall in no
instance be less than 100 percent of fair market value at the time of grant)
times the number of shares specified in such SAR, or portion thereof, which is
so exercised.
(b) Any stock option granted under this Program may include an SAR,
either at the time of grant or by amendment. An SAR included in a stock
option shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall
impose, which shall include provisions that
(i) such SAR shall be exercisable to the extent, and only to the
extent, the stock option is exercisable; and
(ii) such SAR shall entitle the optionee to surrender to the
Corporation unexercised the stock option in which the SAR is included,
or any portion thereof, and to receive from the Corporation in exchange
therefor that number of shares having an aggregate value equal to the
excess of the fair market value, at the time of exercise of such SAR, of
one share over the exercise price specified in such stock option times
the number of shares specified in such stock option, or portion thereof,
which is so surrendered.
(c) In lieu of the right to receive all or any specified portion of such
shares, an SAR may entitle the holder thereof to receive the cash equivalent
thereof as specified by the grant.
(d) An SAR may provide that such SAR shall be deemed to have been
exercised at the close of business on the business day preceding the
expiration of such SAR or the related stock option, if any, if at such time
such SAR has positive value and would have expired.
10. Restricted Stock.
(a) An award of restricted stock may be granted hereunder to an eligible
employee, for no cash consideration, for such minimum consideration as may be
required by applicable law, or for such other consideration as may be
specified by the grant. The terms and conditions of restricted stock,
including the vesting period, shall be specified by the Committee, at its sole
- 7 -
<PAGE>
discretion, in the grant.
(b) Any restricted stock issued hereunder may be evidenced in such
manner as the Committee in its sole discretion shall deem appropriate,
including, without limitation, book-entry registration or issuance of a stock
certificate or certificates. In the event any stock certificate is issued in
respect of shares of restricted stock awarded hereunder, such certificate
shall bear an appropriate legend with respect to the restrictions applicable
to such award.
11. Incentive Shares.
(a) An incentive award may be granted hereunder in the form of shares.
Incentive shares may be granted to an eligible employee for no cash
consideration, for such minimum consideration as may be required by applicable
law, or for such other consideration as may be specified by the grant. The
terms and conditions of incentive shares shall be specified by the grant.
(b) Incentive shares may be paid to the grantee in a single installment
or in installments and may be paid at the time of grant or deferred to a later
date or dates. Each grant shall specify the time and method of payment as
determined by the Committee.
12. Dividend Equivalent Rights; Interest Equivalents.
(a) A DER may be granted hereunder to an eligible employee, as a
component of another award or as a separate award. The terms and conditions
of DERs shall be specified by the grant. Dividend equivalents credited to the
holder of a DER may be paid currently or may be deemed to be reinvested in
additional shares (which may thereafter accrue additional dividend
equivalents). Any such reinvestment shall be at fair market value at the time
thereof. DERs may be settled in cash or shares or a combination thereof, in a
single installment or installments. A DER granted as a component of another
award may provide that such DER shall be settled upon exercise, settlement, or
payment of, or lapse of restrictions on, such other award, and that such DER
shall expire or be forfeited or annulled under the same conditions as such
other award. A DER granted as a component of another award may also contain
terms and conditions different from such other award.
(b) Any award under this Program that is settled in whole or in part in
cash on a deferred basis may provide by the grant for interest equivalents to
be credited with respect to such cash payment. Interest equivalents may be
compounded and shall be paid upon such terms and conditions as may be
specified by the grant.
13. Deferral of Payment.
With the approval of the Committee, the delivery of shares, cash or any
combination thereof subject to an award may be deferred, either in the form of
installments or a single future delivery. The Committee may also permit
selected grantees to defer payment of some or all of their awards, as well as
other compensation, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee
to assure that recognition of taxable income is deferred under the Code.
14. Termination of Employment.
If the employment of a grantee terminates for any reason, all
unexercised, deferred and unpaid awards may be exercisable and paid only in
accordance with rules established by the Committee. These rules may provide,
- 8 -
<PAGE>
as the Committee deems appropriate, for the expiration, continuation, or
acceleration of the vesting of all or part of the awards.
15. Detrimental Activity.
The Committee may cancel any unexpired, unpaid or deferred awards at any
time if the grantee is not in compliance with all applicable provisions of
this Program or with the terms of any notice of award or if the grantee
engages in detrimental activity. The Committee may, in its discretion and as a
condition to the exercise of an award, require a grantee to acknowledge that
he or she is in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Program and
of any notice of award and has not engaged in any detrimental activity.
16. Change in Control.
The Committee may in its discretion and upon such terms as it deems
appropriate, accelerate the date on which any outstanding option or SAR
becomes exercisable or waive the restrictions or other terms and conditions on
the vesting of any restricted or incentive shares in the event of a proposed
change in control of the Corporation. In addition to the foregoing, the
Corporation may, with the approval of the Committee, purchase stock options
previously granted to any person who is at the time of any such transaction an
employee of the Corporation for a price equal to the difference between the
consideration per share payable pursuant to the terms of the transaction and
the option price.
17. Substitute Awards.
The Committee may grant awards in substitution for, or upon the
assumption of, awards granted by another corporation that is merged into,
consolidated with, or all or a substantial part of the assets or stock of
which is acquired by the Corporation or a Subsidiary. The terms and
provisions of any awards granted under this Section 16 may vary from the terms
and provisions otherwise specified in this Program and may, instead,
correspond to the terms and provisions of the awards granted by the other
corporation.
18. Amendments to This Program; Amendments of Outstanding Awards.
(a) The Board can from time to time amend or terminate this Program, or
any provision hereof. Approval of the shareholders of the Corporation will be
required only to the extent necessary to comply with Rule 16b-3 or any other
applicable law, regulation, or listing requirement, or to qualify for an
exemption or characterization that is deemed desirable by the Board.
(b) The Committee may, in its discretion, amend the terms of any award,
prospectively or retroactively, but no such amendment may impair the rights of
any grantee without his or her consent. The Committee may, in whole or in
part, waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to, or accelerate the
vesting of, any award.
19. Withholding Taxes.
The Corporation shall have the right to deduct from any cash payment made
under this Program any federal, state or local income or other taxes required
by law to be withheld with respect to such payment. It shall be a condition
to the obligation of the Corporation to deliver shares or securities of the
Corporation upon exercise of a stock option or SAR, upon settlement of a DER,
- 9 -
<PAGE>
upon delivery of restricted stock or incentive shares, or upon exercise,
settlement, or payment of any other award under this Program, that the grantee
of such award pay to the Corporation such amount as may be requested by the
Corporation for the purpose of satisfying any liability for such withholding
taxes. Any award under this Program may provide by the grant that the grantee
of such award may elect, in accordance with any applicable regulations of the
granting authority, to pay a portion or all of the amount of such minimum
required or additional permitted withholding taxes in shares. The grantee
shall authorize the Corporation to withhold, or shall agree to surrender back
to the Corporation, on or about the date such withholding tax liability is
determinable, shares previously owned by such grantee or a portion of the
shares that were or otherwise would be distributed to such grantee pursuant to
such award having a fair market value equal to the amount of such required or
permitted withholding taxes to be paid in shares.
20. Grants of Awards to Employees Who are Foreign Nationals.
Without amending this Program, but subject to the limitations specified
in Section 18 above, the Committee can grant, amend, administer, annul, or
terminate awards to eligible employees who are foreign nationals on such terms
and conditions different from those specified in this Program as may in the
judgment of the granting authority be necessary or desirable to foster and
promote achievement of the purposes of this Program.
21. Rights of Employees.
Nothing in this Program will confer upon any grantee the right to
continued employment by the Corporation or limit in any way the Corporation's
right to terminate any grantee's employment at will.
22. Effective Date.
This Program was ratified by the Board and became effective on
April 22, 1993, subject to approval of the shareholders on or before
October 28, 1993. Awards may be granted prior to approval of the Program by
shareholders, but no such award may be exercised until after the Program has
been approved by shareholders. If the shareholders do not approve the Program
on or before October 28, 1993, all awards granted under the Program shall
terminate.
- 10 -
Exhibit (10)(j)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Parker-Hannifin Corporation 1997 Target Incentive
Bonus Plan Description
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
<PAGE>
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION 1997 TARGET INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN
A. Payments earned under the Bonus Plan depend upon the Company's
performance against a pre-tax return on average assets (ROAA) schedule
which is based upon the Fiscal Year 1997 operating plan.
B. The payout under the Plan ranges from 15% to 150% of each participant's
target award, with 100% payout set at achievement of fiscal year 1997
planned ROAA.
C. Any payout pursuant to the Plan that will result in the exceedance of
the $1 million cap on the tax deductibility of executive compensation
will be deferred until such time in the earliest subsequent fiscal year
that such cap will not be exceeded.
D. Participants: All of the executive officers of the Company, plus Group
Presidents who are not executive officers.
E. Fiscal year 1997 Planned ROAA: 14.6%
ROAA Payout Schedule
--------------------
FY97 Percentage of Target
ROAA Award Paid*
---- --------------------
< 3.4% 0
3.4% 30%
5.2% 40%
6.9% 50%
8.5% 60%
10.1% 70%
10.2% 71%
11.7% 80%
13.2% 90%
14.6% 100%
15.4% 113%
16.2% 125%
17.0% 138%
17.8% 150%
* Fiscal year 1997 ROAA less than 10.2% will reduce the amount paid by 50%.
F. ROAA will not include the impact of:
1. Environmental costs in excess of planned amounts
2. Acquisitions/divestitures
3. Currency gains or losses
Exhibit (10)(l)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Parker-Hannifin Corporation 1995-96-97 Long Term
Incentive Plan Description, as amended as of August 17, 1995
and August 15, 1996
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
<PAGE>
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
1995-96-97
LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
The purpose of the Plan is to provide a long-term incentive portion of bonus
compensation. The plan's focus is on return on equity. It balances a
competitive base salary pay structure, an annual cash bonus compensation based
on a return on average assets, and a stock option plan with ten-year exercise
rights. The return on equity objective is a key financial goal and
comprehends return on sales at the net income level and asset utilization.
The participants in this plan in the near term will be limited to Corporate
Officers and Group Presidents. They clearly can affect broadly the overall
financial performance of the company. At a later date, it could be expanded
to include Operating Vice Presidents and equivalent Corporate Staff positions.
The key elements of Parker-Hannifin's plan are as follows:
Participation
Those key executives having a critical impact on the long term performance of
the Company selected by the Chief Executive Officer and approved by the
Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board.
Performance Period
Three-year average Return on Equity with the grant to cover FY 95, 96 and 97.
Size of Awards
Commensurate with bonus compensation and stock option level of participants as
determined by the CEO with approval of the Compensation and Management
Development Committee.
Performance Objective
The Return on Equity objective is 14%.
Value Range
Actual value of the payments under the Plan will be within a range of 25% to
200% of target value based on performance against the objective.
Performance Range
For performance below a threshold of 8% ROE objective, no payment will be
made. For performance between 8% and 20% ROE, payments will be earned between
25% and 200% of the target value on a proportional basis above and below the
target value. The plan is capped at 200%.
Payment
Payments earned under the plan will be paid at the end of the three-year
performance period. Payment will be made in restricted stock of the
Corporation unless the participant elects a cash payment to be deferred under
the Corporation's voluntary income deferral plan. The restricted shares would
be subject to a vesting schedule and such other terms and conditions
determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of issuance. Any payout
pursuant to this plan that will result in the exceedance of the $1 million cap
on the tax deductibility of executive compensation will be deferred until such
time in the earliest subsequent fiscal year that such cap will not be
exceeded.
- 1 -
<PAGE>
Termination of Employment
If a participant dies, retires (with consent of the Compensation and
Management Development Committee if earlier than age 60) or is disabled during
the performance period, he will receive a pro rata portion of the award
payable upon completion of the performance period. A participant who resigns
or is otherwise terminated during the performance period forfeits the award.
Performance Schedule
The Plan performance schedule, based on the three year simple average of
annual report Return on Equity, is as follows:
Return on Equity
____________________________________________________________
<8.0% 8.0% 10.0% 12.0% 14.0% 16.0% 18.0% 20.0%
_____ ____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____
Payout % 0 25 50 75 100 133 167 200
Change in Control
In the event of a "Change in Control" of the Corporation (as defined below),
the payout under the Plan will be accelerated to fifteen (15) days
after the Change in Control. The amount of the payout will be in cash and
will be the greater of the target award or the amount the payout would have
been had ROE during the Performance Period to the end of the fiscal quarter
immediately preceding the date of the Change in Control continued throughout
the Performance Period. The cash amount of such payout will be based upon the
closing New York Stock Exchange stock price of the Corporation's Common Shares
on the first day of the Performance Period or the date of the Change in
Control, whichever is greater. If the Participant will reach age 65 prior to
the end of the Performance Period, the payout in the event of a Change in
Control will be reduced on a pro rata basis.
"Change in Control" means the occurrence of one of the following events:
(i) any "person" (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and as used in Sections
13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a "beneficial owner"
(as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
securities of Parker-Hannifin Corporation (the "Company") representing 20% or
more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities
eligible to vote for the election of the Board of Directors of the Company
(the "Board") (the "Company's Voting Securities"); provided, however, that the
event described in this paragraph shall not be deemed to be a Change in
Control by virtue of any of the following situations: (A) an acquisition by
the Company or any corporation or entity in which the Company has a direct or
indirect ownership interest of 50% or more of the total combined voting power
of the then outstanding securities of such corporation or other entity (a
"Subsidiary"); (B) an acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or
maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary; (C) an acquisition by any
underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such
securities; (D) a Non-Control Transaction (as defined in paragraph (iii)); (E)
as pertains to a Plan participant (the "Executive"), any acquisition by the
Executive or any group of persons (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) and
14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) including the Executive (or any entity in which
the Executive or a group of persons including the Executive, directly or
indirectly, holds a majority of the voting power of such entity's outstanding
voting interests); or (F) the acquisition of Company Voting Securities from
the Company, if a majority of the Board approves a resolution providing
- 2 -
<PAGE>
expressly that the acquisition pursuant to this clause (F) does not constitute
a Change in Control under this paragraph (i);
(ii) individuals who, at the beginning of any period of twenty-four
(24) consecutive months, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease
for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof; provided, that (A)
any person becoming a director subsequent to the beginning of such twenty-four
(24) month period, whose election, or nomination for election, by the
Company's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the
directors comprising the Incumbent Board who are then on the Board (either by
a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which
such person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such
nomination) shall be, for purposes of this paragraph (ii), considered as though
such person were a member of the Incumbent Board; provided, however, that no
individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a
result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors
or any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on
behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be a member of
the Incumbent Board;
(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, share exchange or
similar form of corporate reorganization of the Company or any Subsidiary that
requires the approval of the Company's stockholders, whether for such
transaction or the issuance of securities in connection with the transaction
or otherwise (a "Business Combination"), unless (A) immediately following such
Business Combination: (1) more than 50% of the total voting power of the
corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the "Surviving
Corporation") or, if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation which
directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting
securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the
"Parent Corporation"), is represented by Company Voting Securities that were
outstanding immediately prior to the Business Combination (or, if applicable,
shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to
such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is
in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company
Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business
Combination, (2) no person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or
maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation) is or
becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 20% or more of the
total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect
directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation,
the Surviving Corporation), and (3) at least a majority of the members of the
board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent
Corporation, the Surviving Corporation), following the Business Combination,
were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the Board's approval of the
execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination
(a "Non-Control Transaction") or (B) the Business Combination is effected by
means of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities from the Company, and a
majority of the Board approves a resolution providing expressly that such
Business Combination does not constitute a Change in Control under this
paragraph (iii); or
(iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete
liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the sale or other disposition of
all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to
occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 20%
- 3 -
<PAGE>
of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company
Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Company
Voting Securities outstanding, increases the percentage of shares beneficially
owned by such person; provided, that if a Change in Control would occur as a
result of such an acquisition by the Company (if not for the operation of this
sentence), and after the Company's acquisition such person becomes the
beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the
percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such
person, a Change in Control shall then occur.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Executive's
employment is terminated prior to a Change in Control, and the Executive
reasonably demonstrates that such termination was at the request of a third
party who has indicated an intention or taken steps reasonably calculated to
effect a Change in Control, (a "Third Party"), then for all purposes of this
Plan, the date immediately prior to the date of such termination of employment
shall be deemed to be the date of a Change in Control for such Executive.
- 4 -
Exhibit (10)(m)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Parker-Hannifin Corporation 1996-97-98 Long Term
Incentive Plan Description, as amended as of August 15, 1996
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
<PAGE>
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
1996-97-98
LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
The purpose of the Plan is to provide a long-term incentive portion of bonus
compensation. The plan's focus is on return on equity. It balances a
competitive base salary pay structure, an annual cash bonus compensation based
on a return on average assets, and a stock option plan with ten-year exercise
rights. The return on equity objective is a key financial goal and
comprehends return on sales at the net income level and asset utilization.
The participants in this plan in the near term will be limited to Corporate
Officers and Group Presidents. They clearly can affect broadly the overall
financial performance of the company. At a later date, it could be expanded
to include Operating Vice Presidents and equivalent Corporate Staff positions.
The key elements of Parker-Hannifin's plan are as follows:
Participation
Those key executives having a critical impact on the long term performance of
the Company selected by the Chief Executive Officer and approved by the
Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board.
Performance Period
Three-year average Return on Equity with the grant to cover FY 96, 97 and 98.
Size of Awards
Commensurate with bonus compensation and stock option level of participants as
determined by the CEO with approval of the Compensation and Management
Development Committee.
Performance Objective
The Return on Equity objective is 14%.
Value Range
Actual value of the payments under the Plan will be within a range of 25% to
200% of target value based on performance against the objective.
Performance Range
For performance below a threshold of 8% ROE objective, no payment will be
made. For performance between 8% and 20% ROE, payments will be earned between
25% and 200% of the target value on a proportional basis above and below the
target value. The plan is capped at 200%.
Payment
Payments earned under the plan will be paid at the end of the three-year
performance period. Payment will be made in restricted stock of the
Corporation unless the participant is retired at the time of payment or has
previously elected a cash payment to be deferred under the Corporation's
Executive Deferral Plan. The value of the cash payment in lieu of restricted
shares is determined based upon the share price of Parker-Hannifin's Common
Shares on June 30, 1998. The restricted shares would be subject to a vesting
schedule and such other terms and conditions determined by the Compensation
Committee at the time of issuance. Any payout pursuant to this plan that will
result in the exceedance of the $1 million cap on the tax deductibility of
executive compensation will be deferred until such time in the earliest
subsequent fiscal year that such cap will not be exceeded.
- 1 -
<PAGE>
Termination of Employment
If a participant dies, retires (with consent of the Compensation and
Management Development Committee if earlier than age 60) or is disabled during
the performance period, he will receive a pro rata portion of the award
payable upon completion of the performance period. A participant who resigns
or is otherwise terminated during the performance period forfeits the award.
Performance Schedule
The Plan performance schedule, based on the three year simple average of
annual report Return on Equity, is as follows:
Return on Equity
____________________________________________________________
<8.0% 8.0% 10.0% 12.0% 14.0% 16.0% 18.0% 20.0%
_____ ____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____
Payout % 0 25 50 75 100 133 167 200
Change in Control
In the event of a "Change in Control" of the Corporation (as defined below),
the payout under the Plan will be accelerated to fifteen (15) days
after the Change in Control. The amount of the payout will be in cash and
will be the greater of the target award or the amount the payout would have
been had ROE during the Performance Period to the end of the fiscal quarter
immediately preceding the date of the Change in Control continued throughout
the Performance Period. The cash amount of such payout will be based upon
the closing New York Stock Exchange stock price of the Corporation's Common
Shares on the first day of the Performance Period or the date of the Change
in Control, whichever is greater. If the Participant will reach age 65 prior
to the end of the Performance Period, the payout in the event of a Change in
Control will be reduced on a pro rata basis.
"Change in Control" means the occurrence of one of the following events:
(i) any "person" (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and as used in Sections
13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a "beneficial owner"
(as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
securities of Parker-Hannifin Corporation (the "Company") representing 20% or
more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities
eligible to vote for the election of the Board of Directors of the Company
(the "Board") (the "Company's Voting Securities"); provided, however, that the
event described in this paragraph shall not be deemed to be a Change in
Control by virtue of any of the following situations: (A) an acquisition by
the Company or any corporation or entity in which the Company has a direct or
indirect ownership interest of 50% or more of the total combined voting power
of the then outstanding securities of such corporation or other entity (a
"Subsidiary"); (B) an acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or
maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary; (C) an acquisition by any
underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such
securities; (D) a Non-Control Transaction (as defined in paragraph (iii)); (E)
as pertains to a Plan participant (the "Executive"), any acquisition by the
Executive or any group of persons (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) and
14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) including the Executive (or any entity in which
the Executive or a group of persons including the Executive, directly or
- 2 -
<PAGE>
indirectly, holds a majority of the voting power of such entity's outstanding
voting interests); or (F) the acquisition of Company Voting Securities from
the Company, if a majority of the Board approves a resolution providing
expressly that the acquisition pursuant to this clause (F) does not constitute
a Change in Control under this paragraph (i);
(ii) individuals who, at the beginning of any period of twenty-four
(24) consecutive months, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease
for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof; provided, that (A)
any person becoming a director subsequent to the beginning of such twenty-four
(24) month period, whose election, or nomination for election, by the
Company's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the
directors comprising the Incumbent Board who are then on the Board (either by a
specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which
such person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such
nomination) shall be, for purposes of this paragraph (ii), considered as though
such person were a member of the Incumbent Board; provided, however, that no
individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a
result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors
or any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on
behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be a member of the
Incumbent Board;
(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, share exchange or
similar form of corporate reorganization of the Company or any Subsidiary that
requires the approval of the Company's stockholders, whether for such
transaction or the issuance of securities in connection with the transaction
or otherwise (a "Business Combination"), unless (A) immediately following such
Business Combination: (1) more than 50% of the total voting power of the
corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the "Surviving
Corporation") or, if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation which
directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting
securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the
"Parent Corporation"), is represented by Company Voting Securities that were
outstanding immediately prior to the Business Combination (or, if applicable,
shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to
such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is
in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company
Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business
Combination, (2) no person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or
maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation) is or
becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 20% or more of the
total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect
directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation,
the Surviving Corporation), and (3) at least a majority of the members of the
board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent
Corporation, the Surviving Corporation), following the Business Combination,
were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the Board's approval of the
execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination
(a "Non-Control Transaction") or (B) the Business Combination is effected by
means of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities from the Company, and a
majority of the Board approves a resolution providing expressly that such
Business Combination does not constitute a Change in Control under this
paragraph (iii); or
(iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete
liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the sale or other disposition of
all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
- 3 -
<PAGE>
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to
occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 20%
of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company
Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Company
Voting Securities outstanding, increases the percentage of shares beneficially
owned by such person; provided, that if a Change in Control would occur as a
result of such an acquisition by the Company (if not for the operation of this
sentence), and after the Company's acquisition such person becomes the
beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the
percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such
person, a Change in Control shall then occur.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Executive's
employment is terminated prior to a Change in Control, and the Executive
reasonably demonstrates that such termination was at the request of a third
party who has indicated an intention or taken steps reasonably calculated to
effect a Change in Control, (a "Third Party"), then for all purposes of this
Plan, the date immediately prior to the date of such termination of employment
shall be deemed to be the date of a Change in Control for such Executive.
- 4 -
Exhibit (10)(n)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Parker-Hannifin Corporation 1997-98-99 Long Term
Incentive Plan Description
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
<PAGE>
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
1997-98-99
LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
The purpose of the Plan is to provide a long-term incentive portion of bonus
compensation. The plan's focus is on return on equity. It balances a
competitive base salary pay structure, an annual cash bonus compensation based
on a return on average assets, and a stock option plan with ten-year exercise
rights. The return on equity objective is a key financial goal and
comprehends return on sales at the net income level and asset utilization.
The participants in this plan are limited to Corporate Officers and Group
Presidents. They clearly can affect broadly the overall financial performance
of the company.
The key elements of Parker-Hannifin's plan are as follows:
Participation
Those key executives having a critical impact on the long term performance of
the Company selected by the Chief Executive Officer and approved by the
Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board.
Performance Period
Three-year average Return on Equity with the grant to cover FY 97, 98 and 99.
Size of Awards
Commensurate with bonus compensation and stock option level of participants as
determined by the CEO with approval of the Compensation and Management
Development Committee.
Performance Objective
The Return on Equity objective is 14%.
Value Range
Actual value of the payments under the Plan will be within a range of 25% to
200% of target value based on performance against the objective.
Performance Range
For performance below a threshold of 8% ROE objective, no payment will be
made. For performance between 8% and 20% ROE, payments will be earned between
25% and 200% of the target value on a proportional basis above and below the
target value. The plan is capped at 200%.
Payment
Payments earned under the plan will be paid at the end of the three-year
performance period. Payment will be made in restricted stock of the
Corporation unless the participant is retired at the time of payment or has
previously elected a cash payment to be deferred under the Corporation's
Executive Deferral Plan. The value of the cash payment in lieu of restricted
shares is determined based upon the share price of Parker-Hannifin's Common
Shares on June 30, 1999. The restricted shares would be subject to a vesting
schedule and such other terms and conditions determined by the Compensation
Committee at the time of issuance. Any payout pursuant to this plan that will
result in the exceedance of the $1 million cap on the tax deductibility of
executive compensation will be deferred until such time in the earliest
subsequent fiscal year that such cap will not be exceeded.
- 1 -
<PAGE>
Termination of Employment
If a participant dies, retires (with consent of the Compensation and
Management Development Committee if earlier than age 60) or is disabled during
the performance period, he will receive a pro rata portion of the award
payable upon completion of the performance period. A participant who resigns
or is otherwise terminated during the performance period forfeits the award.
Performance Schedule
The Plan performance schedule, based on the three year simple average of
annual report Return on Equity, is as follows:
Return on Equity
____________________________________________________________
<8.0% 8.0% 10.0% 12.0% 14.0% 16.0% 18.0% 20.0%
_____ ____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____
Payout % 0 25 50 75 100 133 167 200
Change in Control
In the event of a "Change in Control" of the Corporation (as defined below),
the payout under the Plan will be accelerated to fifteen (15) days
after the Change in Control. The amount of the payout will be in cash and
will be the greater of the target award or the amount the payout would have
been had ROE during the Performance Period to the end of the fiscal quarter
immediately preceding the date of the Change in Control continued throughout
the Performance Period. The cash amount of such payout will be based upon
the closing New York Stock Exchange stock price of the Corporation's Common
Shares on the first day of the Performance Period or the date of the Change
in Control, whichever is greater. If the Participant will reach age 65 prior
to the end of the Performance Period, the payout in the event of a Change in
Control will be reduced on a pro rata basis.
"Change in Control" means the occurrence of one of the following events:
(i) any "person" (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and as used in Sections
13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a "beneficial owner"
(as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
securities of Parker-Hannifin Corporation (the "Company") representing 20% or
more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities
eligible to vote for the election of the Board of Directors of the Company
(the "Board") (the "Company's Voting Securities"); provided, however, that the
event described in this paragraph shall not be deemed to be a Change in
Control by virtue of any of the following situations: (A) an acquisition by
the Company or any corporation or entity in which the Company has a direct or
indirect ownership interest of 50% or more of the total combined voting power
of the then outstanding securities of such corporation or other entity (a
"Subsidiary"); (B) an acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or
maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary; (C) an acquisition by any
underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such
securities; (D) a Non-Control Transaction (as defined in paragraph (iii)); (E)
as pertains to a Plan participant (the "Executive"), any acquisition by the
Executive or any group of persons (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) and
14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) including the Executive (or any entity in which
the Executive or a group of persons including the Executive, directly or
- 2 -
<PAGE>
indirectly, holds a majority of the voting power of such entity's outstanding
voting interests); or (F) the acquisition of Company Voting Securities from
the Company, if a majority of the Board approves a resolution providing
expressly that the acquisition pursuant to this clause (F) does not constitute
a Change in Control under this paragraph (i);
(ii) individuals who, at the beginning of any period of twenty-four
(24) consecutive months, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease
for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof; provided, that (A)
any person becoming a director subsequent to the beginning of such twenty-four
(24) month period, whose election, or nomination for election, by the
Company's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the
directors comprising the Incumbent Board who are then on the Board (either by a
specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which
such person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such
nomination) shall be, for purposes of this paragraph (ii), considered as though
such person were a member of the Incumbent Board; provided, however, that no
individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a
result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors
or any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or
on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be a member
of the Incumbent Board;
(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, share exchange or
similar form of corporate reorganization of the Company or any Subsidiary that
requires the approval of the Company's stockholders, whether for such
transaction or the issuance of securities in connection with the transaction
or otherwise (a "Business Combination"), unless (A) immediately following such
Business Combination: (1) more than 50% of the total voting power of the
corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the "Surviving
Corporation") or, if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation which
directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting
securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the
"Parent Corporation"), is represented by Company Voting Securities that were
outstanding immediately prior to the Business Combination (or, if applicable,
shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to
such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is
in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company
Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business
Combination, (2) no person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or
maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation) is or
becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 20% or more of the
total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect
directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation,
the Surviving Corporation), and (3) at least a majority of the members of the
board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent
Corporation, the Surviving Corporation), following the Business Combination,
were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the Board's approval of the
execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination
(a "Non-Control Transaction") or (B) the Business Combination is effected by
means of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities from the Company, and a
majority of the Board approves a resolution providing expressly that such
Business Combination does not constitute a Change in Control under this
paragraph (iii); or
(iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete
liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the sale or other disposition of
all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
- 3 -
<PAGE>
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to
occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 20%
of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company
Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Company
Voting Securities outstanding, increases the percentage of shares beneficially
owned by such person; provided, that if a Change in Control would occur as a
result of such an acquisition by the Company (if not for the operation of this
sentence), and after the Company's acquisition such person becomes the
beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the
percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such
person, a Change in Control shall then occur.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Executive's
employment is terminated prior to a Change in Control, and the Executive
reasonably demonstrates that such termination was at the request of a third
party who has indicated an intention or taken steps reasonably calculated to
effect a Change in Control, (a "Third Party"), then for all purposes of this
Plan, the date immediately prior to the date of such termination of employment
shall be deemed to be the date of a Change in Control for such Executive.
- 4 -
Exhibit (10)(o)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Parker-Hannifin Corporation Savings Restoration Plan,
as amended as of August 17, 1995
and August 15, 1996
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
<PAGE>
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
SAVINGS RESTORATION PLAN
- 1 -
<PAGE>
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
SAVINGS RESTORATION PLAN
Parker-Hannifin Corporation, an Ohio corporation, (the "Company"),
hereby establishes this Savings Restoration Plan (the "Plan"), effective
October 1, 1994, for the purpose of attracting high quality executives
and promoting in its executives increased efficiency and an interest in
the successful operation of the Company by restoring some of the
deferral opportunities and employer-provided benefits that are lost
under The Parker-Hannifin Employees' Savings Plus Stock Ownership Plan
due to legislative limits. The benefits provided under the Plan shall be
provided in consideration for services to be performed after the
effective date of the Plan, but prior to the executive's retirement.
ARTICLE 1
Definitions
1.1 Administrator shall mean the Company or, if applicable, the
committee appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company to
administer the Plan pursuant to Article 13 of the Plan.
1.2 Annual Deferral shall mean the amount of Compensation which
the Participant elects to defer for a Plan Year pursuant to Articles 2
and 3 of the Plan.
1.3 Beneficiary shall mean the person or persons or entity
designated as such in accordance with Article 14 of the Plan.
1.4 Change in Control means the occurrence of one of the following
events:
(i) any "person" (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and as
used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or
becomes a "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of
the Company representing 20% or more of the combined
voting power of the Company's then outstanding
securities eligible to vote for the election of the
Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") (the "Company's
Voting Securities"); provided, however, that the event described
in this paragraph shall not be deemed to be a Change in
Control by virtue of any of the following situations: (A) an
acquisition by the Company or any corporation or entity in which
the Company has a direct or indirect ownership interest of 50% or
more of the total combined voting power of the then outstanding
securities of such corporation or other entity (a "Subsidiary");
(B) an acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or
maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary; (C) an acquisition
by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an
offering of such securities; (D) a Non-Control Transaction (as
defined in paragraph (iii)); (E) as pertains to a
Participant, any acquisition by the
Participant or any group of persons (within the meaning of
Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) including
- 2 -
<PAGE>
the Participant (or any entity in which the Participant or a group
of persons including the Participant, directly or indirectly,
holds a majority of the voting power of such entity's outstanding
voting interests); or (F) the acquisition of Company Voting
Securities from the Company, if a majority of the Board approves
a resolution providing expressly that the acquisition pursuant
to this clause (F) does not constitute a Change in Control
under this paragraph (i);
(ii) individuals who, at the beginning of any period of
twenty-four (24) consecutive months, constitute the Board
(the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute
at least a majority thereof; provided, that (A) any person
becoming a director subsequent to the beginning of such
twenty-four (24) month period, whose election, or nomination
for election, by the Company's shareholders was approved by
a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors comprising the
Incumbent Board who are then on the Board (either by a specific
vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which
such person is named as a nominee for director, without objection
to such nomination) shall be, for purposes of this paragraph (ii),
considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent
Board; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or
nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an
actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors
or any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or
consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board
shall be deemed to be a member of the Incumbent Board;
(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, share
exchange or similar form of corporate reorganization of the
Company or any Subsidiary that requires the approval of the
Company's stockholders, whether for such transaction or the
issuance of securities in connection with the transaction
or otherwise (a "Business Combination"), unless (A) immediately
following such Business Combination: (1) more than 50% of the
total voting power of the corporation resulting from such Business
Combination (the "Surviving Corporation") or, if applicable, the
ultimate parent corporation which directly or indirectly has
beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting securities eligible
to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the
"Parent Corporation"), is represented by Company Voting
Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to the
Business Combination (or, if applicable, shares into which
such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to
such Business Combination), and such voting power among the
holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the
voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders
thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (2) no
person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or
maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent
Corporation) is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or
indirectly, of 20% or more of the total voting power of the
outstanding voting securities eligible to elect
- 3 -
<PAGE>
directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent
Corporation, the Surviving Corporation), and (3) at least a
majority of the members of the board of directors of the
Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation,
the Surviving Corporation), following the Business Combination,
were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the Board's
approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for
such Business Combination (a "Non-Control Transaction") or
(B) the Business Combination is effected by means of the
acquisition of Company Voting Securities from the Company, and
a majority of the Board approves a resolution providing expressly
that such Business Combination does not constitute a Change in
Control under this paragraph (iii); or
(iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of
complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the sale
or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets
of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to
occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 20%
of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company
Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Company
Voting Securities outstanding, increases the percentage of shares beneficially
owned by such person; provided, that if a Change in Control would occur as a
result of such an acquisition by the Company (if not for the operation of this
sentence), and after the Company's acquisition such person becomes the
beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the
percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such
person, a Change in Control shall then occur.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the
Participant's employment is terminated prior to a Change in Control, and the
Participant reasonably demonstrates that such termination was at the request
of a third party who has indicated an intention or taken steps reasonably
calculated to effect a Change in Control, (a "Third Party"), then for all
purposes of this Plan, the date immediately prior to the date of such
termination of employment shall be deemed to be the date of a Change in
Control for such Participant.
1.5 Compensation shall mean the sum of the Participant's base
salary and anticipated regular bonuses (including profit-sharing, RONA,
and executive compensation, but excluding payments under any long term
incentive plan, volume incentive plan, or other extraordinary bonus or
incentive plan) for a Plan Year before reductions for deferrals under
the Plan, or the Executive Deferral Plan, or the Savings Plan, or the
Benefits Plus Program.
1.6 Crediting Rate shall mean: (i) the amount described in
Section 1.6.1 to the extent the Restoration Account Balance represents
either Annual Deferrals under Article 3 or earnings previously credited
on such deferrals under Section 5.2; or (ii) the amount described in
Section 1.6.2 to the extent the Restoration Account balance represents
either
- 4 -
<PAGE>
Matching Credits under Article 4 or interest previously credited on such
Matching Credits under Section 5.2:
1.6.1 Crediting Rate for Annual Deferrals shall mean any
notional gains or losses equal to those generated as if the Restoration
Account balance attributable to Annual Deferrals under Article 3 had
been invested in one or more of the investment portfolios sponsored by
The Prudential Series Fund, Inc. and designated as available by the
Administrator, less separate account fees and less applicable
administrative charges determined annually by the Administrator.
The allocation of the Restoration Account shall be
determined by the Participant among one or more of the available
portfolios. The gains or losses shall be credited based upon the daily
unit values for the portfolio(s) selected by the Participant. The rules
and procedures for allocating the Restoration Account balance among the
portfolios shall be determined by the Administrator. The Participant's
allocation is solely for the purpose of calculating the Crediting Rate.
Notwithstanding the method of calculating the Crediting Rate, the
Company shall be under no obligation to purchase any investments
designated by the Participant.
1.6.2 Crediting Rate for Matching Credits shall mean any
notional gains or losses equal to those generated as if the Restoration
Account balance attributable to Matching Credits under Article 4 had
been invested in the Common Stock of the Company, including reinvestment
of dividends. The rules and procedures for determining the value of the
Common Stock of the Company shall be determined by the Administrator.
The rules and procedures for re-allocating the Restoration Account
balance attributable to the Matching Credits among the other portfolios
offered under the Plan shall be determined by the Administrator.
1.7 Disability shall mean any long term disability as defined
under the Company's long term disability plan. The Administrator, in
its complete and sole discretion, shall determine a Participant's
Disability. The Administrator may require that the Participant submit
to an examination on an annual basis, at the expense of the Company, by
a competent physician or medical clinic selected by the Administrator to
confirm Disability. On the basis of such medical evidence, the
determination of the Administrator as to whether or not a condition of
Disability exists or continues shall be conclusive.
1.8 Early Retirement Date shall mean age 55 with ten or more
years of employment with the Company.
1.9 Eligible Executive shall mean a key employee of the Company
or any of its subsidiaries who: (i) participates in the Savings Plan
and makes the maximum permissible pre-tax contributions of compensation;
(ii) is designated by the Administrator as eligible to participate in
the Plan (subject to the restriction in Sections 10.2 and 12.2 of the
Plan); and (iii) qualifies as a member of the "select group of
management or highly compensated employees" under ERISA.
- 5 -
<PAGE>
1.10 ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974, as amended.
1.11 Executive Deferral Plan shall mean the Parker-Hannifin
Corporation Executive Deferral Plan as it currently exists and as it may
subsequently be amended.
1.12 Financial Hardship shall mean an unexpected need for cash
arising from an illness, casualty loss, sudden financial reversal, or
other such unforeseeable occurrence as determined by the Administrator.
Cash needs arising from foreseeable events such as the purchase of a
residence or education expenses for children shall not, alone, be
considered a Financial Hardship.
1.13 Fixed Crediting Rate shall mean an effective annual yield
equal to ninety percent (90%) of the sixty (60) month rolling average of
the Ten-Year United States Treasury Note as determined by the
Administrator on September 30 of the preceding year. Notwithstanding
the preceding sentence, with respect to the first Plan Year, the Fixed
Crediting Rate shall be determined as of September 30, 1994. The Fixed
Crediting Rate in effect as of the Participant's Termination of
Employment or death shall be held constant for the remainder of the
period for which benefits are paid.
1.14 Matching Credit shall mean the Company's credit to the
Participant's Restoration Account under Article 4.
1.15 Normal Retirement Date shall mean the date on which a
Participant attains age 65.
1.16 Participant shall mean an Eligible Executive who has elected
to participate and has completed a Participation Agreement pursuant to
Article 2 of the Plan.
1.17 Participation Agreement shall mean the Participant's written
election to participate in the Plan.
1.18 Plan Year shall mean the calendar year, except that the
first Plan Year shall be the year commencing October 1, 1994 and ending
December 31, 1994.
1.19 Restoration Account shall mean the notional account
established for record keeping purposes for a Participant pursuant to
Article 5 of the Plan.
1.20 Retirement shall mean a termination of employment following
Normal or Early Retirement Date.
1.21 Savings Plan shall mean The Parker-Hannifin Employees'
Savings Plus Stock Ownership Plan as it currently exists and as it may
subsequently be amended.
- 6 -
<PAGE>
1.22 Statutory Limit shall mean any statutory or regulatory limit
on salary reduction contributions to savings plans, or on compensation
taken into account in calculating employer or employee contributions to
savings plans with the exception of Internal Revenue Code Section
415(c), as adjusted for inflation, which shall be deemed to apply to the
combination of both employer and employee contributions made in
combination to the Plan and the Savings Plan. The impact of such limits
on the Participants shall be determined by the Company prior to the
beginning of each Plan Year based upon its best estimates and according
to procedures determined by the Administrator. Once the Company has
determined the impact of the Statutory Limits, no adjustment shall be
made to increase deferrals or matching credits under this Plan
notwithstanding any adjustments ultimately required under the Savings
Plan due to actual employee contributions or other factors.
1.23 Termination of Employment shall mean the Participant's
employment with the Company ceases for any reason whatsoever, whether
voluntary or involuntary, other than Retirement or death.
1.24 Unscheduled Withdrawal shall mean a distribution of all or a
portion of the entire amount credited to the Participant's Restoration
Account requested by the Participant pursuant to the provisions of
Article 11 of the Plan.
1.25 Valuation Date shall mean the end of the month in which
Retirement, Termination of Employment, or death occurs, except in the
event of an election to delay retirement benefits under Article 6, in
which case the Valuation Date shall mean the November 30 of the year
preceding commencement of benefit payments.
ARTICLE 2
Participation
2.1 Participation Agreement / Annual Deferral. An Eligible
Executive shall become a Participant in the Plan on the first day of the
Plan Year coincident with or next following the later of the date the
individual becomes an Eligible Executive and the date the individual
begins to participate in the Savings Plan, provided such Eligible
Executive has submitted to the Administrator a Participation Agreement.
To be effective, the Eligible Executive must submit the Participation
Agreement to the Administrator during the enrollment period designated
by the Administrator. In the Participation Agreement, and subject to
the restrictions in Article 3, the Eligible Executive shall designate
the Annual Deferral for the covered Plan Year.
2.2 Continuation of Participation. An Eligible Executive who
has elected to participate in the Plan by making an Annual Deferral
shall continue as a Participant in the Plan for purposes of such Annual
Deferral even though such executive ceases to be an Eligible Executive.
However, a Participant shall not be eligible to elect a new Annual
- 7 -
<PAGE>
Deferral unless the Participant is an Eligible Executive for the Plan
Year for which the election is made.
ARTICLE 3
Executive Deferrals
3.1 Deferral Election. A Participant who has elected to
contribute under the Savings Plan, but whose pre-tax contributions to
the Savings Plan are limited by the Statutory Limit, may elect an Annual
Deferral under this Plan to defer all or a portion of the Compensation
that he or she cannot defer under the Savings Plan due to the Statutory
Limit. Such election shall designate a specified percentage of
Compensation to be deferred. Such percentage shall include anticipated
contributions to the Savings Plan as well as to this Plan. Annual
Deferrals under this Plan shall be irrevocable.
3.2 Maximum Annual Deferral. The Annual Deferral for a Plan
Year, when combined with the amount the Participant has elected to
contribute to the Savings Plan on a pre-tax basis, may not exceed the
stated percentage of Compensation that could be deferred in the Savings
Plan but for the Statutory Limits. In addition, the Administrator
shall, in its sole discretion and prior to the first day of the Plan
Year, decrease the deferral as needed to allow the Participant to
receive the optimal Matching Credit within the Statutory Limits as
defined for purpose of the Plan.
3.3 Discontinuation of Deferral. In the event that a
Participant elects to make after-tax contributions of Compensation to
the Savings Plan, deferrals under this Plan shall cease for the
remainder of the Plan Year.
3.4 Vesting. The Participant's right to receive Compensation
deferred (and gains or losses thereon) under this Article 3 shall be
100% vested at all times.
ARTICLE 4
Company Matching Credits
4.1 Amount. The Company's Matching Credit in each Plan Year
shall equal one hundred percent (100%) of the first three percent (3%)
of Compensation deferred and twenty-five percent (25%) of the next two
(2%) of Compensation deferred, reduced by the matching contributions
credited to the Participant's account under the Savings Plan.
4.2 Discontinuation of Matching Credits. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if the Participant decreases or ceases pre-tax contributions
and/or makes after-tax contributions to the Savings Plan in any Plan
Year, additional Matching Credits shall not be credited to the
Participant's Restoration Account for the remainder of that Plan Year.
- 8 -
<PAGE>
4.3 Vesting. Subject to Section 12.4, the Participant's right
to receive Matching Credits (and gains or losses thereon) credited to
the Participant's Restoration Account shall be one hundred percent
(100%) vested.
ARTICLE 5
Restoration Accounts
5.1 Restoration Accounts. Solely for record keeping purposes,
the Company shall maintain a Restoration Account for each Participant.
5.2 Timing of Credits -- Pre-Termination. The Company shall
credit to the Restoration Account the Annual Deferrals under Article 3
at the time the deferrals would otherwise have been paid to the
Participant but for the deferral election. Matching Credits under
Article 4 shall be credited to the Restoration Account quarterly as of
the first day of the following quarter. The Company shall also credit
gains or losses to the Restoration Account each calendar quarter, or as
of the Valuation Date, using the Crediting Rate in effect.
5.3 Mid-Year Terminations. If a Participant's Termination of
Employment occurs other than at the end of a Plan Year, the Company
shall credit gains or losses to the Restoration Account from the first
day of such Plan Year to the Valuation Date.
5.4 Statement of Accounts. The Administrator shall provide
periodically to each Participant a statement setting forth the balance
of the Restoration Account maintained for such Participant.
ARTICLE 6
Retirement Benefits
6.1 Amount. Upon Retirement, the Company shall pay to the
Participant a retirement benefit in the form provided in Section 6.2 of
the Plan, based on the balance of the Restoration Account as of the
Valuation Date. If paid as a lump sum, the retirement benefit shall be
equal to such balance. If paid in installments, the installments shall
be paid in amounts that will annually amortize such balance with
earnings and losses credited at the Crediting Rate over the period of
time benefits are to be paid.
6.2 Form of Retirement Benefits. The retirement benefit shall
be paid monthly over a period of one hundred eighty (180) months or
the number of months required to result in a monthly benefit of one
thousand dollars ($1,000.00), if less. Notwithstanding anything herein
to the contrary, the Participant may elect in the Participation
Agreement to
- 9 -
<PAGE>
have the retirement benefit paid in a lump sum or in installments paid
monthly over a period of sixty (60) or one hundred twenty (120) months.
Payments shall be made or shall begin as of the first day of the
calendar quarter next following the date sixty (60) days after the
Participant's Retirement unless the Participant elects in the
Participation Agreement for payments to begin on January l of a later
year. However, in all events payments shall commence on or before the
earlier of the date the retired Participant attains age seventy (70) or
the January 1 five years after Retirement. Except as provided under
Section 10.2, Participants may elect an alternative form of payout as
available under this Section 6.2 by written election filed with the
Administrator; provided, however, that if the Participant files the
election less than thirteen (13) months prior to the date benefit
payments are to commence, the Participant's Restoration Account shall be
reduced by ten percent (10%).
6.3 Small Benefit Exception. Notwithstanding any of the
foregoing, if the sum of all benefits payable to the Participant is less
than or equal to five thousand dollars ($5,000.00), the Company may, in
its sole discretion, elect to pay such benefits in a single lump sum.
ARTICLE 7
Termination Benefits
7.1 Amount. As of the first day of the calendar quarter
beginning at least sixty (60) days after Termination of Employment, the
Company shall pay to the Participant a termination benefit equal to the
balance of the Restoration Account as of the Valuation Date.
7.2 Form of Termination Benefits. The Company shall pay the
termination benefits in a single lump sum; provided, however, that
except following a Change in Control the Company may, in its sole
discretion, elect to pay the termination benefits over a period of three
(3) years in monthly installments, in which event the Company shall
credit interest on the unpaid balance of the Restoration Account after
the Valuation Date at the Fixed Crediting Rate in effect at the time of
Termination of Employment.
ARTICLE 8
Survivor Benefits
8.1 Pre-Commencement Survivor Benefit. If the Participant dies
prior to the time installment payments have commenced, the Company
shall pay to the Participant's Beneficiary within ninety (90) days after
the Participant's death a benefit equal to the balance of the
Participant's Restoration Account as of the Valuation Date.
- 10 -
<PAGE>
8.2 Post-Commencement Survivor Benefit. If the Participant dies
after the time installment payments have commenced, the Company shall
pay to the Participant's Beneficiary an amount equal to the remaining
benefits payable to the Participant under the Plan over the same period
such benefits would have been paid to the Participant, in which event
the Company shall credit interest on the unpaid balance of the
Restoration Account at the Fixed Crediting Rate in effect at the date of
the Participant's death.
8.3 Small Benefit Payment. Notwithstanding any of the
foregoing, in the event the sum of all benefits payable to the
Beneficiary is less than or equal to five thousand dollars ($5,000.00),
the Company may, in its sole discretion, elect to pay such benefits in a
single lump sum.
ARTICLE 9
Disability
If a Participant suffers a Disability, the Company shall pay the
benefit described in Article 6 to the Participant as if the date of the
Participant's Termination of Employment for Disability were the
Participant's Normal Retirement Date.
ARTICLE 10
Change in Control
10.1 Election. At the time the Participant is completing his
initial Participation Agreement, the Participant may elect that, if a
Change in Control occurs, the Participant (or after the Participant's
death the Participant's Beneficiary) shall receive a lump sum payment of
the balance of the Restoration Account within thirty (30) days after the
Change of Control. Such balance shall be determined as of end of the
month sixty (60) days prior to the month in which the Change of Control
occurs.
10.2 Benefit Reduction on Withdrawal. If a Participant has not
made the election described in Section 10.1 above and, within thirty
(30) days after a Change of Control, the Participant (or Beneficiary)
elects to receive a distribution of the balance of the Restoration
Account (determined as described in Section 10.1 herein), the lump sum
payment shall be reduced by an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the
total balance of the Restoration Account (instead of the ten percent
(10%) reduction otherwise provided for in Section 11.2). If a
Participant elects such a withdrawal, any on-going Annual Deferral shall
cease, and the Participant may not again be designated as an Eligible
Executive until one entire Plan Year following the Plan Year in which
such withdrawal was made has elapsed.
- 11 -
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 11
Unscheduled Withdrawals
11.1 Election. A Participant (or Beneficiary if the Participant
is deceased) may request an Unscheduled Withdrawal of all or a portion
of the entire amount credited to the Participant's Restoration Account,
which shall be paid in a single lump sum; provided, however, (i) that
the minimum withdrawal shall be twenty-five percent (25%) of the
Restoration Account balance, and (ii) that an election to withdraw
seventy-five percent (75%) or more of the balance shall be deemed to be
an election to withdraw the entire balance.
11.2 Withdrawal Penalty. There shall be a penalty deducted from
the Restoration Account prior to an Unscheduled Withdrawal equal to ten
percent (10%) of the Unscheduled Withdrawal. If a Participant elects
such a withdrawal, any on-going Annual Deferral shall cease, and the
Participant may not again be designated as an Eligible Executive until
one entire Plan Year following the Plan Year in which such withdrawal
was made has elapsed.
11.3 Small Benefit Exception. Notwithstanding any of the
foregoing, if the sum of all benefits payable to the Participant or
Beneficiary who has requested the Unscheduled Withdrawal is less than or
equal to five thousand dollars ($5,000.00), the Company may, in its sole
discretion, elect to pay out the entire Restoration Account balance
(reduced by the ten percent (10%) penalty) in a single lump sum.
ARTICLE 12
Conditions Related to Benefits
12.1 Nonassignability. The benefits provided under the Plan may
not be alienated, assigned, transferred, pledged or hypothecated by or
to any person or entity, at any time or any manner whatsoever. These
benefits shall be exempt from the claims of creditors of any Participant
or other claimants and from all orders, decrees, levies, garnishment or
executions against any Participant to the fullest extent allowed by law.
12.2 Financial Hardship Distribution. Upon a finding that the
Participant or the Beneficiary has suffered a Financial Hardship, the
Administrator may in its sole discretion, permit the Participant to
cease any on-going deferrals and accelerate distributions of benefits
under the Plan in the amount reasonably necessary to alleviate such
Financial Hardship. If a distribution is to be made to a Participant on
account of Financial Hardship, the Participant may not make deferrals
under the Plan until one entire Plan Year following the Plan Year in
which a distribution based on Financial Hardship was made has elapsed.
- 12 -
<PAGE>
12.3 No Right to Company Assets. The benefits paid under the
Plan shall be paid from the general funds of the Company, and the
Participant and any Beneficiary shall be no more than unsecured general
creditors of the Company with no special or prior right to any assets of
the Company for payment of any obligations hereunder.
12.4 Protective Provisions. The Participant shall cooperate with
the Company by furnishing any and all information requested by the
Administrator, in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder,
taking such physical examinations as the Administrator may deem
necessary and taking such other actions as may be requested by the
Administrator. If the Participant refuses to cooperate, the Company
shall have no further obligation to the Participant under the Plan. In
the event of a Participant's suicide during the first two (2) years of
participation in the Plan, or if the Participant makes any material
misstatement of information or nondisclosure of medical history, then no
benefits shall be payable to the Participant or the Participant's
Beneficiary or estate under the Plan beyond the sum of the Participant's
Annual Deferrals.
12.5 Withholding. The Participant or the Beneficiary shall make
appropriate arrangements with the Company for satisfaction of any
federal, state or local income tax withholding requirements and Social
Security or other employee tax requirements applicable to the payment of
benefits under the Plan. If no other arrangements are made, the Company
may provide, at its discretion, for such withholding and tax payments as
may be required.
ARTICLE 13
Administration of Plan
The Company shall administer the Plan, provided, however, that the
Company may elect by action of its Board of Directors to appoint a
committee of three (3) or more individuals to administer the Plan. All
references to the Administrator herein shall refer to the Company or, if
such committee has been appointed, the committee.
The Administrator shall administer the Plan and interpret,
construe and apply its provisions in accordance with its terms. The
Administrator shall further establish, adopt or revise such rules and
regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable for the administration
of the Plan. All decisions of the Administrator shall be final and
binding. The individuals serving on the committee shall, except as
prohibited by law, be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from
any and all liabilities, costs, and expenses (including legal fees), to
the extent not covered by liability insurance arising out of any action
taken by any member of the committee with respect to the Plan, unless
such liability arises from the individual's own gross negligence or
willful misconduct.
- 13 -
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 14
Beneficiary Designation
The Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate
any person or persons as Beneficiary (both primary and contingent) to
whom payment under the Plan shall be made in the event of the
Participant's death. The Beneficiary designation shall be effective
when it is submitted in writing to the Administrator during the
Participant's lifetime on a form prescribed by the Administrator.
The submission of a new Beneficiary designation shall cancel all
prior Beneficiary designations. Any finalized divorce or marriage of a
Participant subsequent to the date of a Beneficiary designation shall
revoke such designation, unless in the case of divorce the previous
spouse was not designated as Beneficiary and unless in the case of
marriage the Participant's new spouse has previously been designated as
Beneficiary. The spouse of a married Participant shall consent to any
designation of a Beneficiary other than the spouse, and the spouse's
consent shall be witnessed by a notary public.
If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided
above, or if the Beneficiary designation is revoked by marriage,
divorce, or otherwise without execution of a new designation, or if
every person designated as Beneficiary predeceases the Participant or
dies prior to complete distribution of the Participant's benefits, then
the Administrator shall direct the distribution of such benefits to the
Participant's estate.
ARTICLE 15
Amendment and Termination of Plan
15.1 Amendment of Plan. Except as provided in Section 15.3, the
Company may at any time amend the Plan in whole or in part, provided,
however, that such amendment: (i) shall not decrease the balance of the
Participant's Restoration Account at the time of such amendment; and
(ii) shall not retroactively decrease the applicable Crediting Rate of
the Plan prior to the time of such amendment. The Company may amend the
Crediting Rate or Fixed Crediting Rate of the Plan prospectively, in
which case the Company shall notify the Participant of such amendment in
writing within thirty (30) days after such amendment.
15.2 Termination of Plan. Except as provided in Section 15.3,
the Company may at any time terminate the Plan. If the Company
terminates the Plan, the date of such termination shall be treated as
the date of Retirement or Termination of Employment for the purpose of
calculating Plan benefits, and the Company shall pay to the Participant
the benefits the Participant is entitled to receive under the Plan in
monthly installments over a thirty-six (36) month period. Interest at
the Fixed Crediting Rate will be credited to the
- 14 -
<PAGE>
Participant's Restoration Account commencing as of the date of the
Plan's termination and continuing until distribution under this Section
is completed.
15.3 Amendment or Termination After Change in Control.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not amend or terminate
the Plan without the prior written consent of affected Participants for
a period of two calendar years following a Change in Control and shall
not thereafter amend or terminate the Plan in any manner which affects
any Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) who commences
receiving payment of benefits under the Plan prior to the end of such
two year period following a Change in Control.
15.4 Company Action. Except as provided in Section 15.3 or 15.5,
the Company's power to amend or terminate the Plan shall be exercisable
by the Company's Board of Directors or by the committee or individual
authorized by the Company's Board of Directors to exercise such powers.
15.5 Constructive Receipt Termination. In the event the
Administrator determines that amounts deferred under the Plan have been
constructively received by Participants and must be recognized as income
for federal income tax purposes, the Plan shall terminate and
distributions shall be made to Participants in accordance with the
Provisions of Section 15.2 or as may be determined by the Administrator.
The determination of the Administrator under this Section 15.4 shall be
binding and conclusive.
ARTICLE 16
Miscellaneous
16.1 Successors of the Company. The rights and obligations of
the Company under the Plan shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be
binding upon, the successors and assigns of the Company.
16.2 ERISA Plan. The Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan
maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for "a
select group of management or highly compensated employees" within the
meaning of Sections 201, 301 and 401 of ERISA and therefore to be exempt
from Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA.
16.3 Trust. The Company shall be responsible for the payment of
all benefits under the Plan. At its discretion, the Company may
establish one or more grantor trusts for the purpose of providing for
payment of benefits under the Plan. Such trust or trusts may be
irrevocable, but the assets thereof shall be subject to the claims of
the Company's creditors. Benefits paid to the Participant from any such
trust shall be considered paid by the Company for purposes of meeting
the obligations of the Company under the Plan.
- 15 -
<PAGE>
16.4 Employment Not Guaranteed. Nothing contained in the Plan
nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as a contract of
employment or as giving any Participant any right to continued
employment with the Company.
16.5 Gender, Singular and Plural. All pronouns and variations
thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter,
as the identity of the person or persons may require. As the context
may require, the singular may be read as the plural and the plural as
the singular.
16.6 Captions. The captions of the articles and sections of the
Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the
meaning or construction of any of its provisions.
16.7 Validity. If any provision of the Plan is held invalid,
void or unenforceable, the same shall not affect, in any respect
whatsoever, the validity of any other provisions of the Plan.
16.8 Waiver of Breach. The waiver by the Company of any breach
of any provision of the Plan by the Participant shall not operate or be
construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by the Participant.
16.9 Applicable Law. The Plan shall be governed and construed in
accordance with the laws of Ohio except where the laws of Ohio are
preempted by ERISA.
16.10 Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be
given to the Company under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing
and hand-delivered, or sent by first class mail to the principal office
of the Company, directed to the attention of the Administrator. Such
notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery, or, if delivery
is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark.
ARTICLE 17
Claims and Review Procedures
17.1 Claims Procedure. The Company shall notify a Participant in
writing, within ninety (90) days after his or her written application
for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits
under the Plan. If the Company determines that a Participant is not
eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth: (i)
the specific reasons for such denial; (ii) a specific reference to the
provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based; (iii) a description
of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to
perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed; and
(iv) an explanation of the Plan's claims review procedure and other
appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Participant
wishes to have
- 16 -
<PAGE>
the claim reviewed. If the Company determines that there are special
circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company
shall notify the Participant of the special circumstances and the date
by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for
up to an additional ninety-day period.
17.2 Review Procedure. If a Participant is determined by the
Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Participant believes
that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the
Participant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by
the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within
sixty (60) days after receipt of the notice issued by the Company. Said
petition shall state the specific reasons which the Participant believes
entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits.
Within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the
Company shall afford the Participant (and counsel, if any) an
opportunity to present his or her position to the Company orally or in
writing, and the Participant (or counsel) shall have the right to review
the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Participant of
its decision in writing within the sixty-day period, stating
specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner calculated
to be understood by the Participant and the specific provisions of the
Plan on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a
hearing, the sixty-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be
deferred for up to another sixty-day period at the election of the
Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Participant.
In the event of the death of the Participant, the same procedures shall
apply to the Participant's beneficiaries.
- 17 -
Exhibit (10)(p)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Parker-Hannifin Corporation Pension Restoration Plan,
as amended as of August 17, 1995
and August 15, 1996
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
<PAGE>
Parker-Hannifin Corporation
PENSION RESTORATION PLAN
- 1 -
<PAGE>
Parker-Hannifin Corporation
PENSION RESTORATION PLAN
Parker-Hannifin Corporation, an Ohio corporation (the "Company"),
hereby establishes this Pension Restoration Plan (the "Plan"), effective
January 1, 1995, for the purpose of attracting high quality executives
and promoting in its executives increased efficiency and an interest in
the successful operation of the Company by restoring benefits that are
lost due to legislative limits on the Company's qualified retirement
plan(s). The benefits provided under the Plan shall be provided in
consideration for services to be performed after the effective date of
the Plan, but prior to the executive's retirement.
ARTICLE 1
Definitions
1.1 Actuarial Value shall mean the actuarial present value of
the benefits calculated by an actuary selected by the Administrator and
using the actuarial assumptions employed under the Qualified Plan (other
than the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation rates used to determine a
lump sum benefit).
1.2 Administrator shall mean the Company or, if applicable, the
committee appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company to
administer the Plan pursuant to Article 6 of the Plan.
1.3 Beneficiary shall mean the person or persons or entity
designated as such under the Qualified Plan.
1.4 Change in Control means the occurrence of one of the following
events:
(i) any "person" (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and as
used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or
becomes a "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of
the Company representing 20% or more of the combined voting power
of the Company's then outstanding securities eligible to vote for
the election of the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board")
(the "Company's Voting Securities"); provided, however, that the
event described in this paragraph shall not be deemed to be a
Change in Control by virtue of any of the following situations:
(A) an acquisition by the Company or any corporation or entity
in which the Company has a direct or indirect ownership interest
of 50% or more of the total combined voting power of the then
outstanding securities of such corporation or other entity (a
"Subsidiary"); (B) an acquisition by any employee benefit plan
sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary; (C) an
acquisition by any underwriter temporarily holding securities
pursuant to an offering of such securities; (D) a Non-Control
Transaction (as defined in paragraph (iii)); (E) as pertains to
a Participant, any acquisition by the Participant or any group
of persons (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2)
of the Exchange Act) including
- 2 -
<PAGE>
the Participant (or any entity in which the Participant or a group
of persons including the Participant, directly or indirectly,
holds a majority of the voting power of such entity's outstanding
voting interests); or (F) the acquisition of Company Voting
Securities from the Company, if a majority of the Board approves
a resolution providing expressly that the acquisition pursuant
to this clause (F) does not constitute a Change in Control
under this paragraph (i);
(ii) individuals who, at the beginning of any period of
twenty-four (24) consecutive months, constitute the Board
(the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute
at least a majority thereof; provided, that (A) any person
becoming a director subsequent to the beginning of such
twenty-four (24) month period, whose election, or nomination
for election, by the Company's shareholders was approved by
a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors comprising the
Incumbent Board who are then on the Board (either by a specific
vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in
which such person is named as a nominee for director, without
objection to such nomination) shall be, for purposes of this
paragraph (ii), considered as though such person were a member
of the Incumbent Board; provided, however, that no individual
initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as
a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect
to directors or any other actual or threatened solicitation of
proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than
the Board shall be deemed to be a member of the Incumbent Board;
(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, share
exchange or similar form of corporate reorganization of the
Company or any Subsidiary that requires the approval of the
Company's stockholders, whether for such transaction or the
issuance of securities in connection with the transaction
or otherwise (a "Business Combination"), unless (A) immediately
following such Business Combination: (1) more than 50% of the
total voting power of the corporation resulting from such Business
Combination (the "Surviving Corporation") or, if applicable, the
ultimate parent corporation which directly or indirectly has
beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting securities eligible
to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the
"Parent Corporation"), is represented by Company Voting
Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to the
Business Combination (or, if applicable, shares into which
such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to
such Business Combination), and such voting power among the
holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the
voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders
thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (2) no
person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or
maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent
Corporation) is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or
indirectly, of 20% or more of the total voting power of the
outstanding voting securities eligible to elect
- 3 -
<PAGE>
directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent
Corporation, the Surviving Corporation), and (3) at least a
majority of the members of the board of directors of the
Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation,
the Surviving Corporation), following the Business Combination,
were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the Board's
approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for
such Business Combination (a "Non-Control Transaction") or
(B) the Business Combination is effected by means of the
acquisition of Company Voting Securities from the Company, and
a majority of the Board approves a resolution providing expressly
that such Business Combination does not constitute a Change in
Control under this paragraph (iii); or
(iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of
complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the sale
or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets
of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to
occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 20%
of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company
Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Company
Voting Securities outstanding, increases the percentage of shares beneficially
owned by such person; provided, that if a Change in Control would occur as a
result of such an acquisition by the Company (if not for the operation of this
sentence), and after the Company's acquisition such person becomes the
beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the
percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such
person, a Change in Control shall then occur.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the
Participant's employment is terminated prior to a Change in Control, and the
Participant reasonably demonstrates that such termination was at the request
of a third party who has indicated an intention or taken steps reasonably
calculated to effect a Change in Control, (a "Third Party"), then for all
purposes of this Plan, the date immediately prior to the date of such
termination of employment shall be deemed to be the date of a Change in
Control for such Participant.
1.5 Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, including any successor provisions.
1.6 Early Retirement Date shall mean the "Early Retirement Date"
as defined in the Qualified Plan.
- 4 -
<PAGE>
1.7 Eligible Executive shall mean an employee of the Company or
any of its subsidiaries who (i) participates in the Qualified Plan, (ii)
is designated by the Administrator as eligible to participate in the
Plan, and (iii) qualifies as a member of the "select group of management
or highly compensated employees" under ERISA.
1.8 ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974, as amended.
1.9 Normal Retirement Date shall mean the "Normal Retirement
Date" as defined in the Qualified Plan.
1.10 Participant shall mean an Eligible Executive who has become
a participant hereunder pursuant to Article 2.
1.11 Qualified Plan shall mean the Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Retirement Plan as it currently exists and as it may subsequently be
amended, or any other qualified defined benefit plan maintained by the
Company and in which an Eligible Executive participates.
1.12 Statutory Limit shall mean any limit on compensation taken
into account in calculating benefits under qualified retirement plans
under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code or that directly or indirectly
affects the amount of benefits payable from a Qualified Plan.
1.13 Termination of Employment shall mean the date of the
cessation of the Participant's employment with the Company for any
reason whatsoever, whether voluntary or involuntary, other than as a
result of the Participant's death.
ARTICLE 2
Participation
Eligible Executives shall become Participants in the Plan on the
first day of the month following their appointment as Eligible
Executives.
ARTICLE 3
Restoration Benefits
3.1 Amount. Upon Termination of Employment on or after Normal
or Early Retirement Date, or after the Participant has a nonforfeitable
right to a deferred benefit
- 5 -
<PAGE>
under the Qualified Plan, the Participant shall be entitled to a
retirement benefit as provided in paragraph 3.2 of this Plan. The
retirement benefit shall equal the benefits that would be payable to the
Participant under the Qualified Plan calculated as if the Statutory
Limit did not apply to such benefits, less the benefits that are payable
under the Qualified Plan taking the Statutory Limit into account.
3.2 Form of Retirement Benefits. (a) Subject to (b) and (c)
below, the retirement benefit shall be paid in the same form and at the
same time as the Participant's benefits under the Qualified Plan.
(b) Notwithstanding (a) above, the Administrator may, in its
sole discretion, elect to pay the Actuarial Value of the benefit under
this Plan in a single lump sum if the monthly benefit otherwise due
hereunder is less than $50.00.
(c) Notwithstanding (a) above, a Participant who has retired at
or after Normal or Early Retirement Date, or who reaches Normal or Early
Retirement Date after a Termination of Employment may elect at any time
thereafter to receive the remaining Actuarial Value of his benefit in a
single lump sum, provided that his lump sum payment shall be reduced by
10%.
ARTICLE 4
Survivor Benefits
4.1 Survivor Benefit. If benefits are payable to the
Participant's Beneficiary under the Qualified Plan following the
Participant's death (whether the Participant's death occurs before or
after Termination of Employment), the Company shall pay to the
Participant's Beneficiary a survivor benefit equal to the benefits that
would be payable to the Beneficiary under the Qualified Plan calculated
as if the Statutory Limit did not apply to such benefits, less the
survivor benefits that are payable under the Qualified Plan taking the
Statutory Limit into account.
4.2 Form of Survivor Benefit. The survivor benefit shall be paid
in the same form and at the same time as the survivor benefits under the
Qualified Plan; provided, however that the Administrator may, in its
sole discretion, elect to pay the Actuarial Value of the survivor
benefit under this Plan in a single lump sum, if the monthly benefit
otherwise payable hereunder is less than $50.00.
- 6 -
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 5
Conditions Related to Benefits
5.1 Nonassignability. The benefits provided under the Plan may
not be alienated, assigned, transferred, pledged or hypothecated by or
to any person or entity, at any time or any manner whatsoever. These
benefits shall be exempt from the claims of creditors of any Participant
or other claimants and from all orders, decrees, levies, garnishment or
executions against any Participant to the fullest extent allowed by law.
5.2 No Right to Company Assets. The benefits paid under the
Plan shall be paid from the general funds of the Company, and the
Participant and any Beneficiary shall be no more than unsecured general
creditors of the Company with no special or prior right to any assets of
the Company for payment of any obligations hereunder.
5.3 Protective Provisions. The Participant shall cooperate with
the Company by furnishing any and all information requested by the
Administrator, in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder,
taking such physical examinations as the Administrator may deem
necessary and taking such other actions as may be requested by the
Administrator. If the Participant refuses to cooperate, the Company
shall have no further obligation to the Participant under the Plan. In
the event of a Participant's suicide during the first two (2) years of
participation in the Plan, or if the Participant makes any material
misstatement of information or nondisclosure of medical history, then no
benefits shall be payable to the Participant or the Participant's
Beneficiary or estate under the Plan.
5.4 Withholding. The Participant or the Beneficiary shall make
appropriate arrangements with the Company for satisfaction of any
federal, state or local income tax withholding requirements and Social
Security or other employee tax requirements applicable to the payment of
benefits under the Plan. If no other arrangements are made, the Company
may provide, at its discretion, for such withholding and tax payments as
may be required.
ARTICLE 6
Administration of Plan
The Company shall administer the Plan, provided, however, that the
Company may elect by action of its Board of Directors to appoint a
committee of three (3) or more individuals to administer the Plan. All
references to the Administrator herein shall refer to the Company or, if
such committee has been appointed, the committee.
- 7 -
<PAGE>
The Administrator shall administer the Plan and interpret,
construe and apply its provisions in accordance with its terms. The
Administrator shall further establish, adopt or revise such rules and
regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable for the administration
of the Plan. All decisions of the Administrator shall be final and
binding. The individuals serving on the committee shall, except as
prohibited by law, be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from
any and all liabilities, costs, and expenses (including legal fees), to
the extent not covered by liability insurance arising out of any action
taken by any member of the committee with respect to the Plan, unless
such liability arises from the individual's own gross negligence or
willful misconduct.
ARTICLE 7
Change in Control
In the event there is a Change in Control, each Participant shall
receive the Actuarial Value of his benefit earned hereunder to the date
of the Change in Control. Such benefit shall be paid in monthly
installments over thirty-six (36) months commencing within 3 months of
the Change in Control; provided, however, that the Administrator may
elect, in its sole discretion, to make payment in a single lump sum.
ARTICLE 8
Amendment and Termination of Plan
8.1 Amendment of Plan. The Company may at any time amend the
Plan in whole or in part, provided, however, that such amendment shall
not decrease the value of benefits accrued under the Plan prior to the
time of such amendment.
8.2 Termination of Plan. The Company may at any time terminate
the Plan. If the Company terminates the Plan, the date of such
termination shall be treated as the date of Termination of Employment
for the purpose of calculating Plan benefits. The Company shall pay to
the Participant the benefits the Participant is entitled to receive
under the Plan in monthly installments over a thirty-six (36) month
period; provided, however, that the Administrator may elect, in its sole
discretion, to make payment in a single lump sum.
8.3 Amendment or Termination After Change in Control.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not amend or terminate
the Plan without the prior written consent of affected Participants for
a period of two calendar years following a Change in Control and shall
not thereafter amend or terminate the Plan in any manner which affects
any Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) who
- 8 -
<PAGE>
commences receiving payment of benefits under the Plan prior to the end
of such two year period following a Change in Control.
8.4 Company Action. Except as provided in paragraph 8.5, the
Company's power to amend or terminate the Plan shall be exercisable by
the Company's Board of Directors or by the committee or individual
authorized by the Company's Board of Directors to exercise such powers.
8.5 Constructive Receipt Termination. In the event the
Administrator determines that benefits under the Plan have been
constructively received by Participants and must be recognized as income
for federal income tax purposes, the Plan shall terminate and
distributions shall be made to Participants in accordance with the
provisions of paragraph 8.2 or as may be determined by the
Administrator. The determination of the Administrator under this
paragraph 8.5 shall be binding and conclusive.
ARTICLE 9
Miscellaneous
9.1 Successors of the Company. The rights and obligations of
the Company under the Plan shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be
binding upon, the successors and assigns of the Company.
9.2 ERISA Plan. The Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan
maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for "a
select group of management or highly compensated employees" within the
meaning of Sections 201, 301 and 401 of ERISA and therefore to be exempt
from Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA.
9.3 Trust. The Company shall be responsible for the payment of
all benefits under the Plan. At its discretion, the Company may
establish one or more grantor trusts for the purposes of providing for
payment of benefits under the Plan. Such trust or trusts may be
irrevocable, but the assets thereof shall be subject to the claims of
the Company's creditors. Benefits paid to the Participant from any such
trust shall be considered paid by the Company for purposes of meeting
the obligations of the Company under the Plan.
9.4 Employment Not Guaranteed. Nothing contained in the Plan
nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as a contract of
employment or as giving any Participant any right to continued
employment with the Company.
9.5 Gender, Singular and Plural. All pronouns and variations
thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter,
as the identity of the person or
- 9 -
<PAGE>
persons may require. As the context may require, the singular may be
read as the plural and the plural as the singular.
9.6 Captions. The captions of the articles and paragraphs of
the Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the
meaning or construction of any of its provisions.
9.7 Validity. If any provision of the Plan is held invalid,
void or unenforceable, the same shall not affect, in any respect
whatsoever, the validity of any other provisions of the Plan.
9.8 Waiver of Breach. The waiver by the Company of any breach
of any provision of the Plan by the Participant shall not operate or be
construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by the Participant.
9.9 Applicable Law. The Plan shall be governed and construed in
accordance with the laws of the Ohio except where the laws of the Ohio
are preempted by ERISA.
9.10 Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be
given to the Company under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing
and hand-delivered, or sent by first class mail to the principal office
of the Company, directed to the attention of the Administrator. Such
notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery, or, if delivery
is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark.
ARTICLE 10
Claims and Review Procedures
10.1 Claims Procedure. The Company shall notify a Participant in
writing, within ninety (90) days after his or her written application
for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits
under the Plan. If the Company determines that a Participant is not
eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (1)
the specific reasons for such denial, (2) a specific reference to the
provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based, (3) a description
of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to
perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (4)
an explanation of the Plan's claims review procedure and other
appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Participant
wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Company determines that there
are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision,
the Company shall notify the Participant of the special circumstances
and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend
the time for up to an additional ninety-day period.
- 10 -
<PAGE>
10.2 Review Procedure. If a Participant is determined by the
Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Participant believes
that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the
Participant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by
the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within
sixty (60) days after receipt of the notice issued by the Company. Said
petition shall state the specific reasons which the Participant believes
entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits.
Within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the
Company shall afford the Participant (and counsel, if any) an
opportunity to present his or her position to the Company orally or in
writing, and the Participant (or counsel) shall have the right to review
the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Participant of
its decision in writing within the sixty-day period, stating
specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner calculated
to be understood by the Participant and the specific provisions of the
Plan on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a
hearing, the sixty-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be
deferred for up to another sixty-day period at the election of the
Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Participant.
In the event of the death of the Participant, the same procedures shall
apply to the Participant's beneficiaries.
- 11 -
Exhibit (10)(q)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Parker-Hannifin Corporation Executive Deferral Plan,
as amended as of August 17, 1995
and August 15, 1996
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
<PAGE>
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE DEFERRAL PLAN
<PAGE>
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE DEFERRAL PLAN
Parker-Hannifin Corporation, an Ohio corporation (the "Company"),
hereby establishes this Executive Deferral Plan (the "Plan"), effective
October 1, 1994, for the purpose of attracting high quality executives
and promoting in its executives increased efficiency and an interest in
the successful operation of the Company by offering a deferral
opportunity to accumulate capital on favorable economic terms. The
benefits provided under the Plan shall be provided in consideration for
services to be performed after the effective date of the Plan, but prior
to the executive's retirement.
ARTICLE 1
Definitions
1.1 Account shall mean the sum of the Annual Deferral Account
and all LTI Deferral Accounts (vested and unvested).
1.2 Administrator shall mean the Company or, if applicable, the
committee appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company to
administer the Plan pursuant to Article 12 of the Plan.
1.3 Annual Deferral shall mean the amount of Compensation which
the Participant elects to defer for a Plan Year pursuant to Articles 2
and 3 of the Plan.
1.4 Annual Deferral Account shall mean the notional account
established with respect to a Participant's Annual Deferrals for
recordkeeping purposes pursuant to Article 4 of the Plan.
1.5 Beneficiary shall mean the person or persons or entity
designated as such in accordance with Article 13 of the Plan.
1.6 Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
1.7 Bonuses shall mean amounts paid in cash to the Participant
by the Company in the form of annual and other regular periodic bonuses
before reductions for deferrals under this Plan, the Savings Plan or the
Savings Restoration Plan. "Annual and other regular periodic bonuses"
shall include amounts payable under the Company's Return on Net Assets
Plan (RONA) and the Target Incentive Program, but shall exclude any
payments under any long-term incentive program, any volume incentive or
similar bonus program, and any other extraordinary bonus or incentive
program.
- 2 -
<PAGE>
1.8 Change in Control shall mean any of the following events have
occurred:
(i) any "person" (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and as used in
Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a
"beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act),
directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or
more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding
securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board (the "Company
Voting Securities"); provided, however, that the event described in this
paragraph shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of any
of the following situations: (A) an acquisition by the Company or any
Subsidiary; (B) an acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or
maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary; (C) an acquisition by any
underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of
such securities; (D) a Non-Control Transaction (as defined in paragraph
(iii)); (E) as pertains to a Participant, any acquisition by the
Participant or any group of persons (within the meaning of Sections
13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) including the Participant (or
any entity in which the Participant or a group of persons including the
Participant, directly or indirectly, holds a majority of the voting
power of such entity's outstanding voting interests); or (F) the
acquisition of Company Voting Securities from the Company, if a majority
of the Board approves a resolution providing expressly that the
acquisition pursuant to this clause (F) does not constitute a Change in
Control under this paragraph (i);
(ii) individuals who, at the beginning of any period of twenty-
four (24) consecutive months, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent
Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof;
provided, that (A) any person becoming a director subsequent to the
beginning of such twenty-four (24) month period, whose election, or
nomination for election, by the Company's shareholders was approved by a
vote of at least two-thirds of the directors comprising the Incumbent
Board who are then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by
approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is
named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination)
shall be, for purposes of this paragraph (ii), considered as though such
person were a member of the Incumbent Board; provided, however, that no
individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company
as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to
directors or any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or
consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be
deemed to be a member of the Incumbent Board;
(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, share
exchange or similar form of corporate reorganization of the Company or
any Subsidiary that requires the approval of the Company's stockholders,
whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in connection
with the transaction or otherwise (a "Business Combination"), unless (A)
immediately following such Business Combination: (1) more than 50% of
the total voting power of the corporation resulting from such Business
Combination (the "Surviving
- 3 -
<PAGE>
Corporation") or, if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation which
directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting
securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation
(the "Parent Corporation"), is represented by Company Voting Securities
that were outstanding immediately prior to the Business Combination (or,
if applicable, shares into which such Company Voting Securities were
converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power
among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the
voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof
immediately prior to the Business Combination, (2) no person (other than
any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving
Corporation or the Parent Corporation) is or becomes the beneficial owner,
directly or indirectly, of 20% or more of the total voting power of the
outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent
Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation),
and (3) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the
Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving
Corporation), following the Business Combination, were members of the
Incumbent Board at the time of the Board's approval of the execution of
the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination (a "Non-
Control Transaction") or (B) the Business Combination is effected by
means of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities from the Company,
and a majority of the Board approves a resolution providing expressly
that such Business Combination does not constitute a Change in Control
under this paragraph (iii); or
(iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete
liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the sale or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and
its Subsidiaries.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be
deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership
of more than 20% of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the
acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which, by
reducing the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding, increases
the percentage of shares beneficially owned by such person; provided,
that if a Change in Control would occur as a result of such an
acquisition by the Company (if not for the operation of this sentence),
and after the Company's acquisition such person becomes the beneficial
owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the
percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned
by such person, a Change in Control shall then occur.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the
Participant's employment is terminated prior to a Change in Control, and
the Participant reasonably demonstrates that such termination was at the
request of a third party who has indicated an intention or taken steps
reasonably calculated to effect a Change in Control (a "Third Party"),
then for all purposes of this Plan, the date immediately prior to the
date of such termination of employment shall be deemed to be the date of
a Change in Control for such Participant.
- 4 -
<PAGE>
1.9 Compensation shall mean the sum of the Participant's base
salary and anticipated Bonuses for a Plan Year before reductions for
deferrals under this Plan, the Savings Plan, the Savings Restoration
Plan, or the Benefits Plus Program.
1.10 Crediting Rate shall mean any notional gains or losses
equal to those generated as if the Participant's Account balance had
been invested in one or more of the investment portfolios designated as
available by the Administrator, less separate account fees and less
applicable administrative charges determined annually by the
Administrator.
The allocation of a Participant's Account shall be determined by
the Participant among one or more of the available portfolios. The
gains or losses shall be credited based upon the daily unit values for
the portfolio(s) selected by the Participant. The rules and procedures
for allocating the Account balance among the portfolios shall be
determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the method of
calculating the Crediting Rate, the Company shall be under no obligation
to purchase any investments designated by the Participant.
1.11 Disability shall mean any long term disability as defined
under the Company's long term disability plan. The Administrator, in
its complete and sole discretion, shall determine a Participant's
Disability. The Administrator may require that the Participant submit
to an examination on an annual basis, at the expense of the Company, by
a competent physician or medical clinic selected by the Administrator to
confirm Disability. On the basis of such medical evidence, the
determination of the Administrator as to whether or not a condition of
Disability exists or continues shall be conclusive.
1.12 Early Retirement Date shall mean age 55 with ten or more
years of employment with the Company; provided, however, that any Early
Retirement prior to age 60 must be with the consent of the Compensation
Committee of the Board.
1.13 Eligible Executive shall mean a key employee of the Company
or any of its subsidiaries who: (a) is designated by the Administrator
as eligible to participate in the Plan (subject to the restriction in
Sections 9.2, 10.3 and 11.2 of the Plan); and (b) qualifies as a member
of the "select group of management or highly compensated employees"
under ERISA.
1.14 ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, as amended.
1.15 Financial Hardship shall mean an unexpected need for cash
arising from an illness, casualty loss, sudden financial reversal, or
other such unforeseeable occurrence as determined by the Administrator.
Cash needs arising from foreseeable events such as the purchase of a
residence or education expenses for children shall not, alone, be
considered a Financial Hardship.
- 5 -
<PAGE>
1.16 Fixed Crediting Rate shall mean an effective annual yield
equal to ninety percent (90%) of the sixty (60) month rolling average of
the Ten-Year United States Treasury Note as determined by the
Administrator on September 30 of the preceding year. Notwithstanding
the preceding sentence, with respect to the first Plan Year, the Fixed
Crediting Rate shall be determined as of September 30, 1994.
1.17 In-Service Distribution shall mean a distribution elected
by the Participant pursuant to Article 10 of the Plan.
1.18 LTI Payment shall mean the amount that would otherwise be
payable to an Eligible Executive for a Plan Year under any long-term
incentive program of the Company.
1.19 LTI Deferral shall mean the amount of any LTI Payment which
the Participant elects to defer with respect to a Plan Year pursuant to
Articles 2 and 3 of the Plan.
1.20 LTI Deferral Account shall mean the one or more notional
accounts established with respect to a Participant's LTI Deferrals for
recordkeeping purposes pursuant to Article 4 of the Plan.
1.21 Normal Retirement Date shall mean the date on which a
Participant attains age 65.
1.22 Participant shall mean an Eligible Executive who has
elected to participate and has completed a Participation Agreement
pursuant to Article 2 of the Plan.
1.23 Participation Agreement shall mean the Participant's
written election to participate in the Plan.
1.24 Plan Year shall mean the calendar year, except that the
first Plan Year shall be the year commencing October 1, 1994 and ending
December 31, 1994.
1.25 Retirement shall mean a termination of employment following
Normal or Early Retirement Date.
1.26 Salary shall mean the Participant's annual basic rate of
pay from the Company (excluding Bonuses, commissions and other non-
regular forms of compensation) before reductions for deferrals under
this Plan, the Savings Plan or the Savings Restoration Plan.
1.27 Savings Plan shall mean The Parker Retirement Savings Plan
as it currently exists and as it may subsequently be amended.
- 6 -
<PAGE>
1.28 Savings Restoration Plan shall mean the Parker-Hannifin
Corporation Savings Restoration Plan as it currently exists and as it
may subsequently be amended.
1.29 Scheduled Withdrawal shall mean a distribution of all or a
portion of the entire vested amount credited to the Participant's
Account requested by the Participant pursuant to the provisions of
Article 10 of the Plan.
1.30 Subsidiary shall mean any corporation or other entity in
which the Company has a direct or indirect ownership interest of 50% or
more of the total combined voting power of the then outstanding
securities or interests of such corporation or other entity.
1.31 Termination of Employment shall mean the Participant's
employment with the Company ceases for any reason whatsoever, whether
voluntary or involuntary, other than Retirement or death.
1.32 Unscheduled Withdrawal shall mean a distribution of all or
a portion of the entire amount credited to the Participant's Account
requested by the Participant pursuant to the provisions of Article 10 of
the Plan.
1.33 Valuation Date shall mean the end of the month in which the
Retirement, Termination of Employment, or death occurs, except in the
event of an election to delay retirement benefits under Article 5, in
which case the Valuation Date shall mean the November 30 of the year
preceding commencement of benefit payments.
ARTICLE 2
Participation
2.1 Participation Agreement/Deferrals.
(a) An Eligible Executive shall become a Participant in the Plan
on the first day of the Plan Year following appointment as an Eligible
Executive and submission to the Administrator of an Annual Participation
Agreement. To be effective, the Eligible Executive must submit the
Annual Participation Agreement to the Administrator during the
enrollment period designated by the Administrator. In the Annual
Participation Agreement, and subject to the restrictions in Article 3,
the Eligible Executive shall designate the Annual Deferral for the
covered Plan Year.
(b) With respect to those Participants who are eligible for an
LTI Payment, the Administrator shall provide for a separate enrollment
period and separate LTI Participation Agreements each year under which
the Participant may designate any LTI Deferrals for a specified Plan
Year.
- 7 -
<PAGE>
2.2 Continuation of Participation. An Eligible Executive who has
elected to participate in the Plan by making an Annual Deferral or LTI
Deferral shall continue as a Participant in the Plan for purposes of
such Annual Deferral or LTI Deferral even though such executive ceases
to be an Eligible Executive. However, a Participant shall not be
eligible to elect a new Annual Deferral or LTI Deferral unless the
Participant is an Eligible Executive for the Plan Year for which the
election is made.
ARTICLE 3
Executive Deferrals
3.1 Deferral Commitment.
(a) A Participant may elect in the Annual Participation
Agreement to defer an amount equal to a specified dollar amount of
Salary and a specified dollar amount or percentage of Bonuses to be
earned by such Participant during the next Plan Year.
(b) A Participant may elect in the LTI Participation Agreement
to defer an amount equal to a specified dollar amount or a percentage of
LTI Payment that may be payable to the Participant in the next Plan
Year.
(c) Annual Deferrals and LTI Deferrals under this Plan shall be
irrevocable.
3.2 Minimum Annual Deferral.
(a) The Annual Deferral for a Plan Year must equal at least five
thousand dollars ($5,000), from either Salary or Bonuses or a
combination of Salary and Bonuses.
(b) The LTI Deferral for a Plan Year must equal at least five
thousand dollars ($5,000).
(c) Where a Participant elects to defer a specified percentage
of Salary, Bonuses, and/or LTI Payment, the determination of whether the
Annual Deferral or LTI Deferral is at least five thousand dollars
($5,000) shall be made by multiplying the applicable elected percentages
of Salary, Bonuses, and/or LTI Payment to be deferred by the
Participant's anticipated Salary, Bonuses, and/or LTI Payment in the
Plan Year immediately preceding the Plan Year for which the Deferral is
being made. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit
Participants to elect to defer amounts in the form of a percentage based
on anticipated future Salary, Bonuses, and/or LTI Payments.
- 8 -
<PAGE>
3.3 Maximum Deferral Commitment.
(a) The Annual Deferral for any Plan Year may not exceed 20% of
Salary plus 75% of Bonuses; provided, that the Annual Deferral may not
reduce the Participant's income to an amount below the old age,
survivor, and disability insurance wage base under Social Security.
(b) The LTI Deferral for a Plan Year may be 100% of the LTI
Payment.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may reduce
the amount of an Annual Deferral and/or an LTI Deferral to the extent
necessary to insure the Participant will have sufficient earnings from
the Company from which to take any taxes required to be withheld from
the Participant's earnings under federal, state or local law.
3.4 Vesting. Subject to Section 11.4:
(a) The Participant's right to the value of his Annual Deferral
Account, as adjusted for gains and losses, shall be 100% vested at all
times.
(b) The Participant's right to the value of each LTI Deferral
Account, as adjusted for gains and losses, shall be 100% vested as of
the third June 30 following the time the LTI Deferral Account is
established; provided, however, that the Participant shall be fully
vested in all LTI Deferrals as of the time: (1) he reaches age 60; (2)
he retires prior to age 60 with permission of the Compensation Committee
of the Board; (3) he retires due to Disability; (4) he dies; (5) there
is a Change in Control; or (6) the Plan terminates.
ARTICLE 4
Accounts
4.1 Accounts. Solely for recordkeeping purposes, the Company
shall maintain for each Participant one Annual Deferral Account for all
Annual Deferrals, and shall maintain for each Participant a separate LTI
Deferral Account with respect to each LTI Deferral made by the
Participant.
4.2 Timing of Credits -- Pre-Termination. Each Plan Year, the
Company shall credit to the Annual Deferral Account a Participant's
Annual Deferrals at the time the deferrals would otherwise have been
paid to the Participant but for the Annual Deferral election, and shall
credit to a separate LTI Deferral Account a Participant's LTI Deferral
at the time the deferrals would otherwise have been paid to the
Participant but for the LTI Deferral election. The Company shall also
credit gains or losses to the Participant's Account each calendar
quarter, or as of the Valuation Date, using the Crediting Rate(s) in
effect at such time as elected by the Participant.
- 9 -
<PAGE>
4.3 Mid-Year Terminations. If a Participant's Termination of
Employment occurs other than at the end of a Plan Year, the Company
shall credit gains or losses to the Participant's Account from the first
day of such Plan Year to the Valuation Date.
4.4 Statement of Accounts. The Administrator shall provide
periodically to each Participant a statement setting forth the balance
of the Annual Deferral Account and each LTI Deferral Account maintained
for such Participant.
ARTICLE 5
Retirement Benefits
5.1 Amount. Upon Retirement, the Company shall pay to the
Participant a retirement benefit in the form provided in Section 5.2 of
the Plan, based on the balance of the Participant's Account as of the
Valuation Date. If paid as a lump sum, the retirement benefit shall be
equal to such balance. If paid in installments, the installments shall
be paid in amounts that will annually amortize such balance with
earnings and losses credited at the Crediting Rate over the period of
time benefits are to be paid.
5.2 Form of Retirement Benefits. The retirement benefit shall
be paid monthly over a period of one hundred eighty (180) months or
the number of months required to result in a monthly benefit of one
thousand dollars ($1,000), if less. Notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary, the Participant may elect in the Participation Agreement
to have the retirement benefit paid in a lump sum or in installments
paid monthly over a period of sixty (60) or one hundred twenty (120)
months. Payment shall be made or shall begin as of the first day of the
calendar quarter next following the date sixty (60) days after the
Participant's Retirement unless the Participant elects in the
Participation Agreement for payments to begin on January l of a later
year. However, in all events payments shall commence on or before the
earlier of the date the retired Participant attains age seventy (70) or
the January 1 five years after Retirement. Except as provided under
Section 9.2, Participants may elect an alternative form of payout as
available under this Section 5.2 by written election filed with the
Administrator; provided, however, that if the Participant files the
election less than thirteen (13) months prior to the date of retirement,
the Annual Deferral Account and each LTI Deferral Account shall be
reduced by ten percent (10%).
5.3 Small Benefit Exception. Notwithstanding any of the
foregoing, if the sum of all benefits payable to the Participant is less
than or equal to five thousand dollars ($5,000), the Company may, in its
sole discretion, elect to pay such benefits in a single lump sum.
- 10 -
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 6
Termination Benefits
6.1 Amount. As of the first day of the calendar quarter
beginning at least sixty (60) days after Termination of Employment, the
Company shall pay to the Participant a termination benefit equal to the
balance as of the Valuation Date of the Annual Deferral Account and each
LTI Deferral Account in which he is vested under Section 3.4(b).
6.2 Form of Termination Benefits. The Company shall pay the
termination benefits in a single lump sum; provided, however, that
except following a Change in Control the Company may, in its sole
discretion, elect to pay the termination benefits over a period of three
(3) years in monthly installments, in which event the Company shall
credit interest on the unpaid vested balance of the Account after the
Valuation Date at the Fixed Crediting Rate in effect at the time of
Termination of Employment.
ARTICLE 7
Survivor Benefits
7.1 Pre-Commencement Survivor Benefit. If the Participant dies
prior to the time installment payments have commenced, the Company
shall pay to the Participant's Beneficiary within ninety (90) days after
the Participant's death a benefit equal to the balance of the
Participant's Account as of the Valuation Date.
7.2 Post-Commencement Survivor Benefit. If the Participant dies
after the time installment payments have commenced, the Company shall
pay to the Participant's Beneficiary an amount equal to the remaining
benefits payable to the Participant under the Plan over the same period
such benefits would have been paid to the Participant, in which event
the Company shall credit interest on the unpaid balance of the Account
at the Fixed Crediting Rate in effect at the date of the Participant's
death.
7.3 Small Benefit Payment. Notwithstanding any of the
foregoing, in the event the sum of all benefits payable to the
Beneficiary is less than or equal to five thousand dollars ($5,000), the
Company may, in its sole discretion, elect to pay such benefits in a
single lump sum.
- 11 -
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 8
Disability
If a Participant suffers a Disability, the Company shall pay the
benefit described in Article 5 to the Participant as if the date of the
Participant's Termination of Employment for Disability were the
Participant's Normal Retirement Date.
ARTICLE 9
Change in Control
9.1 Election.
(a) At the time the Participant is completing his initial
Participation Agreement, the Participant may elect that, if a Change in
Control occurs, the Participant (or after the Participant's death the
Participant's Beneficiary) shall receive a lump sum payment of the
balance of the Account within thirty (30) days after the Change of
Control. In the event such a distribution is made, the Participant
shall receive an additional adjustment payment calculated in accordance
with the formula set forth in Exhibit A hereto. Such balance shall be
determined as of the end of the month sixty (60) days prior to the month
in which the Change in Control occurs.
(b) In addition to any other amounts payable hereunder, in the
event it shall be determined that any payment, distribution or
acceleration of vesting of any benefit hereunder would be subject to the
excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended, or any successor provision, or any interest or penalties are
incurred by the Participant with respect to such excise tax, then the
Participant shall be entitled to receive an additional "gross-up
payment" calculated as set forth in the change in control severance
agreement in effect between the Company and the Participant as of the
date of the Change in Control; provided, however, that if the
Participant does not have a change in control severance agreement, the
payment under this Section shall be determined in accordance with the
calculation set forth in the most recent change in control severance
agreement entered into by the Company and any executive of the Company;
provided, further, that there shall be no duplication of such additional
payment under this Plan and any change in control severance agreement.
9.2 Benefit Reduction on Withdrawal. If a Participant has not
made the election described in Section 9.1 above and, within thirty (30)
days after a Change of Control, the Participant (or Beneficiary) elects
under Section 10.2 to receive a distribution of the balance of the
Account, the lump sum payment (including the additional adjustment
payment) otherwise provided under Section 9.1(a) shall be reduced by an
amount equal to five percent (5%) of the total balance of the Account
(instead of the ten percent (10%)
- 12 -
<PAGE>
reduction otherwise provided for in Section 10.3). If a Participant
elects such a withdrawal, any on-going Annual Deferral shall cease,
any election of an LTI Deferral that otherwise would be effective
before the first day of the Plan Year beginning one full Plan Year
after such withdrawal shall not be effective, and the Participant
may not again be designated as an Eligible Executive until one entire
Plan Year following the Plan Year in which such withdrawal was made
has elapsed.
ARTICLE 10
Scheduled and Unscheduled Withdrawals
10.1 Payment of Scheduled Withdrawal. No later than the last day
of March of the Plan Year designated in the initial Annual Participation
Agreement for a Scheduled Withdrawal, the Company shall pay to the
Participant, in a lump sum or four approximately equal annual
installments, all or a portion of the vested balance in the Participant'
s Account.
10.2 Election. A Participant (or Beneficiary if the Participant
is deceased) may request an Unscheduled Withdrawal of all or any portion
of the vested balance credited to the Participant's Account, which shall
be paid in a single lump sum; provided, however, (i) that the minimum
withdrawal shall be twenty-five percent (25%) of the vested Account
balance, and (ii) that an election to withdraw seventy-five percent
(75%) or more of the vested Account balance shall be deemed to be an
election to withdraw the entire vested Account balance.
10.3 Withdrawal Penalty. There shall be a penalty deducted from
the Account prior to an Unscheduled Withdrawal equal to ten percent
(10%) of the Unscheduled Withdrawal, which shall be ratably allocated
among the Participant's Annual Deferral Account and each of his vested
LTI Deferral Accounts. If a Participant elects such a withdrawal, any
on-going Annual Deferral shall cease, any election of an LTI Deferral
that otherwise would be effective before the first day of the Plan Year
beginning one full Plan Year after such withdrawal shall not be
effective, and the Participant may not again be designated as an
Eligible Executive until one entire Plan Year following the Plan Year in
which such withdrawal was made has elapsed.
10.4 Small Benefit Exception. Notwithstanding any of the
foregoing, if the sum of all benefits payable to the Participant or
Beneficiary who has requested the Unscheduled Withdrawal is less than or
equal to five thousand dollars ($5,000), the Company may, in its sole
discretion, elect to pay out the entire vested Account balance (reduced
by the ten percent (10%) penalty) in a single lump sum.
- 13 -
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 11
Conditions Related to Benefits
11.1 Nonassignability. The benefits provided under the Plan may
not be alienated, assigned, transferred, pledged or hypothecated by or
to any person or entity, at any time or any manner whatsoever. These
benefits shall be exempt from the claims of creditors of any Participant
or other claimants and from all orders, decrees, levies, garnishment or
executions against any Participant to the fullest extent allowed by law.
11.2 Financial Hardship Distribution. Upon a finding that the
Participant or the Beneficiary has suffered a Financial Hardship, the
Administrator may in its sole discretion, permit the Participant to
request distribution of a portion or all of his vested benefits under
the Plan in the amount reasonably necessary to alleviate such Financial
Hardship. If a distribution is to be made to a Participant on account of
Financial Hardship, any on-going Annual Deferrals shall cease, any
election of an LTI Deferral that otherwise would be effective before the
first day of the Plan Year beginning one full Plan Year after such
withdrawal shall not be effective, and the Participant may not again be
designated as an Eligible Executive until one entire Plan Year following
the Plan Year in which such withdrawal was made has elapsed.
11.3 No Right to Company Assets. The benefits paid under the
Plan shall be paid from the general funds of the Company, and the
Participant and any Beneficiary shall be no more than unsecured general
creditors of the Company with no special or prior right to any assets of
the Company for payment of any obligations hereunder.
11.4 Protective Provisions. The Participant shall cooperate
with the Company by furnishing any and all information requested by the
Administrator, in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder,
taking such physical examinations as the Administrator may deem
necessary and taking such other actions as may be requested by the
Administrator. If the Participant refuses to cooperate, the Company
shall have no further obligation to the Participant under the Plan. In
the event of a Participant's suicide during the first two (2) years of
participation in the Plan, or if the Participant makes any material
misstatement of information or nondisclosure of medical history, then no
benefits shall be payable to the Participant or the Participant's
Beneficiary or estate under the Plan beyond the sum of the Participant's
Annual Deferrals and LTI Deferrals.
11.5 Withholding. The Participant or the Beneficiary shall make
appropriate arrangements with the Company for satisfaction of any
federal, state or local income tax withholding requirements and Social
Security or other employee tax requirements applicable to the payment of
benefits under the Plan. If no other arrangements are made, the Company
may provide, at its discretion, for such withholding and tax payments as
may be required.
- 14 -
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 12
Administration of Plan
The Company shall administer the Plan, provided, however, that the
Company may elect by action of its Board of Directors to appoint a
committee of three (3) or more individuals to administer the Plan. All
references to the Administrator herein shall refer to the Company or, if
such committee has been appointed, the committee.
The Administrator shall administer the Plan and interpret,
construe and apply its provisions in accordance with its terms. The
Administrator shall further establish, adopt or revise such rules and
regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable for the administration
of the Plan. All decisions of the Administrator shall be final and
binding. The individuals serving on the committee shall, except as
prohibited by law, be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from
any and all liabilities, costs, and expenses (including legal fees), to
the extent not covered by liability insurance arising out of any action
taken by any member of the committee with respect to the Plan, unless
such liability arises from the individual's own gross negligence or
willful misconduct.
ARTICLE 13
Beneficiary Designation
The Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate
any person or persons as Beneficiary (both primary and contingent) to
whom payment under the Plan shall be made in the event of the
Participant's death. The Beneficiary designation shall be effective
when it is submitted in writing to the Administrator during the
Participant's lifetime on a form prescribed by the Administrator.
The submission of a new Beneficiary designation shall cancel all
prior Beneficiary designations. Any finalized divorce or marriage of a
Participant subsequent to the date of a Beneficiary designation shall
revoke such designation, unless in the case of divorce the previous
spouse was not designated as Beneficiary and unless in the case of
marriage the Participant's new spouse has previously been designated as
Beneficiary. The spouse of a married Participant shall consent to any
designation of a Beneficiary other than the spouse, and the spouse's
consent shall be witnessed by a notary public.
If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided
above, or if the Beneficiary designation is revoked by marriage,
divorce, or otherwise without execution of a new designation, or if
every person designated as Beneficiary predeceases the Participant or
dies prior to complete distribution of the Participant's benefits, then
the Administrator shall direct the distribution of such benefits to the
Participant's estate.
- 15 -
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 14
Amendment and Termination of Plan
14.1 Amendment of Plan. Except as provided in Section 14.3, the
Company may at any time amend the Plan in whole or in part, provided,
however, that such amendment; (a) shall not decrease the balance of the
Participant's Account at the time of such amendment; and (b) shall not
retroactively decrease the applicable Crediting Rate of the Plan prior
to the time of such amendment. The Company may amend the Crediting Rate
or Fixed Crediting Rate of the Plan prospectively, in which case, the
Company shall notify the Participant of such amendment in writing within
thirty (30) days after such amendment.
14.2 Termination of Plan. Except as provided in Section 14.3,
the Company may at any time terminate the Plan. If the Company
terminates the Plan, the date of such termination shall be treated as
the date of Retirement or Termination of Employment for the purpose of
calculating Plan benefits, and the Company shall pay to the Participant
the benefits the Participant is entitled to receive under the Plan in
monthly installments over a thirty-six (36) month period. Interest at
the Fixed Crediting Rate will be credited to the Participant's Account
prospectively commencing as of the date of the Plan's termination and
continuing until distribution under this Section is completed.
14.3 Amendment or Termination After Change in Control.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not amend or terminate
the Plan without the prior written consent of affected Participants for
a period of two calendar years following a Change in Control and shall
not thereafter amend or terminate the Plan in any manner which affects
any Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) who commences
receiving payment of benefits under the Plan prior to the end of such
two year period following a Change in Control.
14.4 Company Action. Except as provided in Section 14.3 or
14.5, the Company's power to amend or terminate the Plan shall be
exercisable by the Company's Board of Directors or by the committee or
individual authorized by the Company's Board of Directors to exercise
such powers.
14.5 Constructive Receipt Termination. In the event the
Administrator determines that amounts deferred under the Plan have been
constructively received by Participants and must be recognized as income
for federal income tax purposes, the Plan shall terminate and
distributions shall be made to Participants in accordance with the
Provisions of Section 14.2 or as may be determined by the Administrator.
The determination of the Administrator under this Section shall be
binding and conclusive.
- 16 -
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 15
Miscellaneous
15.1 Successors of the Company. The rights and obligations of
the Company under the Plan shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be
binding upon, the successors and assigns of the Company.
15.2 ERISA Plan. The Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan
maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for "a
select group of management or highly compensated employees" within the
meaning of Sections 201, 301 and 401 of ERISA and therefore to be exempt
from Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA.
15.3 Trust. The Company shall be responsible for the payment of
all benefits under the Plan. At its discretion, the Company may
establish one or more grantor trusts for the purpose of providing for
payment of benefits under the Plan. Such trust or trusts may be
irrevocable, but the assets thereof shall be subject to the claims of
the Company's creditors. Benefits paid to the Participant from any such
trust shall be considered paid by the Company for purposes of meeting
the obligations of the Company under the Plan.
15.4 Employment Not Guaranteed. Nothing contained in the Plan
nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as a contract of
employment or as giving any Participant any right to continued
employment with the Company.
15.5 Gender, Singular and Plural. All pronouns and variations
thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter,
as the identity of the person or persons may require. As the context
may require, the singular may be read as the plural and the plural as
the singular.
15.6 Captions. The captions of the articles and sections of the
Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the
meaning or construction of any of its provisions.
15.7 Validity. If any provision of the Plan is held invalid,
void or unenforceable, the same shall not affect, in any respect
whatsoever, the validity of any other provisions of the Plan.
15.8 Waiver of Breach. The waiver by the Company of any breach
of any provision of the Plan by the Participant shall not operate or be
construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by the Participant.
15.9 Applicable Law. The Plan shall be governed and construed
in accordance with the laws of Ohio except where the laws of Ohio are
preempted by ERISA.
- 17 -
<PAGE>
15.10 Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be
given to the Company under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing
and hand-delivered, or sent by first class mail to the principal office
of the Company, directed to the attention of the Administrator. Such
notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery, or, if delivery
is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark.
ARTICLE 16
Claims and Review Procedures
16.1 Claims Procedure. The Company shall notify a Participant
in writing, within ninety (90) days after his or her written application
for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits
under the Plan. If the Company determines that a Participant is not
eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth: (a)
the specific reasons for such denial; (b) a specific reference to the
provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based; (c) a description
of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to
perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed; and (d)
an explanation of the Plan's claims review procedure and other
appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Participant
wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Company determines that there
are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision,
the Company shall notify the Participant of the special circumstances
and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend
the time for up to an additional ninety-day period.
16.2 Review Procedure. If a Participant is determined by the
Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Participant believes
that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the
Participant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by
the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within
sixty (60) days after receipt of the notice issued by the Company. Said
petition shall state the specific reasons which the Participant believes
entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits.
Within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the
Company shall afford the Participant (and counsel, if any) an
opportunity to present his or her position to the Company orally or in
writing, and the Participant (or counsel) shall have the right to review
the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Participant of
its decision in writing within the sixty-day period, stating
specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner calculated
to be understood by the Participant and the specific provisions of the
Plan on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a
hearing, the sixty-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be
deferred for up to another sixty-day period at the election of the
Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Participant.
In the event of the death of the Participant, the same procedures shall
apply to the Participant's beneficiaries.
- 18 -
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
The purpose of the adjustment payment to be added to the distribution
made pursuant to Section 9.1(a) (the "Make Whole Amount") is to offset
the Participant's inability to defer until retirement or later the
payment of taxes on the amounts deferred and the earnings and interest
that would have otherwise accrued between the date of the Change in
Control and the date on which the Participant elected to commence
receipt of his Account (the "Commencement Date") under the Plan.
The Make Whole Amount shall be calculated as follows:
1. The Participant's Account balance under the Plan as of the date of
the Change in Control (the "EDP Amount") will be projected forward
to the Commencement Date at an assumed tax-deferred annual
earnings rate equal to the Moody's Seasoned Baa Corporate Bond
Yield Average for the last twelve full calendar months prior to the
Change in Control (the "Moody's Rate") (such projected amount shall
be known as the "Projected Balance"). The Projected Balance will
then be converted into annual installment benefit payments based
upon the Participant's elected form of retirement payments under
the Plan, assuming continued tax-deferred earnings on the
undistributed balance at the Moody's Rate (the "Projected Annual
Payouts"). The Projected Annual Payouts will then be reduced for
assumed income taxes at the highest applicable federal, state and
local marginal rates of taxation in effect in the Participant's
taxing jurisdiction(s) for the calendar year in which the Make
Whole Amount is paid (the "Tax Rate"). The after-tax Projected
Annual Payouts will be known as the "After-Tax Projected
Benefits".
2. The term "Made Whole Amount", as used herein, shall mean the EDP
Amount plus the Make Whole Amount. The Make Whole Amount is the
amount which, when added to the EDP Amount, will yield After-Tax
Annuity Benefits (as hereinafter defined) equal to the After-Tax
Projected Benefits, based on the following assumptions:
a. The Made Whole Amount will be taxed at the Tax Rate upon
receipt by the Participant.
b. The after-tax Made Whole Amount will be deemed to be invested
by the Participant in a tax-deferred annuity that is structured to
make payments beginning on the Commencement Date in the same
form as elected by the Participant under the Plan (the
"Annuity").
c. The Annuity will accrue interest at the Moody's Rate, less
80 basis points (i.e., 0.80%).
- 19 -
<PAGE>
d. Annual Annuity payments will be taxed at the Tax Rate (after
taking into account the annuity exclusion ratio), yielding
"After-Tax Annuity Benefits".
- 20 -
Exhibit (10)(r)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Parker-Hannifin Corporation Volume Incentive Plan
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
<PAGE>
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
VOLUME INCENTIVE PLAN
Participants: All Group Presidents, Trading Subsidiary Presidents and
Group Operating Vice Presidents
Terms: Participants will receive a bonus of 1 percent of base pay for each
1 percent increase in excess of a 7.5 percent increase, up to a
12.5 percent increase, in current fiscal year customer sales over
previous fiscal year customer sales for their respective operations.
Participants will receive a bonus of 2 percent of base pay for each
1 percent increase in customer sales above 12.5 percent.
Participants are limited to an overall maximum bonus under the Plan
of 15 percent of base pay. Acquisitions may only account for up to
5 percent of the increase in customer sales. Also, sales growth
above 12.5 percent will result in additional payments under the Plan
only if the operating group is exceeding corporate goals with respect
to its return on sales and its assets/sales ratio.
Exhibit (10)(s)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Parker-Hannifin Corporation Non-Employee Directors' Stock
Plan, as amended as of August 17, 1995
and August 15, 1996
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
<PAGE>
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS'
STOCK PLAN
ARTICLE A -- Purpose.
The purpose of the Parker Hannifin Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan
(hereinafter referred to as the "Plan") is to strengthen the alignment of
interests between non-employee directors (hereinafter referred to as
"Participants") and the shareholders of Parker Hannifin Corporation
(hereinafter referred to as the "Company") through the increased ownership of
shares of the Company's Common Stock. This will be accomplished by allowing
Participants to elect voluntarily to convert a portion of their fees for
services as a director into Common Stock.
ARTICLE B -- Administration.
1. The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation and Management
Development Committee (hereinafter referred to as the "Committee") of the
Board of Directors of the Company (hereinafter referred to as the "Board"),
or such other committee as may be designated by the Board. The Committee
shall consist of not less than four (4) members of the Board who are not
full-time employees of the Company, appointed by the Board from time to time
and to serve at the discretion of the Board.
2. It shall be the duty of the Committee to administer this Plan in
accordance with its provisions and to make such recommendations of amendments
or otherwise as it deem necessary or appropriate. A decision by a majority
of the Committee shall govern all actions of the Committee.
3. Subject to the express provisions of this Plan, the Committee
shall have authority to allow Participants the right to elect to receive fees
for services as a director partly in cash and partly in whole shares of the
Common Stock of the Company, subject to such conditions or restrictions, if
any, as the Committee may determine. The Committee also has the authority to
make all other determinations it deems necessary or advisable for
administering this Plan.
4. The Committee may establish from time to time such regulations,
provisions, and procedures within the terms of this Plan as, in its opinion,
may be advisable in the administration of this Plan.
5. The Committee may designate the Secretary of the Company or other
employees of the Company to assist the Committee in the administration of
this Plan and may grant authority to such persons to execute documents on
behalf of the Committee.
ARTICLE C -- Participation
Participation in the Plan shall be limited to Directors who are
not full-time employees of the Company.
ARTICLE D -- Limitation on Number of Shares for the Plan.
1. The total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company that
may be awarded each year shall not exceed 7,500 shares. The total number of
shares of Common Stock of the Company that may be awarded under the plan is
50,000.
- 1 -
<PAGE>
2. Shares transferred or reserved for purposes of the Plan will be
subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of future stock splits, stock
dividends or other changes in capitalization; following any such change, the
term "Common Stock" or "shares of Common Stock" of the Company, as used in
the Plan, shall be deemed to refer to such class of shares or other
securities as may be applicable.
ARTICLE E -- Shares Subject to Use Under the Plan.
Shares of Common Stock to be awarded under the terms of this Plan shall
be either treasury shares or authorized but unissued shares.
ARTICLE F -- Transfer of Shares.
1. The Committee may transfer Common Stock of the Company under the
Plan subject to such conditions or restrictions, if any, as the Committee may
determine. The conditions and restrictions may vary from time to time and
may be set forth in agreements between the Company and the Participant or in
the awards of stock to them, all as the Committee determines.
2. The shares awarded shall be valued at the average of the high and
low quotations for Common Stock of the Company on the New York Stock Exchange
on the day of the transfer to a Participant. All shares awarded shall be
full shares, rounded up to the nearest whole share.
ARTICLE G -- Additional Provisions.
1. The Board may, at any time, repeal this Plan or may amend it from
time to time except that no such amendment may amend this paragraph, increase
the annual aggregate number of shares subject to this Plan, or alter the
persons eligible to participate in this Plan. The Participants and the
Company shall be bound by any such amendments as of their effective dates,
but if any outstanding awards are affected, notice thereof shall be given to
the holders of such awards and such amendments shall not be applicable to
such holder without his or her written consent. If this Plan is repealed in
its entirety, all theretofore awarded shares subject to conditions or
restrictions transferred pursuant to this Plan shall continue to be subject
to such conditions or restrictions.
2. Every recipient of shares pursuant to this Plan shall be bound by
the terms and provisions of this Plan and the transfer of shares agreement
referable thereto, and the acceptance of any transfer of shares pursuant to
this Plan shall constitute a binding agreement between the recipient and the
Company.
ARTICLE H --Duration of Plan.
This Plan shall become effective as of October 26, 1994 subject to
ratification before December 31, 1995 by the affirmative vote of the holders
of a majority of the Common Stock of the Company present, or represented, and
entitled to vote at a meeting duly held. Any shares awarded prior to
approval of the Plan by the shareholders must be restricted until such
approval is obtained and shall be subject to immediate forfeiture in the
event such approval is not obtained in which case the Participants would
receive the fees they would have received for their services as Directors
since October 26, 1994. This Plan will terminate on December 31, 2004 unless
a different termination date is fixed by the shareholders or by action of the
Board but no such termination shall affect the prior rights under this Plan
of the Company or of anyone to whom shares have been transferred prior to
such termination.
- 2 -
Exhibit (10)(t)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Parker-Hannifin Corporation Non-Employee Directors
Stock Option Plan
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
<PAGE>
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN
ADOPTED: AUGUST 15, 1996
1. Purpose. The purpose of the Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is to attract, retain
and compensate highly qualified individuals who are not current employees of
Parker-Hannifin Corporation (the "Company") as members of the Board of
Directors and to enable them to increase their ownership of shares of common
stock, $.50 par value, of the Company ("Common Stock"). The Plan will be
beneficial to the Company and its shareholders since it will allow these
directors to have a greater personal financial stake in the Company through
the ownership of Common Stock, in addition to underscoring their common
interest and identification with stockholders in increasing the value of
Common Stock.
2. Shares Subject to Plan. The total number of shares of
Common Stock with respect to which options may be granted under the Plan
shall not exceed 250,000 (as adjusted pursuant to Section 7 hereof). Shares
issued upon exercise of options granted under the Plan may be either
authorized and unissued shares, treasury shares, or any combination thereof.
In the event that any option granted under the Plan shall terminate, expire
or, with the consent of the optionee, be cancelled as to any shares of Common
Stock, without having been exercised in full, new options may be granted with
respect to such shares without again being charged against the maximum share
limitations set forth above in this Section 2.
3. Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the
Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board of Directors,
or any successor Committee (the "Committee"), which shall be appointed by the
Board of Directors of the Company and shall consist of such number of
directors, not less than two, as shall be determined by the Board of
Directors, who shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, and
each of whom shall be "non-employee directors" within the meaning of Rule
16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor provision at
the time in effect. Vacancies occurring in the membership of the Committee
shall be filled by appointment by the Board of Directors. If for any reason
the Committee is unable to perform its functions and duties under the Plan,
the Board of Directors may perform any such functions and duties.
The Committee, from time to time, may adopt rules and regulations
for carrying out the provisions and purposes of the Plan. The interpretation
and construction by the Committee of any provisions of, and the determination
of any questions arising under, the Plan, any such rule or regulation, or any
agreement evidencing options under the Plan, shall be final, binding and
conclusive on all persons interested in the Plan. The Secretary of the Company
shall be authorized to implement the Plan in accordance with its terms and to
take such actions of a ministerial nature as shall be necessary to effectuate
the intent and purposes hereof. The validity, construction and effect of the
Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in
accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio without regard to its conflicts
of law principles.
- 1 -
<PAGE>
4. Eligibility. All members of the Company's Board who are
not current or retired employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries at
the time of option award ("Non-Employee Directors") are eligible to
participate in the Plan.
5. Types of Options. All options granted under the Plan shall
be non-statutory options not intended to qualify under Section 422 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). Each option granted
under the Plan shall provide that such option will not be treated as an
"incentive stock option," as that term is defined in Section 422 of the Code.
The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the terms of the
options granted hereunder, including, without limitation, the time or times
when options shall be granted, the number of shares to be covered by each
option so granted, the time or times when such options shall become
exercisable, the transferability of such options and the expiration date of
such options.
6. Terms and Conditions of Options. All options approved by
the Committee under the Plan shall be evidenced by stock option agreements in
writing (hereinafter referenced to as "Option Agreements"), in such form as
the Committee may from time to time approve, executed on behalf of the
Company by the Chairman of the Board or President of the Company. Each
Option Agreement shall be subject to the Plan, and, in addition to such other
terms and conditions as the Committee may deem desirable, shall provide in
substance as follows:
(a) Purchase Price. The purchase price per share of Common
Stock for which each option is exercisable shall be equal to 100% of
the fair market value of a share of Common Stock ("Fair Market Value")
as of the date such option is granted. Such Fair Market Value shall be
the last sale price of Common Stock on the date next preceding such
date as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape or, in
the event that no sale shall have taken place on the New York Stock
Exchange on such next preceding day, the last sale price of Common
Stock on the next preceding day on which there was a sale as reported
on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape, or if the Common Stock
is no longer traded on the New York Stock Exchange, the fair market
value on such date as determined by the Committee in accordance with
applicable law and regulations. The option price shall be subject to
adjustment as provided in Section 7 hereof.
(b) Manner of Exercise. Each Option Agreement shall provide
that any option therein granted shall be exercisable only by giving in
each case written notice of exercise, accompanied by full payment of
the purchase price either (i) in cash (including check, bank draft or
money order, or wire or other transfer of funds, or advice of credit to
the Company); (ii) in shares of Common Stock with a Fair Market Value
equal to the purchase price of a combination of cash and shares of
Common Stock which in the aggregate are equal in value to such purchase
price; or (iii) from the proceeds of a sale through a broker on the
date of exercise of some or all of the shares of Common Stock to which
the exercise relates.
7. Adjustment upon Changes in Stock. The Committee shall make
or provide for such adjustments in the option price and in the number or kind
of shares or other securities covered by outstanding options as the Committee
in its sole discretion, exercised in good faith, shall determine is equitably
- 2 -
<PAGE>
required to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights of optionees that would
otherwise result from (a) any stock dividend, stock split, combination of
shares, issuance of rights or warrants to purchase stock, recapitalization or
other changes in the capital structure of the Company, (b) any merger,
consolidation, reorganization or partial or complete liquidation, or (c) any
other corporate transaction or event having an effect similar to any of the
foregoing. The Committee also shall make or provide for such adjustments in
the number or kind of shares of the Company's Common Stock or other
securities which may be acquired pursuant to options granted under this Plan
and the number of such securities to be awarded to each optionee as the
Committee in its sole discretion, exercised in good faith, shall determine is
appropriate to reflect any transaction or event described in the preceding
sentence. The determination of the Committee as to what adjustments shall be
made, and the extent thereof, shall be final, binding and conclusive.
8. Fractional Shares. No fractional shares shall be issued
pursuant to options granted hereunder, the any fractional share resulting
from an adjustment pursuant to Section 7 hereof shall be eliminated.
9. Government Regulations. The Plan, the grant and exercise
of options hereunder, and the Company's obligation to sell and deliver shares
of Common Stock pursuant to any such exercise, shall be subject to all
applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations and to such
approvals by any regulatory or government agency as shall be required. The
Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or
certificates for shares of its Common Stock prior to (a) the admission of
such shares to listing on any stock exchange or national market system on
which the stock shall then be listed or quoted and (b) the completion of any
registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal
law or rulings or regulations of any government body, which the Company shall,
in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable.
10. Term of the Plan. The period during which option grants
shall be made under the Plan shall terminate within 10 years from the
effective date. Termination of the Plan, however, shall not affect
outstanding options which have been granted prior to such termination, and
all unexpired options shall continue in full force and operation after
termination of the Plan, except as they shall lapse or terminate by their own
terms and conditions, and the terms of the Plan shall continue to apply to
such options.
11. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan. The
Committee at any time and from time to time may suspend or terminate the Plan
or revise or amend the Plan in any respect whatsoever. No action may,
without the consent of a participant, reduce the participant's rights under
any previously granted and outstanding option.
12. No Right to Continue as Director. Neither the Plan, nor
the granting of an option nor any other action taken pursuant to the Plan,
shall constitute or be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or
implied, that a director has a right to continue as a director for any period
of time, or at any particular rate of compensation.
- 3 -
Exhibit (10)(u)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Parker-Hannifin Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan
for Directors, as amended as of August 15, 1996
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
<PAGE>
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR DIRECTORS OF PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
Parker-Hannifin Corporation has established the Deferred Compensation
Plan for Directors of Parker-Hannifin Corporation to provide Directors with
the opportunity to defer payment of their directors' fees in accordance with
the provisions of this Plan.
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
For the purposes hereof, the following words and phrases shall have
the meaning indicated.
1. "Account" shall mean the aggregate of a Participant's Deferral
Account and his or her Parker Stock Account, if any.
2. "Beneficiary" shall mean the person designated by a Participant in
accordance with the Plan to receive payment of the remaining balance of a
Participant's Account in the event of the death of the Participant prior to
receipt of the entire amount credited to the Participant's Account.
3. "Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence of one of the
following events:
(i) any "person" (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and as used in Sections
13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a "beneficial owner"
(as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
securities of the Corporation representing 20% or more of the combined voting
power of the Corporation's then outstanding securities eligible to vote for
the election of the Board of Directors of the Corporation the "Board") (the
"Corporation Voting Securities"); provided, however, that the event described
in this paragraph shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of
any of the following situations: (A) an acquisition by the Corporation or any
corporation or entity in which the Corporation has a direct or indirect
ownership interest of 50% or more of the total combined voting power of the
then outstanding securities of such corporation or other entity (a
"Subsidiary"); (B) an acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or
maintained by the Corporation or any Subsidiary; (C) an acquisition by any
underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such
securities; (D) a Non-Control Transaction (as defined in paragraph (iii)); (E)
as pertains to a Participant, any acquisition by the Participant or any group
of persons (within
- 1 -
<PAGE>
the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) including
the Participant (or any entity in which the Participant or a group of persons
including the Participant, directly or indirectly, holds a majority of the
voting power of such entity's outstanding voting interests); or (F) the
acquisition of Corporation Voting Securities from the Corporation, if a
majority of the Board approves a resolution providing expressly that the
acquisition pursuant to this clause (F) does not constitute a Change in
Control under this paragraph (i);
(ii) individuals who, at the beginning of any period of twenty-four
(24) consecutive months, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease
for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof; provided, that (A)
any person becoming a director subsequent to the beginning of such twenty-four
(24) month period, whose election, or nomination for election, by the
Corporation's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of
the directors comprising the Incumbent Board who are then on the Board (either
by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Corporation in
which such person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to
such nomination) shall be, for purposes of this paragraph (ii), considered as
though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board; provided, however,
that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the
Corporation as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with
respect to directors or any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies
or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed
to be a member of the Incumbent Board;
(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, share exchange or
similar form of corporate reorganization of the Corporation or any Subsidiary
that requires the approval of the Corporation's stockholders, whether for such
transaction or the issuance of securities in connection with the transaction
or otherwise (a "Business Combination"), unless (A) immediately following such
Business Combination: (1) more than 50% of the total voting power of the
corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the "Surviving
Corporation") or, if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation which
directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting
securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the
"Parent Corporation"), is represented by Corporation Voting Securities that
were outstanding immediately prior to the Business Combination (or, if
applicable, shares into which such Corporation Voting Securities were
converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among
the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting
power of such Corporation Voting Securities among the holders thereof
immediately prior to the Business Combination, (2) no person (other than any
employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or
the Parent Corporation) is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or
indirectly, of 20% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting
securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there
is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation), and (3) at least a
majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation
(or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation), following
the Business Combination, were
- 2 -
<PAGE>
members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the Board's approval of the
execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination (a
"Non-Control Transaction") or (B) the Business Combination is effected by
means of the acquisition of Corporation Voting Securities from the
Corporation, and a majority of the Board approves a resolution providing
expressly that such Business Combination does not constitute a Change in
Control under this paragraph (iii); or
(iv) the stockholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete
liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or the sale or other disposition
of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its
Subsidiaries.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed
to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than
20% of the Corporation Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of
Corporation Voting Securities by the Corporation which, by reducing the number
of Corporation Voting Securities outstanding, increases the percentage of
shares beneficially owned by such person; provided, that if a Change in
Control would occur as a result of such an acquisition by the Corporation (if
not for the operation of this sentence), and after the Corporation's
acquisition such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Corporation
Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Corporation
Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control shall
then occur.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the
Participant's employment is terminated prior to a Change in Control, and the
Participant reasonably demonstrates that such termination was at the request
of a third party who has indicated an intention or taken steps reasonably
calculated to effect a Change in Control (a "Third Party"), then for all
purposes of this Plan, the date immediately prior to the date of such
termination of employment shall be deemed to be the date of a Change in
Control for such Participant.
4. "Corporation" shall mean Parker-Hannifin Corporation, an Ohio
corporation, its corporate successors, and the surviving corporation resulting
from any merger of Parker-Hannifin Corporation with any other corporation or
corporations.
5. "Deferral Account" shall mean the bookkeeping account to which is
credited Fees deferred by a Director and any earnings or losses credited
thereto in accordance with the Plan.
6. "Director" shall mean any member of the Board of Directors of the
Corporation who is not an officer or common-law employee of the Corporation.
7. "Fees" shall mean the retainer and cash meeting fees earned by the
Director for his or her services as such.
- 3 -
<PAGE>
8. "Participant" shall mean any Director who has at any time elected
to defer the receipt of Fees in accordance with the Plan or with respect to
whom there has been established a Parker Stock Account under Article III.
9. "Parker Stock Account" shall mean the bookkeeping account to which
is credited notional stock with respect to certain Participants under Article
III, and any earnings and losses credited thereto in accordance with the Plan.
10. "Plan" shall mean the deferred compensation plan as set forth
herein, together with all amendments hereto, which Plan shall be called the
Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Parker-Hannifin Corporation.
11. "Year" shall mean a calendar year.
ARTICLE II
ELECTION TO DEFER
1. Eligibility. Any Director may elect to defer receipt of all or a
specified part of his or her Fees for any Year in accordance with Section 2 of
this Article. A Director's entitlement to defer shall cease with respect to
the Year following the Year in which he or she ceases to be a Director.
2. Election to Defer. A Director who desires to defer the payment of
all or a portion of his or her Fees earned in any Year must complete and
deliver an Election Agreement, as prescribed by the Corporation, to the
Secretary of the Corporation prior to January 1 of such Year; provided,
however, that any Director newly elected to the Board of Directors of the
Corporation may make an election to defer payment of Fees earned from the date
of such election through December 31 of that Year if the new Director delivers
an executed Election Agreement to the Secretary of the Corporation within 30
days of his or her election to the Board of Directors. A Director who timely
delivers the Election Agreement to the Secretary of the Corporation shall be a
Participant. A Director shall be required to execute an Election Agreement
with respect to each Year for which he or she defers Fees, which Election
Agreement shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation prior to
January 1 of such Year. The value of a Participant's Deferral Account shall
be fully vested at all times.
3. Amount Deferred; Period of Deferral. A Participant shall
designate on the Election Agreement the percentage of his or her Fees that are
to be deferred. That percentage of Fees shall be deferred until the date
specified by the Participant in his or her Election Agreement, at which time
payment of the amount deferred shall be made in accordance with Section 5 or 6
of this Article; provided, however, that except as set forth in Section 8 of
this Article, no payment shall be made while a Participant is still serving as
a Director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation reserves the right
to
- 4 -
<PAGE>
commence payment of the amount deferred in the calendar quarter following
the date the Participant ceases to be a Director, whether by death, retirement
or otherwise.
4. Deferral Account; Interest.
(a) The percentage of Fees which a Participant elects to
defer shall be credited to a bookkeeping Deferral Account under
the Plan as of the date the Fees otherwise would have been paid to
the Participant. A Participant's Deferral Account shall be
credited with gains or losses each calendar quarter based on the
applicable Crediting Rate as described below.
(b) The Crediting Rate shall mean any notional gains or
losses equal to those that would have been generated if part or
all of the Deferral Account balance had been invested in one or
more of the investment portfolios designated as available by the
Corporation, and/or as if part or all of the Deferral Account
balance were credited with interest at the prime rate, as elected
by the Participant, less any separate account fees and less any
applicable administrative charges determined annually by the
Administrator.
(c) The allocation of the Deferral Account shall be
determined by the Participant among one or more of the available
options pursuant to rules determined by the Corporation. The
gains or losses shall be credited based upon the daily unit values
from the portfolio(s) selected by the Participant and/or the
average prime rate as in effect for the preceding month, as
applicable. Gains and losses will be compounded daily and will be
credited to Participants' Deferral Accounts as of the first day of
the calendar quarter following the quarter to which they relate.
Notwithstanding the method of calculating the Crediting Rate, the
Company shall be under no obligation to purchase any investments
designated by a Participant.
5. Payment of Deferral Account. The amount of a Participant's
Deferral Account shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum or in a number
of approximately equal quarterly installments (not to exceed 20), as
designated by the Participant on the Election Agreement. The amount of the
Deferral Account remaining unpaid shall continue to bear interest, as provided
in Section 4 of this Article. The lump sum payment or the first quarterly
installment, as the case may be, shall be made as of the first day of the
calendar quarter following the end of the period of deferral as specified in
Section 3 of this Article. The election as to the time for and method of
payment of the amount of the Deferral Account relating to Fees deferred for a
particular Year shall be made on the Election Agreement(s) and may not
thereafter be altered.
- 5 -
<PAGE>
6. Death of Participant. In the event of the death of a Participant,
the amount of the Participant's Deferral Account shall be paid to the
Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designated in a writing in such form as shall be
prescribed by the Corporation for such purpose, in accordance with the
Participant's Election Agreement and Section 5 of this Article. A
Participant's Beneficiary designation may be changed at any time prior to his
or her death by execution and delivery of a new Beneficiary designation form.
The form on file with the Corporation at the time of the Participant's death
which bears the latest date shall govern. In the absence of a Beneficiary
designation or the failure of any Beneficiary to survive the Participant, the
amount of the Participant's Deferral Account shall be paid to the
Participant's estate in a lump sum within ninety days after the appointment of
an executor or administrator. In the event of the death of a Beneficiary or
all of the Beneficiaries after the death of a Participant, but before all
amounts credited to the Participant's Deferral Account have been paid to such
Beneficiary or Beneficiaries according to the Participant's designation, the
remaining applicable amount of the Deferral Account shall be paid in a lump
sum to the estate of the deceased Beneficiary or estates of the deceased
Beneficiaries within ninety days after the appointment of an executor or
administrator.
7. Small Payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the quarterly
installment payments elected by a Participant would result in a quarterly
payment of less than $1,000, the entire amount of the Account shall be paid in
a lump sum in accordance with Section 5 of this Article.
8. Acceleration. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) within 15 days
following a Change in Control, the value of a Participant's Deferral Account
as of the date of the Change in Control shall be paid to the Participant in a
lump sum; and (ii) the Board of Directors of the Corporation may, in its sole
discretion, accelerate payment of the amount of the Deferral Account of a
Participant in the event of financial hardship of the Participant due to
causes not within the control of the Participant.
9. Noncompetition. During the time any Participant is a Director of
the Corporation, he or she shall not, directly or indirectly, as officer,
director, shareholder (other than an interest of less than 1% of the stock of
any publicly held company), partner, employee or in any other capacity, engage
in competition with the Corporation in the manufacture, sale or distribution
of products or parts thereof. In the event of a breach of this provision, a
Participant shall forfeit all right and interest in the amounts credited to
his or her Deferral Account, and shall not be entitled to any distribution of
any deferred Fees.
- 6 -
<PAGE>
ARTICLE III
PARKER STOCK ACCOUNTS
1. Establishment of Parker Stock Account. There may be credits under
the Plan to a bookkeeping Parker Stock Account of amounts other than Fees to
which a Director may become entitled from the Corporation at the election of
the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Such amounts shall be credited to
the Parker Stock Account on the date of entitlement in the form of a number of
bookkeeping shares (calculated to the second decimal point) calculated at the
"Stock Value" as determined as follows. The "Stock Value" on a particular
date shall mean the closing sale price of a share of common stock of the
Corporation on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") on such date as reported
in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to
securities listed as admitted to trading on the NYSE. A Participant's Parker
Stock Account shall be fully vested at all times.
2. Earnings on Parker Stock Account. A Participant's Parker Stock
Account shall be credited with gains or losses based on the "Stock Rate,"
determined as follows. The "Stock Rate" shall mean any notional gains or
losses equal to those generated as if the Parker Stock Account balance had
been invested in the common stock of the Corporation, including reinvestment
of dividends on the dividend payment date at the Stock Value.
3. Payment of Parker Stock Account. A Participant shall be entitled
to receive payment of his or her Parker Stock Account in 20 quarterly
installments beginning as of the first day of the calendar quarter following
the time the Participant ceases to be a Director. The amount of each
quarterly payment shall be determined by dividing the value of the Parker
Stock Account as of the date as of which payment is to be made by the number
of remaining installments to be made. The balance in the Parker Stock Account
shall continue to be credited with gains and losses at the Stock Rate
described in Section 2 above. In lieu of quarterly payments, the Participant
may elect to receive a single lump sum payment of the value of his or her
Parker Stock Account as of the date he or she ceases to be a Director;
provided, that if the election to receive a lump sum payment is received less
than 13 months prior to the cessation of services, the value of the Parker
Stock Account shall be reduced by 10%.
4. Death of a Participant. In the event of the death of a
Participant before his or her entire Parker Stock Account has been paid to him
or her, his or her designated Beneficiary, determined in accordance with the
rules set forth in paragraph 6 of Article 2, shall be entitled to receive a
lump sum payment equal to the value of the Parker Stock Account as of the date
of death.
5. Acceleration. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) within 15
business days following a Change in Control, the value of a Participant's
Parker Stock Account as of the date of the Change in Control shall be paid to
the Participant in a lump sum; and (ii) the
- 7 -
<PAGE>
Board may, in its sole discretion, accelerate payment of the amount of the
Parker Stock Account of a Participant in the event of financial hardship of
the Participant due to causes not within the control of the Participant.
6. Noncompetition. During the time any Participant is a Director of
the Corporation, he or she shall not, directly or indirectly, as officer,
director, shareholder (other than an interest of less than 1% of the stock of
any publicly held company), partner, employee or in any other capacity, engage
in competition with the Corporation in the manufacture, sale or distribution
of products or parts of a type manufactured, sold or distributed by the
Corporation. In the event of a breach of this provision, a Participant shall
forfeit all right and interest in the amounts credited to his or her
Parker Stock Account.
ARTICLE IV
ADMINISTRATION
The Corporation shall be responsible for the general administration of the
Plan and for carrying out the provisions hereof. The Corporation shall have
all such powers as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan,
including the power to determine all questions relating to eligibility for and
the amount in the Account and all questions pertaining to claims for benefits
and procedures for claim review; to resolve all other questions arising under
the Plan, including any questions of construction; and to take such further
action as the Corporation shall deem advisable in the administration of the
Plan. The actions taken and the decisions made by the Corporation hereunder
shall be final and binding upon all interested parties. The Corporation shall
provide a procedure for handling claims of Participants or their Beneficiaries
under this Plan. Such procedure shall provide adequate written notice within
a reasonable period of time with respect to the denial of any such claim as
well as a reasonable opportunity upon a Participant's request for a full and
fair review by the Corporation of any such denial.
ARTICLE V
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
The Corporation reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan at any time
by action of its Board of Directors; provided, however, that no such action
shall adversely affect any Participant who has an Account or any Beneficiary.
- 8 -
<PAGE>
ARTICLE VI
PRIOR PLANS OR AGREEMENTS
The Plan supersedes all prior deferred compensation plans for Directors and
all prior deferred compensation arrangements with any individual Director,
except as to the obligation to make payment of the amount of the accounts of
participants in the prior plans or under the prior arrangements in accordance
with their respective terms. Fees earned after termination of the prior plan
or arrangement will not be eligible for deferral under such plan or
arrangement and deferral elections under the prior plan or arrangement will be
of no force or effect with respect to Fees earned after termination.
ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS
1. Nonalienation of Deferred Compensation. No Participant or Beneficiary
shall encumber or dispose of the right to receive any payments hereunder.
2. Interest of Directors. The obligation of the Corporation under the Plan
to make payment of amounts reflected on an Account merely constitutes the
unsecured promise of the Corporation to make payments from its general assets
as provided herein, and no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any interest
in, or a lien or prior claim upon, any property of the Corporation.
3. Claims of Other Persons. The provisions of the Plan shall in no event
be construed as giving any person, firm or corporation any legal or equitable
right as against the Corporation, or the officers, employees, or directors of
the Corporation, except any such rights as are specifically provided for in
the Plan or are hereafter created in accordance with the terms and provisions
of the Plan.
4. Severability. The invalidity and unenforceability of any particular
provision of the Plan shall not affect any other provision hereof, and the
Plan shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable
provision were omitted herefrom.
5. Gender, Singular and Plural. All pronouns and variations thereof shall
be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the identity of
the person or persons may require. As the context may require, the singular
may be read as the plural and the plural as the singular.
6. Governing Law. The provisions of the Plan shall be governed and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio.
- 9 -
Exhibit (11)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Computation of Common Shares Outstanding
and Earnings per Share
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT (11)* TO REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION
COMPUTATION OF COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING
AND EARNINGS PER SHARE
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
1996 1995 1994
Net income applicable to common shares $ 239,667 $ 218,238 $ 47,652
========= ========= ========
Weighted average common shares outstanding
for the year 74,173,811 73,717,476 73,107,704
Increase in weighted average from:
Dilutive effect of stock options 618,667 381,600 407,217
__________ __________ __________
Weighted average common shares, assuming
issuance of the above securities 74,792,478 74,099,076 73,514,921
========== ========== ==========
Earnings per common share:
On the weighted average common shares
outstanding for the year $ 3.23 $ 2.96 $ .65
Assuming issuance of shares for
convertible debentures and
dilutive stock options* $ 3.20 $ 2.95 $ .65
* This Exhibit is numbered and submitted in accordance with Regulation S-K
Item 601(b)(11) although not required for income statement presentation
because it results in dilution less than three percent.
Exhibit (13)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Excerpts from Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1996.
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DISCUSSION OF STATEMENT OF INCOME
THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME summarizes Parker's operating
performance over the last three years.
NET SALES of $3.59 billion for fiscal 1996 were 11.6 percent higher than
$3.21 billion in 1995. Acquisitions contributed nearly 60 percent of this
increase. North American Industrial operations experienced strong growth in
the semiconductor and telecommunications markets, but this was partially
offset by a slow-down in the heavy-duty truck market. International
Industrial operations experienced a soft economy in Europe during 1996
following stronger performance in 1995. Latin America struggled with a weak
economy, but Asia Pacific continued to demonstrate strong growth during
1996. Aerospace operations experienced strong growth during 1996 as gains
were made in both original equipment and maintenance, repair and overhaul
markets.
Acquisitions contributed nearly one-fourth of the 1995 increase of 24.8
percent over 1994. During 1995 the North American Industrial operations
experienced strong demand in the heavy-duty truck, industrial machinery,
construction and farm equipment, semi-conductor, mobile, and
telecommunications markets. International Industrial operations experienced
significant growth, as much of Europe and Latin America recovered from
recessions. Aerospace markets were flat in 1995 compared to 1994, as lower
spending for military aircraft and a slumping commercial airline industry
continued.
The Company is anticipating double-digit growth for the next year.
Industrial markets are expected to stay relatively flat, but acquisitions
will contribute to the Company's growth. Aerospace markets are expected to
continue to show strong growth. With the additional aerospace product
lines from the Abex NWL acquisition, and a presence on virtually every
significant current commercial and military aircraft program, the Company
is very optimistic about the future of its Aerospace business.
NET INCOME of $239.7 million for 1996 was 9.8 percent higher than 1995.
Net income of $218.2 million for 1995 was 358.0 percent higher than income
of $47.7 million in 1994. Income for 1994 was reduced by $56.5 million,
primarily for the reduction in book value of certain long-term assets,
downsizing and relocation activities.
EXTRAORDINARY ITEM - extinguishment of debt of $4.5 million in 1994 was
due to redemption premiums and deferred issuance costs related to the early-
retirement of $100.0 million of 9.45 percent debentures and $3.5 million of
Australian long-term bearer bonds. See Note 7 for further description.
Page 13-1
<PAGE>
INCOME BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM as a percentage of sales was 6.7 percent
in 1996, down slightly from 6.8 percent in 1995, but up from 2.0 percent in
1994. A summary of the changes follows:
...% to Sales Change...
(Decrease) Increase in Income 1996-95 1995-94
Gross profit (.7) 3.5
Selling, general & admin. expenses .1 (.3)
Provision for business restructuring activities .7
Impairment of long-term operating assets 1.4
Interest expense .5
Loss on disposal of assets .1 .7
Other .2
Income taxes .2 (1.7)
Income before extraordinary item (.1) 4.8
GROSS PROFIT MARGIN was 23.1 percent in 1996 compared to 23.8 percent in
1995 and 20.3 percent in 1994. Acquisitions contributed to the margin
decline in 1996 as the newly acquired operations contributed lower margins
and the Company incurred one-time integration costs. In addition, as the mix
of products and volume levels changed, certain business units within the
Industrial operations adjusted inventory levels and production schedules to
meet new levels of demand. Despite lower margins contributed by an
acquisition, Aerospace operations improved margins in 1996 due to a better
product mix, and higher volume which allowed better absorption of fixed
costs.
Higher production levels in 1995 in the Industrial operations provided
increased margins and better absorption of fixed costs in that year. Despite
level sales volume, the Aerospace operations improved margins during 1995 by
taking advantage of efficiencies resulting from previous reorganizations.
The benefits of prior years' restructuring activities are being realized in
the margin returns of all operations and are expected to continue to benefit
future years as well.
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES as a percent of sales
decreased to 11.9 percent, from 12.0 percent in 1995, but increased from the
11.7 percent in 1994. As volume increased in 1996 these expenses remained
relatively even, except for additional expense from acquisitions. Also,
selling expenses increased in 1996 as new sales offices were opened and
marketing efforts were increased within International markets.
Acquisitions contributed to the increase in 1995 with an average selling,
general and administrative expense rate of 17.1 percent of sales. In
addition, the Company incurred higher sales-promotion expenses and higher
incentive compensation based on increased sales and earnings.
PROVISION FOR BUSINESS RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITIES in 1994 was the result of
actions aimed at reducing costs and included downsizing, plant closings and
relocations, and write-offs of related capital assets. These actions reduced
overhead charges in 1996 and 1995, and should continue to benefit future
periods.
The Industrial Segment incurred restructuring charges of $12.3 million in
1994. The North American Industrial operations incurred restructuring
charges of $5.4 million, which primarily involved the relocation or
consolidation of higher-cost and under-utilized facilities. Severance
charges of $1.2 million were recorded for the reduction of 51 employees in
1994 and the reduction of an additional 107 employees in 1995 and 1996. Due
to a management decision to sell a facility rather than relocate it, 44 of
the employees were not terminated and a portion of the previous provision
was reversed to income in 1995. International's restructuring charges of
Page 13-2
<PAGE>
$6.9 million in 1994 were primarily for severance costs for 159 employees
(106 employees in 1994 and the remainder in 1995) and the consolidation of
under-utilized facilities. These activities have been completed and only
minor reserves remain for settlement of severance issues.
The Aerospace operations incurred restructuring costs of $6.5 million in
1994. These charges included a workforce reduction of 597 employees (296 in
1994, 159 in 1995 and 24 in 1996) and relocation costs for three facilities
which resulted in lower costs and enhanced capacity utilization. Due to a
change in the outlook for several product lines, 118 of the employees to be
terminated were maintained and a minor adjustment was recorded to income in
1995.
By June 30, 1996, the majority of the Company's restructuring activities
were completed and reserves were utilized with only minor adjustments to
income for the reversal of unnecessary reserves.
IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-TERM OPERATING ASSETS of $35.5 million in 1994
includes $28.9 million related to the write-down of goodwill and certain
permanently impaired assets of the continuing operations of the Aerospace
heat-transfer components product line. This product line was purchased
during a period of heavy defense spending in 1987 and the related goodwill
was being amortized over 40 years. However, with the completion of major
contracts and the decline of aerospace markets, future cash flows are now
estimated to be less than the carrying value of the related assets.
Accordingly, the assets were written down to their recoverable value. While
the effect of this charge had no cash impact, it reduced amortization and
depreciation expenses $1.6 million per year. The remaining impairment
charges related primarily to certain machinery and equipment used in
operations in unprofitable product lines in Brazil and Germany. Since future
cash flows of these product lines were anticipated to be less than the
carrying value of the related assets, the machinery and equipment for these
product lines were written down to their estimated recoverable value. The
effect of these charges had no cash impact but reduced depreciation expense
$.7 million per year.
INTEREST EXPENSE increased by $5.7 million in 1996 after a reduction of
$6.9 million in 1995. The interest expense reflects the level of debt
outstanding. During 1996 additional debt was incurred to finance several
acquisitions.
INTEREST AND OTHER INCOME, NET increased to $8.5 million in 1996 from
$2.3 million in 1995 and $3.9 million in 1994. The increase in 1996 was
primarily due to additional interest income and income from several minor
Corporate investments.
LOSS ON DISPOSAL OF ASSETS was $2.0 million in 1996 as compared to $4.5
million in 1995 and $19.6 million in 1994. The decrease in 1996 is due to
fewer costs for facility relocations and a gain on the sale of a division.
In 1994, $14.7 million was related to the impairment of idle properties.
These properties became idle due to downsizing activities and the assets
were written-down to their estimated recoverable value based on current
markets. The 1994 loss on disposal of assets was also affected by a charge
of $1.3 million for the estimated net loss on the sale of the Metal Bellows
operations. Losses on the disposal of assets from plant consolidations are
included in the Provision for business restructuring activities in 1994.
INCOME TAXES decreased to an effective rate of 36.0 percent in 1996 as
compared to 37.4 percent in 1995 and 53.6 percent in 1994. The reduction in
the rate for 1996 was the result of foreign tax credit benefits and a
Page 13-3
<PAGE>
reduction in the effective state tax rate. The 1995 decrease was primarily
due to the unusually high effective rate in 1994 from receiving no federal
or state tax benefit for the charge taken to write down goodwill, and due to
the use of net operating loss carryforwards in the U.K. and Brazil. Profits
were higher-than-expected in these countries because of the International
industrial recovery in 1995.
DISCUSSION OF BALANCE SHEET
THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET shows the Company's financial position at
year end, compared with the previous year end. This statement provides
information to assist in assessing factors such as the Company's liquidity
and financial resources.
The current ratio at June 30, 1996 dropped slightly from the ratio at
June 30, 1995.
Working Capital (millions) 1996 1995
Current Assets $ 1,402 $ 1,246
Current Liabilities 767 653
Working Capital 635 593
Current Ratio 1.8 1.9
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE are primarily due from customers for sales of product
($490.9 million at June 30, 1996, compared to $426.3 million at June 30,
1995). The current year increase in accounts receivable, as a result of
acquisitions, was partially offset by decreases caused by currency rate
changes and the collection of an income tax receivable during the year.
Days sales outstanding for the Company increased slightly over 1995.
INVENTORIES were $707.2 million at June 30, 1996, compared to $625.9
million a year ago. This increase in inventories, primarily due to
acquisitions, was mostly within Work in process. Currency rate changes
partially offset the overall increase. Months supply of inventory on hand
at June 30, 1996 remained the same as the prior year.
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES included in current assets increased by $19.6
million primarily due to acquisitions.
PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, net of accumulated depreciation, increased $176.0
million in 1996 as a result of significant capital expenditures and
additions from acquisitions.
INVESTMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS increased $45.7 million in 1996 primarily
as a result of increased long-term pension assets, mostly from
acquisitions.
EXCESS COST OF INVESTMENTS OVER NET ASSETS ACQUIRED increased $210.8
million in 1996 as a result of acquisitions. The additional excess cost of
investments in 1996 is being amortized over 15 years.
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE, TRADE increased $9.4 million in 1996 due to current-
year acquisitions and increases within the Aerospace segment due to volume
increases. These increases were partially offset by decreases within the
Industrial North American operations.
ACCRUED PAYROLLS AND OTHER COMPENSATION increased $17.9 million in 1996
primarily as a result of acquisitions and incentive plans based on sales
and earnings.
Page 13-4
<PAGE>
OTHER ACCRUED LIABILITIES increased $7.7 million in 1996 as a result of
acquisitions. The increase from acquisitions was partially offset by
decreases in reserves for closing facilities and the current pension
accruals.
NOTES PAYABLE AND LONG-TERM DEBT increased a total of $279.1 million in
1996 primarily due to cash needed for acquisitions. See the Cash Flows From
Financing Activities section on page 13-6 for further discussion.
It is the Company's goal to maintain no less than an "A" rating on
senior debt to ensure availability and reasonable cost of external funds.
To meet this objective, the Company has established the financial goal of
maintaining a ratio of debt to debt-equity of 30 to 33 percent. The
calculation of the debt to debt-equity ratio at June 30, 1995 includes the
Company's previous loan guarantee to the trust established by the Company
for the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) as described more fully in
Note 7. This loan was paid as of June 30, 1996.
Debt to Debt-Equity Ratio (millions) 1996 1995
Debt $ 614 $ 335
Debt & Equity 1,998 1,526
Ratio 30.7% 21.9 %
Excluding the effect of the ESOP loan guarantee on both Long-term debt and
Shareholders' equity, the debt to debt-equity ratio at June 30, 1995 was
21.0 percent.
In fiscal 1997 no additional borrowings are anticipated to be used for
the stock repurchase program, capital investments, or working capital
purposes, but may be utilized for acquisitions.
PENSIONS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS increased $65.3 million to
$253.6 million in 1996, primarily due to acquisitions. These costs are
explained further in Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
OTHER LIABILITIES increased $9.1 million in 1996 primarily due to
acquisitions.
DISCUSSION OF CASH FLOWS
THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS reflects cash inflows and outflows
from the Company's operating, investing and financing activities.
Cash and cash equivalents remained the same in 1996 after decreasing
$17.8 million in 1995 and $78.4 million in 1994. The major components of
these changes in cash flows are as follows:
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES -- The Company's largest source of
cash continues to be net cash provided by operating activities. Net cash
provided by operating activities in 1996 was $338.0 million, a year-to-year
increase of $97.9 million, over $240.1 million in 1995. The most
significant contribution to operating cash in 1996, as in 1995, was Net
income, which increased $21.4 million in 1996. Accounts receivable provided
cash of $8.7 million in 1996 compared to using $53.1 million cash in 1995.
Inventories increased in 1996 as a result of increased volume, using cash
of $15.0 million. This was much less than the use of $85.8 million cash for
inventory increases in 1995. Accounts payable, trade used cash of $15.5
million in 1996 as compared to providing cash of $29.7 million in 1995. Net
income for 1995 provided $170.6 more cash than in 1994, but the charge for
the impairment of long-term assets in 1994 ($52.4 million) did not require
Page 13-5
<PAGE>
the use of cash. Increased volume caused Accounts receivable and
Inventories to increase, using $138.8 million cash in 1995 compared to
$34.1 million in 1994. Accounts payable in 1995 contributed cash of $29.7
million compared to $58.5 million in 1994.
Cash paid for income taxes was $135,380 in 1996, $123,590 in 1995 and
$71,375 in 1994.
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES -- The most significant use of cash
in 1996 was for Acquisitions. Cash used for Acquisitions was $365.6 million
in 1996; $126.7 million in 1995 and $39.4 million in 1994. Acquisition
amounts shown represent the net assets of the acquired companies at their
respective acquisition dates and consist of the following:
(In thousands) 1996 1995 1994
Assets acquired:
Accounts receivable $ 70,916 $ 31,160 $ 2,906
Inventories 77,582 30,528 6,278
Prepaid expenses 1,459 774 2,146
Deferred income taxes 18,942 149 256
Plant & equipment 124,222 57,613 10,299
Other assets 247,388 53,679 22,539
540,509 173,903 44,424
Liabilities assumed:
Notes payable 13,256 4,180
Accounts payable 26,880 11,680 1,260
Accrued payrolls 10,377 3,823 1,977
Accrued taxes 11,620 5,641 204
Other accrued liabilities 47,820 8,053 1,222
Long-term debt 8,235 10,772 375
Pensions and other postretirement
benefits 49,798 1,243
Other liabilities 6,900 1,798 (60)
174,886 47,190 4,978
Net assets acquired $ 365,623 $ 126,713 $ 39,446
Capital expenditures, another principal use of long-term funds, increased
to $201.7 million in 1996, demonstrating the Company's commitment to
efficient manufacturing technology. Financing for future capital
expenditures and acquisitions are expected to come primarily from
internally generated cash flows. Proceeds from dispositions of business
provided $13.7 million cash in 1994.
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES -- In 1996 the Company increased its
outstanding borrowings by a net total of $273.2 million compared to an
increase of $43.3 million in 1995 and a reduction of $172.3 million in
1994. Borrowings in both 1996 and 1995 were primarily to fund acquisitions.
During 1996 the Company registered $400,000 of debt securities for future
issuance. In May 1996, $100,000 of 15-year debentures were issued. In June
1996, an additional $95,000 of medium-term notes were issued. The remaining
increase in borrowings was primarily through the utilization of commercial
paper notes which have been classified as long-term because the intention
of management is to continue to utilize these notes beyond the next year.
In 1994 payments of long-term borrowings were primarily the early-
retirement of $100.0 million of debentures, the retirement of $35.1 million
in foreign bearer bonds and the elimination of certain foreign bank loans.
Proceeds from common share activity is primarily from the exercise of
stock options and common shares issued for an acquisition in 1995.
Dividends have been paid for 184 consecutive quarters, including a yearly
Page 13-6
<PAGE>
increase in dividends for the last 40 fiscal years. The current annual
dividend rate is $.72 per share.
Cash paid for interest, net of capitalized interest, was $35,554 in
1996, $29,573 in 1995 and $34,221 in 1994. Noncash financing activities
included the reduction in principal of the ESOP debt guarantee, which
amounted to $13,468 in 1996, $12,229 in 1995 and $11,067 in 1994.
In summary, based upon the Company's past performance and current
expectations, management believes that the cash flows generated from future
operating activities, combined with the Company's worldwide financial
capabilities, will provide adequate funds to support planned growth and
continued improvements in Parker's manufacturing facilities and equipment.
DISCUSSION OF BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
THE BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION presents sales, operating income and
assets by the principal industries and geographic areas in which Parker's
various businesses operate.
INDUSTRIAL SEGMENT
1996 1995 1994
Operating income as a percent of sales 12.4% 13.6% 9.2%
Return on average assets 18.3% 22.3 % 13.9%
Sales for the Industrial segment increased 10.1 percent in 1996 and 31.3
percent in 1995. Sales for the North American operations increased to a
record $2.0 billion in 1996, 7.4 percent over 1995, following 1995's
increase of 20.9 percent over 1994. One-half of the 1996 increase and one-
fifth of the 1995 increase were due to acquisitions. The 1996 growth was
primarily within the telecommunication and semi-conductor markets as new
products were introduced and the markets themselves expanded. This growth
was offset by reduced demand within the heavy-duty truck market which had
reached record-level volume in 1995. The increase in 1995 occurred within
the heavy-duty truck, industrial machinery, construction and farm
equipment, mobile, and telecommunications markets. Many indicators predict
slow growth in the North American markets within the year, however the
Company expects to again increase sales in 1997 through the benefit of
acquisitions and continuing success in gaining market share.
International Industrial sales increased to a record $989.4 million,
15.9 percent over 1995, after a 1995 increase of 61.1 percent over 1994.
Three-fourths of the 1996 increase and one-fourth of the 1995 increase were
attributable to acquisitions. Without the effects of acquisitions and
currency rate changes, sales for 1996 would have increased approximately
3.5 percent and sales for 1995 would have increased more than 30 percent
over the prior year. Sales growth in Europe moderated throughout 1996 after
a strong recovery and peak performance in 1995. Latin American operations
suffered through a weakened economy throughout 1996, but fourth quarter
results began to show signs of improvement. The Company continued to
experience significant growth in Asia Pacific in 1996, as in 1995. With
moderate growth in Europe and Latin America, increases from acquisitions,
and strong growth in the Asia Pacific markets, the Company anticipates an
improvement in the International Industrial operations in 1997.
Backlog for the Industrial Segment was $464.6 million at June 30, 1996,
compared to $441.2 million at the end of the prior period. This increase,
the result of acquisitions, was partially offset by decreases within both
the North American and International operations. Backlog was $328.9 million
at June 30, 1994.
Operating income for the segment increased less than 1 percent in 1996
Page 13-7
<PAGE>
following a 94.3 percent increase in 1995. North American operations
improved 5.7 percent. International operations however, decreased 15.7
percent from 1995. Recent acquisitions contributed lower margins primarily
within International, but also within North America, because of the
integration costs incurred without the benefit of synergies yet to be
realized. The changing product mix also had a negative effect on
manufacturing costs and overhead absorption in certain business units, as
inventory levels were re-aligned. Within International, softening markets
in Europe caused lower production levels and lower absorption of fixed
costs. The weakened economy in Latin America diluted current-year
earnings, while Asia Pacific business remained strong. The significant
increase in operating income in 1995 was the result of unusual charges in
1994 including restructuring charges of $5.4 million for North America and
$6.9 million for the International operations. Also, in 1994 the
International operations recognized the impairment of long-term assets
totaling $6.6 million pretax. This restructuring and downsizing allowed the
operations to take full advantage of the benefits gained from increased
volume in 1995. Better absorption of fixed costs through increased capacity
utilization helped offset the effects of raw material price increases
experienced in 1995.
Assets for the Industrial segment increased 15.2 percent in 1996 and
32.6 percent in 1995 primarily due to acquisitions. Within North America
accounts receivable and inventories also increased as a result of increased
volume in both years, while these assets, before the effect of
acquisitions, declined within International in 1996. In addition to
acquisition increases, Net plant and equipment increased due to capital
expenditures exceeding depreciation.
AEROSPACE SEGMENT
1996 1995 1994
Operating income as a percent of sales 13.7% 11.8% 3.2%
Return on average assets 18.9% 19.7% 4.4%
Sales increased 19.2 percent in 1996, one-half of which was due to the
Abex NWL acquisition. Sales for 1995 declined only slightly despite the
divestiture of the Metal Bellows business in April 1994. Aerospace markets
began to recover in 1996 after being relatively flat throughout 1995 and
1994. Gains were made in both original equipment and maintenance, repair
and overhaul markets, primarily for commercial aircraft, but also for
worldwide military sales. Improvement in the commercial maintenance,
repair, and overhaul market began in 1995, but was offset by reduced
defense orders in that year. The Aerospace segment revenues continue to be
split approximately 60 percent commercial and 40 percent military. Backlog
at June 30, 1996 was $866.3 million compared to $584.5 million in 1995,
reflecting the Abex NWL acquisition and the resurgence of the commercial
aircraft build schedule. Backlog was $523.6 million at the end of 1994.
Operating income increased 38.3 percent in 1996 after 1995 income was
more than triple the previous year. Key factors were increased volume, and
a very favorable product mix, with contributions from aftermarket sales,
initial spare-parts provisioning for new commercial aircraft and OEM
military sales. These factors built on gains in productivity resulting from
prior years' restructuring activities. Higher margins were achieved using
fewer facilities and employees. The 1994 results included recognition of
pretax impairment losses of $28.9 million and restructuring charges of $6.5
million.
Assets more than doubled in 1996, primarily due to the Abex NWL
acquisition. In addition, increased volume caused increases in customer
Page 13-8
<PAGE>
receivables and inventories in 1996. Assets in 1995 decreased 11.6 percent
primarily due to reductions in customer receivables, inventories and net
plant and equipment.
Page 13-9
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
For the years ended June 30, 1996 1995 1994
<S> <C> <C> <C>
NET SALES $ 3,586,448 $ 3,214,370 $ 2,576,337
Cost of sales 2,756,343 2,448,264 2,053,376
___________ ___________ ___________
Gross profit 830,105 766,106 522,961
Selling, general and administrative expenses 425,449 384,581 302,668
Provision for business restructuring activities 18,773
Impairment of long-term operating assets 35,483
___________ ___________ ___________
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS 404,656 381,525 166,037
Other income (deductions):
Interest expense (36,667) (30,922) (37,832)
Interest and other income, net 8,537 2,335 3,879
Loss on disposal of assets (2,047) (4,531) (19,635)
___________ ___________ ___________
(30,177) (33,118) (53,588)
___________ ___________ ___________
Income before income taxes 374,479 348,407 112,449
Income taxes (Note 3) 134,812 130,169 60,274
___________ ___________ ___________
Income before extraordinary item 239,667 218,238 52,175
Extraordinary item - extinguishment of debt (Note 7) (4,523)
___________ ___________ ___________
NET INCOME $ 239,667 $ 218,238 $ 47,652
=========== =========== ===========
EARNINGS PER SHARE: (Note 4)
Earnings per share before extraordinary item $ 3.23 $ 2.96 $ .71
Extraordinary item - extinguishment of debt (.06)
___________ ___________ ___________
Earnings per share $ 3.23 $ 2.96 $ .65
=========== =========== ===========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
</TABLE>
Page 13-10
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
QUARTERLY INFORMATION
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1996 (a) 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Total
Net sales $ 839,054 $ 824,376 $ 931,356 $ 991,662 $ 3,586,448
Gross profit 193,445 182,895 223,429 230,336 830,105
Net income 57,375 48,396 69,128 64,768 239,667
Earnings per share .77 .66 .93 .87 3.23
1995 (a) 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Total
Net sales $ 712,457 $ 738,231 $ 879,673 $ 884,009 $ 3,214,370
Gross profit 161,930 165,369 212,705 226,102 766,106
Net income 43,649 41,084 65,855 67,650 218,238
Earnings per share .59 .56 .89 .92 2.96
<FN>
(a) Quarterly Information is unaudited.
</FN>
</TABLE>
Page 13-11
<PAGE>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(Dollars in thousands)
June 30, 1996 1995
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents $ 63,953 $ 63,830
Accounts receivable, less allowance
for doubtful accounts
(1996 - $6,445; 1995 - $6,613) 538,645 484,962
Inventories (Notes 1 and 5):
Finished products 332,213 314,180
Work in process 269,934 201,386
Raw materials 105,078 110,340
___________ ___________
707,225 625,906
Prepaid expenses 16,031 14,994
Deferred income taxes (Notes 1 and 3) 76,270 56,690
___________ ___________
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS 1,402,124 1,246,382
Plant and equipment (Note 1):
Land and land improvements 101,290 87,521
Buildings and building equipment 494,374 426,150
Machinery and equipment 1,373,150 1,234,962
Construction in progress 79,479 64,034
___________ ___________
2,048,293 1,812,667
Less accumulated depreciation 1,056,516 996,896
___________ ___________
991,777 815,771
Investments and other assets (Note 1) 148,363 102,669
Excess cost of investments over
net assets acquired (Note 1) 320,152 109,308
Deferred income taxes (Notes 1 and 3) 24,708 28,079
___________ ___________
TOTAL ASSETS $ 2,887,124 $ 2,302,209
=========== ===========
(Table continued on page 13-13)
Page 13-12
<PAGE>
June 30, 1996 1995
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Notes payable, including long-term debt
payable within one year (Notes 6 and 7) $ 173,789 $ 97,372
Accounts payable, trade 236,871 227,482
Accrued payrolls and other compensation 128,136 110,186
Accrued domestic and foreign taxes 49,718 46,876
Other accrued liabilities 178,368 170,705
___________ ___________
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES 766,882 652,621
Long-term debt (Note 7) 439,797 237,157
Pensions and other postretirement
benefits (Notes 1 and 10) 253,616 188,292
Deferred income taxes (Notes 1 and 3) 24,683 23,512
Other liabilities 18,188 9,113
___________ ___________
TOTAL LIABILITIES 1,503,166 1,110,695
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 9)
Serial preferred stock, $.50 par value,
authorized 3,000,000 shares, none issued
Common stock, $.50 par value,
authorized 300,000,000 shares; issued
74,291,917 shares in 1996 and
74,002,402 shares in 1995 at par value 37,146 37,001
Additional capital 165,259 158,454
Retained earnings 1,160,828 974,486
Deferred compensation related to
guarantee of ESOP debt (Note 7) (13,468)
Foreign currency translation adjustments 20,725 35,041
___________ ___________
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 1,383,958 1,191,514
___________ ___________
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY $ 2,887,124 $ 2,302,209
=========== ===========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
Page 13-13
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in thousands)
For the years ended June 30, 1996 1995 1994
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income $ 239,667 $ 218,238 $ 47,652
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Net effect of extraordinary loss 4,523
Depreciation 126,544 110,527 106,546
Amortization 14,819 9,403 6,523
Deferred income taxes (3,691) (4,299) (34,000)
Foreign currency transaction loss 1,733 1,903 3,563
Loss on sale of plant and equipment 3,506 3,728 2,849
Impairment losses on long-term assets 52,422
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects
from acquisitions and dispositions:
Accounts receivable 8,723 (53,052) (45,387)
Inventories (15,046) (85,795) 11,247
Prepaid expenses (157) 617 1,887
Other assets (20,444) (13,716) (6,719)
Accounts payable, trade (15,503) 29,668 58,497
Accrued payrolls and other compensation 11,586 24,726 9,568
Accrued domestic and foreign taxes (3,589) (9,159) 22,630
Other accrued liabilities (31,800) (5,987) 9,923
Pensions and other postretirement benefits 19,404 12,396 8,971
Other liabilities 2,229 937 (1,491)
_________ _________ _________
Net cash provided by operating activities 337,981 240,135 259,204
(Table continued on page 13-15)
Page 13-14
<PAGE>
For the years ended June 30, 1996 1995 1994
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Acquisitions (excluding cash of $20,479 in 1996, $5,961
in 1995 and $2,661 in 1994) (365,623) (126,713) (39,446)
Capital expenditures (201,693) (151,963) (99,914)
Proceeds from sale of plant and equipment 9,387 13,045 5,774
Proceeds from disposition of business 13,689
Other (2,812) 1,409 (362)
_________ _________ _________
Net cash (used in) investing activities (560,741) (264,222) (120,259)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from common share activity 4,967 11,528 9,105
Proceeds from (payments of) notes payable, net 81,194 62,021 (18,888)
Proceeds from long-term borrowings 201,724 20,764 3,619
Payments of long-term borrowings (9,696) (39,438) (157,026)
Extraordinary loss on early retirement of debt (7,238)
Dividends paid, net of tax benefit of ESOP shares (53,325) (49,961) (47,445)
_________ _________ _________
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 224,864 4,914 (217,873)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash (1,981) 1,413 533
_________ _________ _________
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 123 (17,760) (78,395)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 63,830 81,590 159,985
_________ _________ _________
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year $ 63,953 $ 63,830 $ 81,590
========= ========= =========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
</TABLE>
Page 13-15
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION - BY INDUSTRY
(Dollars in thousands)
1996 1995(a) 1994(a)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
NET SALES, including intersegment sales:
Industrial:
North America $ 1,976,351 $ 1,839,810 $ 1,521,331
International 989,359 853,537 529,891
Aerospace 621,465 521,451 525,372
Intersegment sales (727) (428) (257)
___________ ___________ ___________
$ 3,586,448 $ 3,214,370 $ 2,576,337
=========== =========== ===========
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS before corporate
general and administrative expenses:
Industrial:
North America $ 296,081 $ 280,189 $ 205,728
International 72,093 85,470 (17,502)
Aerospace 85,329 61,711 17,051
___________ ___________ ___________
453,503 427,370 205,277
Corporate general and administrative expenses 48,847 45,845 39,240
___________ ___________ ___________
Income from operations 404,656 381,525 166,037
Other deductions 30,177 33,118 53,588
___________ ___________ ___________
Income before income taxes $ 374,479 $ 348,407 $ 112,449
=========== =========== ===========
IDENTIFIABLE ASSETS:
Industrial $ 2,150,506 $ 1,866,336 $ 1,407,778
Aerospace 610,470 294,053 332,517
___________ ___________ ___________
2,760,976 2,160,389 1,740,295
Corporate assets (b) 126,148 141,820 185,449
___________ ___________ ___________
$ 2,887,124 $ 2,302,209 $ 1,925,744
=========== =========== ===========
PROPERTY ADDITIONS: (c)
Industrial $ 259,356 $ 199,294 $ 101,451
Aerospace 63,437 6,448 7,934
Corporate 3,122 3,834 828
___________ ___________ ___________
$ 325,915 209,576 $ 110,213
=========== =========== ===========
DEPRECIATION:
Industrial $ 106,553 $ 92,234 $ 84,152
Aerospace 17,267 15,661 19,119
Corporate 2,724 2,632 3,275
___________ ___________ ___________
$ 126,544 $ 110,527 $ 106,546
=========== =========== ===========
Page 13-16
<PAGE>
<FN>
(a) Fiscal 1995 and 1994 results have been restated to reclassify an
operating division from the Aerospace Segment to the Industrial
Segment (North America) to be consistent with fiscal 1996 reporting.
Existing business practices, distribution methods and internal
organization more properly align this operating division with the
Industrial Segment. The effect on both Segments is immaterial.
(b) Corporate assets are principally cash and cash equivalents,
domestic deferred income taxes, investments, headquarters facilities,
idle facilities held for sale and the major portion of the Company's
domestic data processing equipment.
(c) Includes value of net plant and equipment at the date of
acquisition of acquired companies accounted for by the purchase
method (1996 - $124,222; 1995 - $57,613; 1994 - $10,299).
</FN>
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION - BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA
(Dollars in thousands)
1996 1995 1994
<S> <C> <C> <C>
NET SALES, including interarea sales:
North America $ 2,669,201 $ 2,423,283 $ 2,091,974
Europe 918,493 728,642 433,844
All Other 155,963 156,455 109,113
Interarea (157,209) (94,010) (58,594)
___________ ___________ ___________
$ 3,586,448 $ 3,214,370 $ 2,576,337
=========== =========== ===========
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS before corporate
general and administrative expenses:
North America $ 381,154 $ 341,204 $ 222,779
Europe 63,083 66,368 (16,708)
All Other 9,266 19,798 (794)
___________ ___________ ___________
453,503 427,370 205,277
Corporate general and administrative expenses 48,847 45,845 39,240
___________ ___________ ___________
Income from operations $ 404,656 $ 381,525 $ 166,037
=========== =========== ===========
IDENTIFIABLE ASSETS:
North America $ 1,693,285 $ 1,346,601 $ 1,193,568
Europe 933,201 704,061 460,961
All Other 134,490 109,727 85,766
___________ ___________ ___________
2,760,976 2,160,389 1,740,295
Corporate assets (b) 126,148 141,820 185,449
___________ ___________ ___________
$ 2,887,124 $ 2,302,209 $ 1,925,744
=========== =========== ===========
<FN>
(b) Corporate assets are principally cash and cash equivalents,
domestic deferred income taxes, investments, headquarters facilities,
idle facilities held for sale and the major portion of the Company's
domestic data processing equipment.
</FN>
</TABLE>
Page 13-17
<PAGE>
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts.)
1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The significant accounting policies followed in the preparation of the
accompanying consolidated financial statements are summarized below.
NATURE OF OPERATIONS - The Company is a leading worldwide producer of
motion control products, including fluid power systems, electromechanical
controls and related components.
The Company operates in two principal business segments: Industrial and
Aerospace. The Industrial Segment produces motion-control and fluid power
system components for builders and users of various types of manufacturing,
packaging, processing, transportation, agricultural, construction, and
military machinery, vehicles and equipment. Industrial Segment products are
marketed primarily through field sales employees and more than 7,000
independent distributors. The North American Industrial business represents
the largest portion of the Company's manufacturing plants and distribution
networks and primarily services North America. The International Industrial
operations bring Parker products and services to countries throughout Europe,
Asia Pacific and Latin America.
The Aerospace Segment produces hydraulic, pneumatic and fuel systems and
components which are utilized on virtually every domestic commercial, military
and general aviation aircraft. Its components also perform a vital role in
naval vessels, land-based weapons systems, satellites and space vehicles. This
Segment serves original equipment and maintenance, repair and overhaul
customers worldwide. Its products are marketed by field sales employees and
are sold directly to the manufacturer and to the end user.
There are no individual customers to whom sales are 3 percent or more of
the Company's consolidated sales.
USE OF ESTIMATES - The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial
statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION - The consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of all domestic and foreign subsidiaries. All material intercompany
transactions and profits have been eliminated in the consolidated financial
statements. Within the Business Segment Information, intersegment and
interarea sales are recorded at fair market value.
CASH - Cash equivalents consist of short-term highly liquid investments,
with a three month or less maturity, carried at cost plus accrued interest,
which are readily convertible into cash.
INVENTORIES - Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. The
majority of domestic inventories are valued by the last-in, first-out method
and the balance of the Company's inventories are valued by the first-in, first-
out method.
LONG-TERM CONTRACTS - The Company enters into long-term contracts for the
production of aerospace products. For financial statement purposes, sales
are recorded as deliveries are made (units of delivery method of percentage-
of-completion). Unbilled costs on these contracts are included in inventory.
Progress payments are netted against the inventory balances. Provisions for
estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such
losses are determined.
Page 13-18
<PAGE>
PLANT, EQUIPMENT AND DEPRECIATION - Plant and equipment are recorded at
cost and are depreciated principally using the straight-line method for
financial reporting purposes. Depreciation rates are based on estimated useful
lives of the assets. Improvements which extend the useful life of property are
capitalized, and maintenance and repairs are expensed. When property is
retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are
removed from the appropriate accounts and any gain or loss is included in
current income.
INVESTMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS - Investments in joint-venture companies in
which ownership is 50% or less are stated at cost plus the Company's equity
in undistributed earnings. These investments and the related earnings are not
material to the consolidated financial statements.
EXCESS COST OF INVESTMENTS - The excess cost of investments over net assets
acquired is being amortized, on a straight-line basis, primarily over 15 years
and not exceeding 40 years. Unamortized cost in excess of associated expected
operating cash flows is considered to be impaired and is written down to fair
value.
INCOME TAXES - Income taxes are provided based upon income for financial
reporting purposes. Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences in
the recognition of income and expense for tax purposes. Tax credits and
similar tax incentives are applied to reduce the provision for income taxes
in the year in which the credits arise.
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION - Assets and liabilities of most foreign
subsidiaries are translated at current exchange rates, and income and expenses
are translated using weighted average exchange rates. The effects of these
translation adjustments, as well as gains and losses from certain intercompany
transactions, are reported in a separate component of Shareholders' equity.
Such adjustments will affect Net income only upon sale or liquidation of the
underlying foreign investments, which is not contemplated at this time.
Exchange gains and losses from transactions in a currency other than the local
currency of the entity involved, and translation adjustments in countries
with highly inflationary economies (Brazil and Venezuela), are included in
income.
DERIIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS - Derivative financial instruments are
utilized by the Company to manage risks generally associated with foreign
exchange rate and interest rate market volatility. The Company does not hold
or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.
Through the use of foreign currency forward exchange contracts (forward
contracts) and cross-currency swap agreements, the Company reduces its
exposure to fluctuations in related foreign currencies. These contracts are
with major financial institutions and the risk of loss is considered remote.
Gains or losses on forward contracts which hedge dividends from
consolidated subsidiaries are accrued in Shareholders' equity. Gains or losses
on forward contracts which hedge specific transactions are recognized in Net
income, offsetting the underlying foreign currency gains or losses.
Cross-currency swap agreements are recorded in Long-term debt as dollar-
denominated receivables with offsetting foreign-currency payables. Gains or
losses are accrued monthly as an adjustment to Net income, offsetting the
underlying foreign currency gains or losses. The differential between interest
to be received and interest to be paid is accrued monthly as an adjustment to
Interest expense.
Page 13-19
<PAGE>
The Company has an interest rate agreement to convert fixed-rate debt to
variable-rate debt. The interest rate swap involves the exchange of fixed and
floating rate interest payment obligations over the life of the agreement
without the exchange of the notional payment obligation. The differential to
be paid or received is accrued monthly as interest rates change and is
recognized over the life of the agreement as an adjustment to Interest expense.
2. ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTITURES
ACQUISITIONS - Effective April 15, 1996 the Company completed an agreement
with Power Control Technologies, Inc. to purchase the aerospace assets of the
Abex NWL Division of Pneumo Abex Corporation for approximately $201 million
cash. Abex NWL, headquartered in Kalamazoo, Michigan, is a major
international producer of aerospace hydraulic and electromechanical actuation
equipment, engine thrust-reverser actuators, hydraulic pumps, and
electrohydraulic servovalves, with annual sales of approximately $200 million.
On February 29, 1996 the Company completed the acquisition of VOAC
Hydraulics AB of Boras, Sweden for approximately $163 million cash. VOAC is a
worldwide leader in manufacturing mobile hydraulic equipment and had calendar
1995 annual sales of approximately $166 million.
If the above acquisitions had occurred on July 1, 1995 the unaudited pro
forma consolidated results of operations for the Company would have been:
Years ended June 30, 1996 1995
Net sales $ 3,857,601 $ 3,552,462
Net income 240,270 213,805
Earnings per share 3.24 2.90
This pro forma information is based on historical information and does not
necessarily reflect the actual results that would have occurred, nor is it
necessarily indicative of future results of operations.
In June 1996 the Company acquired the remaining 60 percent of Schrader
Bellows Parker, S.A. de C.V., a Mexico City-based manufacturer of pneumatic
and hydraulic products, for an additional investment of $4.0 million. On
August 4, 1995 the Company purchased inventory and machinery from Teledyne
Fluid Systems consisting of the Republic Valve product line, the Sprague
double-diaphragm pump line and the Sprague airborne accumulator product line
for approximately $5.2 million in cash. On July 31, 1995 the Company purchased
the General Valve Corp. of Fairfield, New Jersey, a leading producer of
miniature solenoid valves for high-technology applications for approximately
152,000 shares of common stock, valued at $6.1 million. Sales by these
operations for their most recent fiscal year prior to acquisition approximated
$24.8 million.
Effective March 30, 1995 the Company acquired the assets of Figgie
International's Power Systems Division, a manufacturer of hydraulic bladder
accumulators and pneumatic cylinders headquartered in Rockford, Illinois, for
$7.0 million cash. On March 3, 1995 the Company purchased the stock of Byron
Valve and Machine Company, Inc. of Siloam Springs, Arkansas, a producer of
distributors and flow raters, for $3.1 million cash. As of December 31, 1994
the Company purchased the Polyflex Schwarz Group of companies located in
Germany, France and Texas, a manufacturer of reinforced high-pressure hoses,
fittings and assemblies, for $18.1 million cash. The Company also purchased
Hauser Elektronik GmbH, a producer of automation components and systems, based
in Offenburg, Germany, for $11.6 million cash on December 31, 1994. Effective
December 21, 1994 the Company sold its 49 percent interest in its Mexican
joint venture, Conductores de Fluidos Parker and purchased its inventory and
accounts receivable to form a new wholly-owned subsidiary, Parker Fluid
Page 13-20
<PAGE>
Connectors de Mexico, for a net purchase price of $2.5 million cash. On
October 31, 1994 the Company acquired Symetrics, Inc., a Newbury Park,
California manufacturer of aerospace quick-disconnect valved couplings, for
108,680 shares of Parker-Hannifin Common Stock, valued at $5.1 million. On
September 30, 1994 the Company acquired Chomerics, Inc., a leading producer
of electromagnetic interference-shielding materials, with plants in
Massachusetts, New Hampshire and the United Kingdom, for $40.0 million cash.
On August 1, 1994 the Company acquired the Automation Division of Atlas
Copco AB, a Swedish manufacturer of pneumatic components, for $37.0 million
cash. Combined annual sales for these operations, for their most recent fiscal
year prior to acquisition, were approximately $200 million.
In April 1994 the Company purchased the assets of a leading Scandinavian
filter manufacturer, Finn-Filter Oy, for $9.6 million cash which included
manufacturing locations in Finland and a sales subsidiary in Sweden. In
December 1993 the Company acquired the remaining 60 percent of LDI Pneutronics
Corp., which specializes in advanced-technology pneumatic valves and
components for an additional investment of $5.7 million. In November 1993 the
Company acquired the Electro-pneumatic Division of Telemecanique in Evreux,
France, a leading European manufacturer of pneumatic products, for $26.7
million cash. Combined annual sales for these operations for their most recent
fiscal year prior to acquisition exceeded $63.2 million.
These acquisitions were accounted for by the purchase method, and results
are included as of the respective dates of acquisition.
DIVESTITURES - Effective April 1, 1994 the Company divested nearly all of
the assets related to its Metal Bellows operations, which manufactured welded
and formed bellows, accumulators and other fabricated assemblies, principally
for the aerospace market. The sale resulted in proceeds of $14.2 million.
Annual sales for this product line were approximately $30 million in fiscal
1993.
3. INCOME TAXES
Income taxes before extraordinary items include the following:
1996 1995 1994
Federal $ 95,127 $ 90,956 $ 70,332
Foreign 29,635 23,350 10,004
State and local 14,897 14,631 14,376
Deferred (4,847) 1,232 (34,438)
$ 134,812 $ 130,169 $ 60,274
A reconciliation of the Company's effective income tax rate to the statutory
Federal rate follows:
1996 1995 1994
Statutory Federal income tax rate 35.0% 35.0% 35.0%
State and local income taxes 2.3 2.6 6.1
FSC income not taxed (1.1) (1.3) (3.0)
Foreign tax rate difference 1.4 1.0 .8
Foreign losses with no tax benefit .2 1.5
Foreign tax credits (.9) 1.1
Recognized loss carryforwards (1.1) (1.8)
Impairment losses with no tax benefit 9.0
Other .2 1.9 3.1
Effective income tax rate 36.0% 37.4% 53.6%
Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences between
the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of assets and liabilities.
Page 13-21
<PAGE>
The differences comprising the net deferred taxes shown on the Consolidated
Balance Sheet at June 30 were as follows:
1996 1995
Postretirement benefits $ 50,485 $ 45,965
Other liabilities and reserves 50,445 44,741
Long-term contracts 14,870 9,365
Operating loss carryforwards 32,227 35,669
Valuation allowance (2,770) (8,867)
Depreciation (55,890) (59,892)
Acquisitions (23,549) (9,183)
Inventory 13,834 5,746
Net deferred tax asset (liability) $ 79,652 $ 63,544
Change in net deferred tax asset (liability):
Provision for deferred tax $ 4,847 $ (1,232)
Translation adjustment (2,918) 4,323
Acquisitions 14,179 (1,977)
Total change in net deferred tax $ 16,108 $ 1,114
At June 30, 1996, foreign subsidiaries had benefits for operating loss
carryforwards of $32,227 for tax and $31,782 for financial reporting, most
of which can be carried forward indefinitely. Use of operating loss
carryforwards and currency adjustments reduced the valuation allowance.
Non-current deferred income tax assets include a $22,336 tax benefit for
the net operating loss carryforwards of the Company's German operations. The
Company has not provided a valuation allowance that would be required under
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109 if it is more
likely that these benefits would not be realized. Although future events
cannot be predicted with certainty, management continues to believe these
benefits will be realized because: the tax loss carryforward period is
unlimited; there are several tax planning strategies that can be used to
reduce the carryforward; 26 percent of the losses were due to non-recurring
restructuring charges with the remainder primarily the result of the recession
in Europe; and the Company expects its German operations will return to
profitability.
Provision has not been made for additional U.S. or foreign taxes on
undistributed earnings of certain international operations as those earnings
will continue to be reinvested. It is not practicable to estimate the
additional taxes, including applicable foreign withholding taxes, that might
be payable on the eventual remittance of such earnings.
4. EARNINGS PER SHARE
Earnings per share are computed using the weighted average number of shares
of common stock outstanding during the year, adjusted for shares issued in
acquisitions accounted for as poolings of interests and stock splits
distributed to shareholders. Fully diluted earnings per share are not
presented because such dilution is not material.
5. INVENTORIES
Inventories valued on the last-in, first-out cost method are approximately 37%
in 1996 and 40% in 1995 of total inventories. The current cost of these
inventories exceeds their valuation determined on the LIFO basis by $142,049
in 1996 and $138,974 in 1995. Progress payments of $22,810 in 1996 and
$11,665 in 1995 are netted against inventories.
Page 13-22
<PAGE>
6. FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
The Company has committed lines of credit totaling $450,000 through several
multi-currency unsecured revolving credit agreements with a group of banks,
of which $333,829 was available at June 30, 1996. Agreements totaling $50,000
expire December, 1996 and the remainder expire October, 2000. The interest on
borrowings is based upon the terms of each specific borrowing and is subject
to market conditions. The agreements also require facility fees of up to .095%
of the commitment per annum. Covenants in some of the agreements include a
limitation on the Company's debt to debt-equity ratio.
The Company has other lines of credit, primarily short-term, aggregating
$77,526, from various foreign banks, of which $39,393 is available at
June 30, 1996. Most of these agreements are reviewed annually.
During June 1996, the Company announced a Medium-Term Note Program and
registered $300,000 of medium-term notes of which $95,000 were issued and
outstanding at June 30, 1996.
The Company is authorized to sell up to $400,000 of short-term commercial
paper notes, rated A-1 by Standard & Poor's, P-1 by Moody's and D-1 by Duff &
Phelps. At June 30, 1996 there were $98,400 of commercial paper notes
outstanding which are supported by the available domestic lines of credit.
There were no commercial paper notes outstanding at June 30, 1995.
Commercial paper, along with short-term borrowings from foreign banks,
primarily make up the balance of Notes payable. The balance and weighted
average interest rate of the Notes payable at June 30, 1996 and 1995 were
$165,597 and 6.2% and $74,855 and 6.6%, respectively.
7. DEBT
June 30, 1996 1995
Domestic:
Debentures and notes
10.375%, due 1999-2018 $ 100,000 $ 100,000
9.75%, due 2002-2021 100,000 100,000
7.3%, due 2011 100,000
9.6%, due 1997-1998 4,571 7,428
9.86%, due 1996-1997 2,000
Medium-term notes
7.33% to 7.39%, due 2007-2010 95,000
Variable rate demand bonds
3.40%, due 2010-2025 15,535 15,535
Industrial revenue bonds
3.3% to 5.3625%, due 2002-2015 4,370 4,660
ESOP loan guarantee
8.41%, due 1996 13,468
Foreign:
Bank loans, including revolving credit
1.5% to 13.2%, due 1997-2013 26,493 15,541
Other long-term debt, including capitalized leases 2,020 1,042
Total long-term debt 447,989 259,674
Less long-term debt payable within one year 8,192 22,517
Long-term debt, net $ 439,797 $ 237,157
Principal amounts of long-term debt payable in the five years ending
June 30, 1997 through 2001 are $8,192, $8,529, $9,798, $8,983, and $7,692,
respectively.
In November 1993, the Company used cash from operating activities to early-
retire $100,000 of 9.45% debentures due November 1997 through 2016, resulting
in an early redemption premium and write-off of deferred issuance costs
Page 13-23
<PAGE>
totaling $4,207, which is net of applicable income taxes of $3,515. In
addition, the Company early-retired $3,509 of 15.08% Australian debt due in
1995, resulting in early redemption premium of $316.
ESOP LOAN GUARANTEE - During 1989, Parker established a leveraged Employee
Stock Ownership Plan. A trust established under the plan borrowed $70,000,
which was unconditionally guaranteed by the Company, to purchase 2.5 million
shares of Parker-Hannifin Common Stock on the open market. This loan was paid
off on June 30, 1996. At June 30, 1995 the unpaid balance of the loan was
recorded as Long-term debt and an equivalent amount, representing deferred
compensation, was a deduction to Shareholders' equity.
LEASE COMMITMENTS - Future minimum rental commitments as of June 30, 1996,
under noncancelable operating leases, which expire at various dates, are as
follows: 1997-$24,170; 1998-$17,300; 1999-$10,910; 2000-$6,032; 2001-$4,698;
and after 2001-$23,108.
Rental expense in 1996, 1995 and 1994 was $29,899, $26,374 and $21,470,
respectively.
8. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company's financial instruments consist primarily of investments in cash,
cash equivalents and long-term investments as well as obligations under notes
payable and long-term debt. The carrying values for Cash and cash equivalents,
Investments and other assets and Notes payable approximate fair value. The
estimated fair value of the Company's Long-term debt (excluding leases and
cross-currency swaps) was estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based
on the Company's current incremental borrowing rate for similar types of
borrowing arrangements. The carrying value of this debt, $453,661 and $259,359
at June 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively, was estimated to have a fair value of
$462,725 and $288,935, at June 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
The Company has entered into forward contracts and cross-currency swaps to
hedge specific transactions. The Company also has an interest-rate swap
agreement with a triple-A-rated counterparty which effectively changes the
Company's interest rate exposure from a fixed rate to a variable rate on a
notional amount of $50,000. In addition, Company's foreign locations, in the
ordinary course of business, enter into financial guarantees, through
financial institutions, which enable customers to be reimbursed in the event
of nonperformance by the Company. Any risk to the Company as a result of
these arrangements is immaterial.
9. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND OTHER STOCK-RELATED INFORMATION
COMMON SHARES 1996 1995 1994
Balance July 1 $ 37,001 $ 24,633 $ 24,633
Shares issued under stock option plans
(1996 - 342,557; 1995 - 282,880;
1994 - 129,801) less shares of stock-
for-stock exchange (1996 - 91,124;
1995 - 190,556; 1994 - 129,801) 126 46
Shares issued (24,642,547) in connection
with 3-for-2 stock split 12,321
Shares issued as restricted stock 19
Shares issued for prior-year pooled
acquisition 1
Balance June 30 $ 37,146 $ 37,001 $ 24,633
Page 13-24
<PAGE>
ADDITIONAL CAPITAL 1996 1995 1994
Balance July 1 $ 158,454 $ 165,942 $ 164,430
Shares issued under stock option plans,
less shares of stock-for-stock exchange 5,544 1,890 1,512
Shares issued in connection with 3-for-2
stock split (12,321)
Shares issued for purchase acquisition (176) 2,641
Shares issued as restricted stock 1,437 287
Shares issued for prior-year pooled
acquisition 15
Balance June 30 $ 165,259 $ 158,454 $ 165,942
RETAINED EARNINGS
Balance July 1 $ 974,486 $ 806,240 $ 806,033
Net income 239,667 218,238 47,652
Cash dividends paid on common shares,
net of tax benefit of ESOP shares
(1996 - $.72 per share; 1995 - $.68
per share; 1994 - $.65 per share) (53,325) (49,961) (47,445)
Cash payments for fractional shares in
connection with 3-for-2 stock split (31)
Balance June 30 $ 1,160,828 $ 974,486 $ 806,240
DEFERRED COMPENSATION RELATED TO ESOP DEBT
Balance July 1 $ (13,468) $ (25,697) $ (36,764)
Reduction of ESOP debt (Note 7) 13,468 12,229 11,067
Balance June 30 $ -- $ (13,468) $ (25,697)
TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENTS
Balance July 1 $ 35,041 $ 2,538 $ (10,533)
Translation adjustments (Note 11) (14,316) 32,503 13,071
Balance June 30 $ 20,725 $ 35,041 $ 2,538
COMMON STOCK IN TREASURY
Balance July 1 $ -- $ (7,305) $ (14,899)
Shares purchased at cost (6,703) (1,364)
Shares issued under stock option plans
(1995 - 230,234; 1994 - 338,330) 5,890 7,594
Shares issued for purchase acquisition 6,176 2,440
Shares issued as restricted stock 527 339
Balance June 30 $ -- $ -- $ (7,305)
The Company's stock option and stock incentive plans provide for the
granting of incentive stock options and/or nonqualified options to officers
and key employees to purchase shares of common stock at a price not less than
100% of the fair market value of the stock on the dates options are granted.
All outstanding options are exercisable one year after the date of grant and
expire no more than ten years after grant.
The Company derives a tax deduction measured by the excess of the market
value over the option price at the date nonqualified options are exercised.
The related tax benefit is credited to additional capital. The Company makes
no charges against capital with respect to options granted.
Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123, Accounting for Stock-
Based Compensation, requires the Company, beginning in 1997, to either adopt
the fair value method of accounting for stock options in its financial
statements or to retain its existing method and disclose in the notes to the
financial statements the pro forma effects of using the fair value method. The
Company intends to retain its existing method of accounting for stock options
Page 13-25
<PAGE>
and to include pro forma disclosures in the notes to the consolidated
financial statements. Accordingly, the standard will have no effect on the
Company's financial condition or results of operations.
Additional information as to shares subject to options is as follows:
Shares Subject Average Option
To Options Price Per Share
Outstanding June 30, 1994 1,681,763 $ 28.85
Granted (pre-split) 454,200 44.79
Exercised (pre-split) (370,514) 29.22
Additional shares for split 876,131
Exercised (post-split) (142,600) 19.75
Cancelled (14,287)
Outstanding June 30, 1995 2,484,693 $ 22.05
Granted 255,150 39.12
Exercised (342,557) 20.02
Cancelled (11,625)
Outstanding June 30, 1996 2,385,661 $ 24.14
Options exercisable and shares available for future grant were:
June 30, 1996 1995
Options exercisable 2,130,511 1,808,643
Shares available for grant 2,196,898 2,189,660
Restricted stock was issued, under the Company's 1993 Stock Incentive
Program to certain key employees as payments under the Company's 1993-94-95
Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP). Value of the payments was set as the market
value of the Company's common stock on the date of issuance. Shares were
earned and awarded, and an estimated value was accrued, based upon attainment
of criteria specified in the LTIP over the cumulative years of the 3-year
Plan. Plan participants are entitled to cash dividends and to vote their
respective shares, but the shares are restricted as to transferability for
three years following issuance.
Restricted Shares for LTIP Plan 1996 1995
Number of shares issued 48,907 19,444
Per share value on date of issuance $ 39.08 $ 27.50
Total value $ 1,911 $ 534
Under the Company's 1994-95-96 LTIP, a payout of 101,944 shares of
restricted stock, from the Company's 1993 Stock Incentive Program, will be
issued to certain key employees. This payout, accrued over the three years
of the plan, will be made in 1997.
In addition, non-employee members of the Board of Directors have been
given the opportunity to receive all or a portion of their fees in the form
of restricted stock. These shares vest ratably, on an annual basis, over the
term of office of the director. In 1996 and 1995, 2,162 and 2,991 shares were
issued, respectively, in lieu of directors' fees.
At June 30, 1996, the Company had 4,582,559 common shares reserved for
issuance in connection with all of these plans.
10. RETIREMENT BENEFITS
PENSIONS -- The Company has noncontributory defined benefit pension plans
covering eligible employees, including certain employees in foreign countries.
Plans for most salaried employees provide pay-related benefits based on years
Page 13-26
<PAGE>
of service. Plans for hourly employees generally provide benefits based on
flat-dollar amounts and years of service. The Company also has contractual
arrangements with certain key employees which provide for supplemental
retirement benefits. In general, the Company's policy is to fund these plans
based on legal requirements, tax considerations, local practices and
investment opportunities. The Company also sponsors defined contribution plans
and participates in government-sponsored programs in certain foreign countries.
Pension costs for all plans were $22,514, $17,246 and $10,850 for 1996,
1995 and 1994, respectively. Pension costs were reduced in 1994 by
curtailment gains of $1,899 for the Metal Bellows divestiture. Pension costs
for all defined benefit plans accounted for using SFAS No. 87, Employers'
Accounting for Pensions, are as follows:
1996 1995 1994
Service cost-benefits earned
during the period $ 20,731 $ 18,801 $ 16,889
Interest cost on projected benefit
obligation 44,384 37,929 34,330
Actual return on assets (74,926) (77,321) (3,088)
Net amortization and deferral 30,111 35,665 (38,364)
Net periodic pension costs $ 20,300 $ 15,074 $ 9,767
For domestic plans, the weighted average discount rates and the rates of
increase in future compensation levels used in determining the actuarial
present value of the projected benefit obligations were 8% and 5%,
respectively, at June 30, 1996 and 1995. The expected long-term rate of
return on assets was 9% at June 30, 1996 and 1995. For the principal foreign
plans located in the United Kingdom and Germany, the weighted average discount
rates used were 8% and 7%, respectively, at June 30, 1996 and 1995 and the
rates of increase in future compensation used were 6% and 4.5%, respectively,
at June 30, 1996 and 1995. The rates of return on assets used in the United
Kingdom and Germany were 8.5% and 7%, respectively, at June 30, 1996 and 1995.
The following tables set forth the funded status of all the plans accounted
for under SFAS No. 87 and the amounts recognized in the Company's consolidated
balance sheet:
Assets Exceed Accumulated Benefits
1996 1995
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
Vested benefit obligation $ (445,798) $ (371,240)
Accumulated benefit obligation $ (458,720) $ (380,902)
Projected benefit obligation $ (529,564) $ (437,653)
Plan assets at fair value 654,495 507,015
Projected benefit obligation less than plan assets 124,931 69,362
Unrecognized net (gain) or loss (34,822) (6,415)
Unrecognized prior service cost 13,361 12,033
Unrecognized net (asset) obligation (20,164) (23,700)
Prepaid pension cost (pension liability)
recognized $ 83,306 $ 51,280
Page 13-27
<PAGE>
Accumulated Benefits Exceed Assets
1996 1995
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
Vested benefit obligation $ (95,054) $ (73,642)
Accumulated benefit obligation $ (108,165) $ (83,387)
Projected benefit obligation $ (127,001) $ (99,537)
Plan assets at fair value 22,436 17,440
Projected benefit obligation in excess of
plan assets (104,565) (82,097)
Unrecognized net (gain) or loss 3,643 3,937
Unrecognized prior service cost 5,540 4,883
Unrecognized net (asset) obligation 2,247 2,900
Prepaid pension cost (pension liability)
recognized $ (93,135) $ (70,377)
The majority of the underfunded plans relate to foreign and supplemental
executive plans.
The plans' assets consist primarily of listed common stocks,
corporate and government bonds, and real estate investments. At June 30, 1996
and 1995, the plans' assets included Company stock with market values of
$15,014 and $12,844, respectively.
EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN -- During 1989, the Company established a leveraged
Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) as part of its existing savings and
investment 401(k) plan, which is available to eligible domestic employees.
Parker-Hannifin Common Stock, within the ESOP, is used to match contributions
made by employees to the savings plan up to a maximum of 5% of an employee's
annual compensation.
1996 1995 1994
Allocated shares 4,622,796 4,156,716 3,671,907
Committed to be released 40,154 44,365 12,267
Unreleased shares 562,178 1,117,098
Total shares held by the ESOP 4,662,950 4,763,259 4,801,272
Company contributions to the ESOP, recorded as compensation and interest
expense, were $18,626 in 1996, $17,106 in 1995 and $15,764 in 1994. The
interest expense portion (interest on ESOP debt) was $856 in 1996, $1,910 in
1995 and $2,848 in 1994. Dividends earned by the unallocated shares and
interest income within the ESOP are used to service the ESOP debt. These were
$218 in 1996, $793 in 1995 and $1,059 in 1994.
OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS--The Company provides postretirement medical
and life insurance benefits to certain retirees and eligible dependents. Most
plans are contributory, with retiree contributions adjusted annually. The
plans are unfunded and pay stated percentages of covered medically necessary
expenses incurred by retirees, after subtracting payments by Medicare or other
providers and after stated deductibles have been met. For most plans, the
Company has established cost maximums to more effectively control future
medical costs. The Company has reserved the right to change or eliminate these
benefit plans. Postretirement benefit costs included the following components:
1996 1995 1994
Service cost-benefits attributed to
service during the period $ 3,515 $ 3,598 $ 3,414
Interest cost on accumulated
postretirement benefit obligations 11,126 9,638 9,656
Net amortization and deferral (708) 72 364
Net periodic postretirement benefit costs $13,933 $ 13,308 $ 13,434
Page 13-28
<PAGE>
The following table reconciles the plans' combined funded status to amounts
recognized in the Company's consolidated balance sheet:
1996 1995
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
Retirees $ (91,419) $ (68,452)
Fully eligible active plan participants (34,912) (26,602)
Other active plan participants (42,517) (34,373)
Unrecognized (gain) loss 2,721 316
Unrecognized prior service cost 144 606
Accrued postretirement benefit costs $ (165,983) $ (128,505)
For measurement purposes, a 10.75% annual rate of increase in the per
capita cost of covered benefits (i.e., health care cost trend rate) was assumed
for 1997. The rate was assumed to decrease gradually to 6% by 2007 and remain
at that level thereafter. The health care cost trend rate assumption has a
significant effect on the amounts reported. To illustrate, increasing the
assumed health care cost trend rates by 1 percentage point in each year would
increase the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of June 30, 1996
by $9,382, and the aggregate of the service and interest cost components of net
periodic postretirement benefit cost for the year then ended by $568. The
weighted average discount rate used in determining the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation was 8% at June 30, 1996 and 1995.
OTHER -- In 1995 the Company established nonqualified deferred compensation
programs which permit officers, directors and certain management employees to
annually elect to defer a portion of their compensation, on a pre-tax basis,
until their retirement. The retirement benefit to be provided is based on the
amount of compensation deferred, Company match, and earnings on the deferrals.
Deferred compensation expense was $4,129 and $2,530 in 1996 and 1995,
respectively.
The Company has invested in corporate-owned life insurance policies to
assist in funding these programs. The cash surrender value of these policies
are in an irrevocable rabbi trust and are recorded as assets of the Company.
11. FOREIGN OPERATIONS
The Company's major foreign operations are located in Germany, the United
Kingdom, Brazil, France, Sweden and Italy. Their business activities are
conducted principally in their local currency. Net transaction and translation
adjustments increased Net income in 1996 by $873 and reduced Net income in
1995 and 1994 by $195 and $382, respectively. Such amounts are net of the tax
benefits from monetary corrections for inflation and exclude the effect on
Cost of sales resulting from valuing inventories at acquisition cost since
sales price increases in each year more than offset this effect.
Net sales, Income before income taxes (and before extraordinary item in
1994) and Net income include the following amounts from foreign operations:
1996 1995 1994
Net sales $ 1,085,676 $ 932,886 $ 588,098
Income before income taxes 70,118 92,256 (17,070)
Net income 42,563 63,514 (14,594)
Net assets of foreign operations at June 30, 1996 and 1995 amounted to
$746,356 and $601,142, respectively.
Accumulated undistributed earnings of foreign operations reinvested in
their operations amounted to $ 103,059, $100,550, and $38,938, at June 30,
1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
Page 13-29
<PAGE>
12. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
Research and development costs amounted to $91,706 in 1996, $74,129 in 1995,
and $64,518 in 1994. Customer reimbursements included in the total cost for
each of the respective years were $33,018, $21,202 and $22,640. Costs include
those costs related to independent research and development as well as
customer reimbursed and unreimbursed development programs.
13. CONTINGENCIES
The Company is involved in various litigations arising in the normal course
of business, including proceedings based on product liability claims, workers'
compensation claims and alleged violations of various environmental laws. The
Company is self-insured in the U.S. for health care, workers' compensation,
general liability and product liability up to predetermined amounts, above
which third party insurance applies. The Company purchases third party product
liability insurance for products manufactured by its international operations
and for products that are used in aerospace applications. Management regularly
reviews the probable outcome of these proceedings, the expenses expected to be
incurred, the availability and limits of the insurance coverage, and the
established accruals for uninsured liabilities. While the outcome of pending
proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that any
liabilities that may result from these proceedings are not reasonably likely
to have a material effect on the Company's liquidity, financial condition or
results of operations.
ENVIRONMENTAL - The Company is currently involved in environmental
remediation at 20 manufacturing facilities presently or formerly operated by
the Company and has been named as a "potentially responsible party", along
with other companies, at 11 off-site waste disposal facilities.
As of June 30, 1996, the Company has a reserve of $9,365 for environmental
matters which are probable and reasonably estimable. This reserve is recorded
based upon the best estimate of net costs to be incurred in light of the
progress made in determining the magnitude of remediation costs, the timing
and extent of remedial actions required by governmental authorities, the
amount of the Company's liability in proportion to other responsible parties
and any recoveries receivable. This reserve is net of $1,042 for discounting,
at a 7.5% annual rate, a portion of the costs at 7 locations for established
treatment procedures required over periods ranging from 6 to 19 years. The
Company also has an account receivable of $490 for anticipated insurance
recoveries.
The Company's estimated total liability for the above mentioned sites
ranges from a minimum of $8,955 to a maximum of $23,719. The actual costs to
be incurred by the Company will be dependent on final delineation of
contamination, final determination of remedial action required, negotiations
with federal and state agencies with respect to cleanup levels, changes in
regulatory requirements, innovations in investigatory and remedial technology,
effectiveness of remedial technologies employed, the ultimate ability to pay
of the other responsible parties, and any insurance recoveries.
Page 13-30
<PAGE>
Report of Management
The Company's management is responsible for the integrity and accuracy of the
financial information contained in this annual report. Management believes
that the financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles appropriate in the circumstances and that the
other information in this annual report is consistent with those statements.
In preparing the financial statements, management makes informed judgments and
estimates where necessary to reflect the expected effects of events and
transactions that have not been completed.
Management is also responsible for maintaining an internal control system
designed to provide reasonable assurance at reasonable cost that assets are
safeguarded against loss or unauthorized use and that financial records are
adequate and can be relied upon to produce financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles. The system is supported by
written policies and guidelines, by careful selection and training of
financial management personnel and by an internal audit staff which
coordinates its activities with the Company's independent accountants. To
foster a strong ethical climate, the Parker Hannifin Code of Ethics is
publicized throughout the Company. This addresses, among other things,
compliance with all laws and accuracy and integrity of books and records. The
Company maintains a systematic program to assess compliance.
Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants, are retained to conduct
an audit of Parker Hannifin's consolidated financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted auditing standards and to provide an independent
assessment that helps ensure fair presentation of the Company's financial
position, results of operations and cash flows.
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is composed entirely of
outside directors. The Committee meets periodically with management, internal
auditors and the independent accountants to discuss internal accounting
controls and the quality of financial reporting. Financial management, as
well as the internal auditors and the independent accountants, have full and
free access to the Audit Committee.
Duane E. Collins Michael J. Hiemstra
Duane E. Collins Michael J. Hiemstra
President and Vice President -
Chief Executive Officer Finance and Administration
and Chief Financial Officer
Page 13-31
<PAGE>
Report of Independent Accountants
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
Parker Hannifin Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Parker Hannifin
Corporation and its subsidiaries at June 30, 1996 and 1995, and the related
consolidated statements of income and cash flows for each of the three years
in the period ended June 30, 1996. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Parker
Hannifin Corporation and its subsidiaries at June 30, 1996 and 1995, and the
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended June 30, 1996 in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
Cleveland, Ohio
August 1, 1996
Page 13-32
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FIVE-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
1996 1995 1994(a) 1993 1992(b)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales $ 3,586,448 $ 3,214,370 $ 2,576,337 $ 2,489,323 $ 2,375,808
Cost of sales 2,756,343 2,448,264 2,053,376 2,004,955 1,925,800
Selling, general and administrative expenses 425,449 384,581 302,668 310,765 282,861
Provision for business restructuring activities 18,773 22,879 14,798
Impairment of long-term assets 35,483
Interest expense 36,667 30,922 37,832 47,056 52,190
Interest and other income, net (8,537) (2,335) (3,879) (5,457) (6,380)
Loss on disposal of assets 2,047 4,531 19,635 1,059 1,148
Income taxes 134,812 130,169 60,274 43,010 41,912
Income - continuing operations 239,667 218,238 52,175 65,056 63,479
Income before extraordinary item and cumulative
effect of changes in accounting principles 239,667 218,238 52,175 65,056 63,479
Net income 239,667 218,238 47,652 65,056 11,218
Earnings per share - continuing operations 3.23 2.96 .71 .89 .88
Earnings per share before extraordinary item
and cumulative effect of changes in
accounting principles 3.23 2.96 .71 .89 .88
Earnings per share $ 3.23 $ 2.96 $ .65 $ .89 $ .15
Average number of shares outstanding (thousands) 74,174 73,717 73,107 72,710 72,429
Cash dividends per share $ .72 $ .68 $ .65 $ .64 $ .62
Cash dividends paid $ 53,325 $ 49,961 $ 47,445 $ 46,121 $ 44,382
Net income as a percent of net sales 6.7% 6.8% 1.8% 2.6% 0.5%
Return on average assets 9.2% 10.3% 2.5% 3.3% 0.6%
Return on average equity 18.6% 20.2% 5.0% 7.0% 1.2%
Book value per share $ 18.63 $ 16.10 $ 13.16 $ 12.80 $ 12.86
Current assets 1,402,124 1,246,382 1,031,308 1,056,443 1,055,776
Current liabilities 766,882 652,621 504,444 468,254 383,603
Working capital $ 635,242 $ 593,761 $ 526,864 $ 588,189 $ 672,173
Ratio of current assets to current liabilities 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.3 2.8
Plant and equipment, net continuing $ 991,777 $ 815,771 $ 717,300 $ 736,056 $ 752,490
Total assets 2,887,124 2,302,209 1,925,744 1,963,590 1,958,120
Long-term debt 439,797 237,157 257,259 378,476 446,974
Shareholders' equity $ 1,383,958 $ 1,191,514 $ 966,351 $ 932,900 $ 934,019
Debt to debt-equity percent 30.7% 21.9% 22.7% 33.3% 34.0%
Depreciation continuing $ 126,544 $ 110,527 $ 106,546 $ 109,673 $ 102,628
Capital expenditures continuing $ 201,693 $ 151,963 $ 99,914 $ 91,484 $ 84,955
Number of employees 33,289 30,590 26,730 25,646 26,669
Number of shareholders 35,403 35,629 29,625 30,414 30,836
Number of shares outstanding at year-end (thousands) 74,292 74,002 73,410 72,902 72,614
<FN>
(a) Includes an extraordinary item for the early retirement of debt.
(b) Includes the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles
for SFAS No. 106, Employer's Accounting for Postretirement Benefits
Other than Pensions and SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes.
</FN>
</TABLE>
Page 13-33
Exhibit (21)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
The Company has the following subsidiaries:
Domestic Subsidiaries
Percentage
Name Incorporated Owned(1)
- - ------------------------------------- ------------ ----------
iPower Distribution Group Inc. Delaware 100
Parker de Puerto Rico, Inc. Delaware 100
Parker Finance Corp. Delaware 100(2)
Parker-Hannifin Asia Pacific Co., Ltd. Delaware 100(3)
Parker-Hannifin International Corp. Delaware 100
Parker Intangibles Inc. Delaware 100
Parker Properties Inc. Delaware 100
Parker Services Inc. Delaware 100
Travel 17325 Inc. Delaware 100
Foreign Subsidiaries
Abex Aerohydraul GmbH Germany 100(11)
Abex Industries GmbH Germany 100(5)
Abex Japan Ltd. Japan 100(19)
Acadia International Insurance Limited Ireland 100
Alenco (Holdings) Limited United Kingdom 100(3)
Brownsville Rubber Co., S.A. de C.V. Mexico 100
Ermeto Productie Maatschappij B.V. Netherlands 100(4)
N. V. Parker-Hannifin S.A. Belgium 100(7)
P-H do Brasil Comercial Ltda. Brazil 100(3)
PH Finance Limited United Kingdom 100(8)
Parker Automotive de Mexico S.A. de C.V. Mexico 100
Parker Enzed (N.Z.) Limited New Zealand 100(3)
Parker Enzed (Australia) Pty. Ltd. Australia 100(9)
Parker Enzed Equipment (Australia) Pty. Ltd. Australia 100(9)
Parker Enzed Technologies Pty. Ltd. Australia 100(9)
Parker Ermeto GmbH Austria 100(5)
Parker Fluid Connectors de Mexico S.A. de C.V. Mexico 100
Parker Pneumatic A/S Denmark 100(17)
Parker Pneumatique S.A. France 100(10)
Parker Seal de Baja S.A. de C.V. Mexico 100
Parker Seals S.p.A. Italy 100(12)
Parker Sistemas de Automatization S.A. de C.V. Mexico 100
Parker Zenith S.A. de C.V. Mexico 100
Parker Hannifin (Africa) Pty. Ltd. South Africa 100
Parker Hannifin Argentina SAIC Argentina 100
Parker Hannifin A/S Norway 100(13)
Parker Hannifin (Australia) Pty. Ltd. Australia 100(3)
Parker Hannifin B.V. Netherlands 100(3)
Parker Hannifin (Canada) Inc. Canada 100(3)
Parker Hannifin Danmark A/S Denmark 100
Parker Hannifin de Venezuela, C.A. Venezuela 100(3)
Parker Hannifin (Espana) SA Spain 100(3)
Parker Hannifin Finance B.V. Netherlands 100(7)
Parker Hannifin Foreign Sales Corp. Guam 100(3)
Parker Hannifin GmbH Germany 100(3)
Parker Hannifin GmbH & Co. KG Germany 100(14)
Parker Hannifin Hong Kong Limited Hong Kong 100(15)
Parker Hannifin Industria e Comercio Ltda. Brazil 100(16)
Parker Hannifin Japan Ltd. Japan 100
Parker Hannifin Naarden B.V. Netherlands 100(7)
Parker Hannifin NMF AG Switzerland 100(5)
Parker Hannifin (N.Z.) Ltd. New Zealand 100
Parker Hannifin Oy Finland 100
Parker Hannifin plc United Kingdom 100(13)
Parker Hannifin RAK, S.A. France 100
Parker Hannifin S.p.A. Italy 100
Parker Hannifin Sp. z.o.o. Poland 100
Parker Hannifin S.r.o. Czech Republic 100(3)
Parker-Hannifin Singapore Pte. Ltd. Singapore 100
Parker Hannifin Sweden AB Sweden 100
Parker Hannifin Taiwan Ltd. Taiwan 100
Parker Hannifin Verwaltungs GmbH Germany 100(5)
Polar Seals ApS Denmark 100(17)
Schrader Bellows Parker de Mexico S.A. de C.V. Mexico 100(20)
VOAC Engineering GmbH Germany 100(21)
VOAC Hydraulics AB Sweden 100(18)
VOAC Hydraulics A/S Denmark 100(17)
VOAC Hydraulics GmbH Germany 100(5)
VOAC Hydraulics GmbH Austria 100(23)
VOAC Hydraulics Oy Finland 100(22)
VOAC Hydraulics S.A. Spain 100(24)
VOAC Hydraulics, S.A. France 100(10)
VOAC Hydraulics S.p.A. Italy 100(12)
VOAC Hydraulics Nordon AB Sweden 100(21)
VOAC Hydraulics Sverige AB Sweden 100(21)
VOAC Odenfastighter AB Sweden 100(21)
(1) Excludes directors' qualifying shares
(2) Owned 100% by Parker de Puerto Rico, Inc.
(3) Owned 100% by Parker-Hannifin International Corp.
(4) Owned 100% by Parker-Hannifin Naarden B.V.
(5) Owned 100% by Parker Hannifin GmbH
(6) Owned 100% by Parker Enzed (N.Z.) Ltd.
(7) Owned 100% by Parker Hannifin B.V.
(8) Owned 100% by Parker Hannifin plc
(9) Owned 100% by Parker-Hannifin (Australia) Pty. Ltd.
(10) Owned 100% by Parker Hannifin RAK S.A.
(11) Owned 99.8% by Abex Industries GmbH and .2% by Parker Hannifin GmbH
(12) Owned 100% by Parker-Hannifin S.p.A.
(13) Owned 100% by Alenco (Holdings) Limited
(14) Owned 99% by Parker Hannifin GmbH and 1% by Parker Hannifin
Verwaltungs GmbH
(15) Owned 99.99% by Parker-Hannifin Corporation and .01% by Parker-
Hannifin International Corporation
(16) Owned 37.5% by P-H do Brasil Comercial Ltda. and 62.5% by Parker-
Hannifin International Corp.
(17) Owned 100% by Parker Hannifin Danmark A/S
(18) Owned 100% by Parker Hannifin Sweden AB
(19) Owned 100% by Parker Hannifin Japan Ltd.
(20) Owned 100% by Parker Sistemas de Automatization S.A. de C.V.
(21) Owned 100% by VOAC Hydraulics AB
(22) Owned 100% by Parker Hannifin Oy
(23) Owned 100% by VOAC Hydraulics GmbH
(24) Owned 100% by Parker Hannifin (Espana) S.A.
All of the foregoing subsidiaries are included in the Company's
consolidated financial statements. In addition to the foregoing, the Company
owns four inactive or name holding companies.
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
Exhibit (25)* to Report
on Form 10-K for Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1996
by Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Power of Attorney
*Numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
<PAGE>
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549
Re: Parker-Hannifin Corporation
Commission File No. 1-4982
Annual Report on Form 10-K
Authorized Representatives
Gentlemen:
Parker-Hannifin Corporation (the "Company") is the issuer of Securities
registered under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the
"Act"). Each of the persons signing his name below confirms, as of the date
appearing opposite his signature, that each of the following "Authorized
Representatives" is authorized on his behalf to sign and to submit to the
Securities and Exchange Commission Annual Reports on Form 10-K and amendments
thereto as required by the Act:
Authorized Representatives
Duane E. Collins
Michael J. Hiemstra
Patrick S. Parker
Joseph D. Whiteman
Each person so signing also confirms the authority of each of the Authorized
Representatives named above to do and perform, on his behalf, any and all acts
and things requisite or necessary to assure compliance by the signing person
with the Form 10-K filing requirements. The authority confirmed herein shall
remain in effect as to each person signing his name below until such time as
the Commission shall receive from such person a written communication
terminating or modifying the authority.
Date Date
P. S. Parker 8/14/96 Peter W. Likins 8/14/96
_____________________________ ____ ______________________________ ____
P. S. Parker, Chairman of P. W. Likins, Director
the Board of Directors
D. E. Collins 8/15/96 Allan L. Rayfield 8/15/96
_____________________________ ____ ______________________________ ____
D. E. Collins, Principal A. L. Rayfield, Director
Executive Officer and Director
M. J. Hiemstra 8/15/96 P. G. Schloemer 8/15/96
_____________________________ ____ ______________________________ ____
M. J. Hiemstra, Principal P. G. Schloemer, Director
Financial Officer
H. C. Gueritey, Jr 8/15/96 Wolfgang R. Schmitt 8/14/96
_____________________________ ____ ______________________________ ____
H. C. Gueritey, Jr., W. R. Schmitt, Director
Principal Accounting Officer
J. G. Breen 8/15/96
_____________________________ ____ ______________________________ ____
J. G. Breen, Director W. Seipp, Director
Paul C. Ely, Jr. 8/15/96 Stephanie Streeter 8/14/96
_____________________________ ____ ______________________________ ____
P. C. Ely, Jr., Director S. A. Streeter, Director
Allen H. Ford 8/15/96 D. W. Sullivan 8/14/96
_____________________________ ____ ______________________________ ____
A. H. Ford, Director D. W. Sullivan, Director
F. A. LePage 8/15/96 Michael Treschow 8/15/96
_____________________________ ____ ______________________________ ____
F. A. LePage, Director Michael A. Treschow, Director
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM
PARKER-HANNIFIN CORPORATION'S REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR ITS FISCAL YEAR
ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO
SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<PERIOD-TYPE> 12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> JUN-30-1996
<PERIOD-END> JUN-30-1996
<CASH> 63,953
<SECURITIES> 0
<RECEIVABLES> 490,925
<ALLOWANCES> 6,445
<INVENTORY> 707,225
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 1,402,124
<PP&E> 2,048,293
<DEPRECIATION> 1,056,516
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 2,887,124
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 766,882
<BONDS> 447,989
<COMMON> 37,146
0
0
<OTHER-SE> 1,346,812
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 2,887,124
<SALES> 3,586,448
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 3,586,448
<CGS> 2,756,343
<TOTAL-COSTS> 2,756,343
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 0
<LOSS-PROVISION> 2,158
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 36,667
<INCOME-PRETAX> 374,479
<INCOME-TAX> 134,812
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 239,667
<DISCONTINUED> 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> 239,667
<EPS-PRIMARY> 3.23
<EPS-DILUTED> 3.20
</TABLE>
